Stanley Burroughs’ Master Cleanse Diet
The Master Cleanse is a 10-day fast that is used for detox and weight loss purposes. It has also been called the Master Cleanser Diet after the original book that described it, the Lemonade Diet, the Maple Syrup Diet, and the Cayenne Pepper Diet after some of the ingredients used, and the Beyoncé Diet after its most famous fan.
Although the Master Cleanse is often referred to as a fast, it’s not really a complete fast, in that up to 1,300 calories are consumed each day in the form of sugars from the ingredients in the beverage that Master Cleansers prepare and drink.
Background
The Master Cleanse was originally developed in 1940 as a stomach ulcer cure by alternative health practitioner Stanley Burroughs (1903-1991). In 1976 Burroughs presented his diet in a book, The Master Cleanser, by which time he was promoting the diet not only for ulcers, but for weight loss and “every kind of disease,” claiming it would lead to “the correction of all disorders.” The book is a disorganized, difficult-to-decipher jumble, and in 2004 a fan of the diet, Peter Glickman, published his more comprehensible version in the book Lose Weight, Have More Energy & Be Happier in 10 Days, dubbing it the “Lemonade Diet.” Glickman’s book revived the diet’s popularity.
Neither Burroughs nor Glickman was a physician or medical researcher. Burroughs promoted a number of alternative practices beyond the Master Cleanse, including light therapy, deep massage, and reflexology, and he was a practicing nudist and vegetarian. He was convicted of practicing medicine without a license and imprisoned, and he was convicted of second degree murder, later overturned, for his role in the death of a desperate leukemia patient, whose cancer Burroughs tried to cure with the Master Cleanse and other practices. Glickman is a software engineer cum chiropractor who has promoted the medically rejected practice of chelation.
Among the celebrities who have been reported to have used the diet are Beyonce Knowles, who lost 20 pounds in two weeks for her role in the movie Dreamgirls, and Howard Stern sidekick Robin Quivers, who was quoted in People magazine that she heard about it from magician David Blaine and used it on three occasions while reducing her weight to 145 pounds from 218 pounds. Actor Jared Leto used the Master Cleanse to lose the 60 or so pounds that he had gained for his role as John Lennon’s killer Mark David Chapman. Singers Ashanti and Trina have also been connected with the diet. Moses and Jesus both reportedly underwent a pre-Burroughs 40-day version of the diet, not involving lemonade or laxatives.
Does it Work?
Does the diet work for weight loss? If you follow the instructions, it most certainly will work. Any fast will cause you to lose weight, because you aren’t eating food. The Master Cleanse in the strict sense is not a fast because you drink a considerable amount of sugar-containing lemonade, about 650 to 1,300 calories worth per day, depending on the number of glasses you drink. Thus you will have a daily calorie deficit: Most non-overweight people need from 1,600 to 2,400 calories per day to maintain their weight (women will be on the lower end of that range). If you are overweight, you are probably consuming more than that to maintain your weight.
As an example, if you normally eat 2,150 calories, and you choose the extreme 650-calorie version of the Master Cleanse, you will have a 1,500-calorie deficit, losing three pounds of fat per week (and perhaps some water weight also). (There may be other factors that will affect this result.) Many reputable diets prescribe a two-pound per week loss, so in this sense the Master Cleanse is actually not that radical: it just substitutes lemonade for real food and adds the shock effect of constant colon cleansing.
Is is Dangerous?
Most medical authorities don’t believe that a few days of fasting will harm you (and the Master Cleanse is more of a low-calorie, nutrient deficient diet than a fast). But longer periods will begin to deplete muscle, and your heart is among the muscles that will suffer — not a good thing. In addition, longer fasts can damage your kidneys and liver. Where is the safe cut-off point? We can’t really say.
Less is known about the long-term effects of 10 days or more of salt-water laxative use.
About This Detox Stuff
Most people today, deep down, are interested in the Master Cleanse primarily for its get-skinny-quick aspect, although they rarely admit it. But there is also a detox component. What about detox?
There’s no evidence that our bodies contain excessive toxins of the sort Burroughs discusses, and there’s no evidence that detox diets flush out anything bad in your body. Many of our organs, including the liver, kidneys, lungs, and the intestines, are very efficient filters that expel toxins. There are toxins that may be trapped in fat cells or the lungs, but this sort of diet does not help with expelling those.
We’ve included some quotes from Stanley Burroughs at the end of this article so you can read for yourself how naive and outdated his medical theories were.
How to Do the Master Cleanse
In a nutshell, the Master Cleanse is this:
- The diet takes at least 10 days (up to 40 days, the period of time that Jesus fasted after his baptism, as Burroughs points out)
- The only nourishment that you take is a special lemonade concoction made from lemon juice, maple syrup, cayenne pepper, and water, six to twelve glasses per day, each glass containing about 110 calories in sugar carbohydrates
- An herbal laxative tea is drunk at night and a quart of salt water is drunk first thing in the morning, resulting in several liquid bowel movements every day — you need to always be near a toilet when you do this diet, and you need to stock up on toilet paper
- You come off the diet by transitioning to solid food over a few days, ideally becoming a raw food vegetarian in Stanley Burroughs’ version of the diet
Master Cleanse kits are available from Peter Glickman
The Master Cleanse Lemonade
The lemonade is prepared by mixing the ingredients in this free recipe:
- 2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice. Burroughs recommends organic lemons, fresh, not bottled juice. Limes may be substituted. Lemon zest and pulp may be added, making sure that the lemons are organic and not artificially colored or treated with pesticides.
- 2 tablespoons of maple syrup. This must be pure maple syrup, not pancake syrup. Burroughs recommends the darker Grade B, which has more color and nutrients than Grade A, which is also acceptable. He goes into aspects of maple syrup production that would be difficult for the average person to investigate, such as whether formaldehyde or plastic tubing is used (not recommended by Burroughs).
- 1/10 teaspoon cayenne pepper. Burroughs insists that cayenne chili pepper be used, but permits ramping up from a lesser amount if the taste needs getting used to.
- Water. Burroughs recommends a 10-ounce glass of medium hot water, but also allows cold water to be used. Some have interpreted “10-ounce glass” to mean 8 ounces of actual water. Since Burroughs also allows plain water to be drunk during the fast in addition to the lemonade, this doesn’t seem important.
An alternative to the lemonade endorsed by Burroughs substitutes 10 ounces of fresh sugarcane juice for the lemon juice and water. But few people are going to have access to fresh, organic sugar cane juice. Some people who can not stomach the maple syrup taste have substituted an equal number of calories of powdered sugarcane or organic cane sugar, available from some health food stores (one user described it as tasting like pond scum, worse than the maple syrup).
Things to Avoid at All Costs
Burroughs strongly counsels against the use of honey in the lemonade or the consumption at any time of honey, which he describes as predigested bee vomit, popular only among “gullible health foodists.”
Burroughs also cautions against taking any kind of supplements or vitamin pills or using illicit drugs. Although Glickman wisely recommends against going off any prescription medications without your doctor’s approval, it’s unclear what Burroughs’ opinion was on this point. He reprints without comment an endorsement from a follower who relates how he quit his medications for blood pressure, nerves, and lack of energy during his fast. And Burroughs was generally against traditional medicine in general, discouraging a leukemia patient from getting a bone marrow transplant. And an alternative version of the Master Cleanse for diabetics described in the book recommends that the diabetic phase out insulin during the diet. In another context in the book Burroughs rails against “the unnatural action of drugs and antibiotics,” saying they store “poisons in the body.” But we’re with Glickman on this one.
You shouldn’t smoke or drink alcohol, coffee, tea, cola, but the good news is that your cravings for them will completely disappear, according to Burroughs. Burroughs allows the consumption of extra plain water and of mint tea.
No other food or drink should be consumed at all, say both Burroughs and Glickman.
The Colon Blaster
There are two preparations needed to induce colon cleansing.
- Laxative herb tea. Although Burroughs is quite specific about types and amounts of lemons and maple syrup, on the subject of laxative herb teas he simply suggests without further elaboration that you should buy any good brand offered by your health food store.
- Internal salt water bathing solution. Dissolve two teaspoons of uniodized sea salt in a quart of lukewarm water.
The laxative herb tea and the salt water are the one-two punch that will keep your colon in full-time Old Faithful mode during the diet, cleansing it clean as a whistle.
During the Diet
To begin the diet you need to choose the minimum number of days that you are going to attempt, steel yourself for what is to come, and follow the following daily routine.
Day 0 (the day before beginning the diet):
Purchase lemons, maple syrup, cayenne pepper, laxative herbal tea, and sea salt in sufficient quantities to last the duration of your cleanse.
Purchase a large supply of toilet paper and Tucks® brand witch hazel wipes. If you share your bathroom with others, agree on a unque emergency code phrase like “It’s coming,” “Dr. Livingston, I presume,” or “Elvis is leaving the building” to alert other members of your household that you need them to vacate the bathroom quickly; also, consider purchasing a supply of adult diapers.
The night before beginning the diet, drink some laxative herbal tea, and retire for the evening.
Days 1 through 10 (and Beyond):
- In the morning before drinking any lemonade, drink a quart of salt water (remain near a toilet).
- During the day drink 6 to 12 glasses of the Master Cleanse lemonade concoction. The lower number of 6 glasses is recommended for those seeking weight loss. The higher number is fine for those interested mostly in detoxification.
- In the evening drink some herbal laxative tea.
- You may experience dizziness, vomiting, joint pain, and weakness. You will also be really hungry. After several days many Master Cleanse dieters report entering a state of bliss that is either the result of the continuing elimination of toxins, or else a state similar to the tranquil experience that people who are starving to death have shortly before dying.
Note: Over the years since Stanley Burroughs’ death variations of the original Master Cleanse described here have developed, and attempts at clarifying ambiguous points have been made. Peter Glickman’s book, as well as this popular internet based book, deal with some of these modifications to the Master Cleanse orthodoxy.
Post Diet: Breaking the Fast
When are you through with the diet? Either when you reach the number of days that you planned, or alternately, when your tongue goes from “coated and fuzzy” to a clear pink color.
Burroughs outlines a gentle approach for coming off the diet without upsetting your digestive system excessively. Although Burroughs recommends that you become a practicing raw foodist vegetarian after the diet to avoid recontamination with toxic dead animal flesh, he does provide an alternative transition plan for omnivores.
Vegetarian Transition Process
- Days 1 and 2: Drink several 8-ounce glasses of orange juice, sipping slowly, diluting it if there is digestive distress.
- Day 3: Drink orange juice in the morning, eat raw fruit for lunch, and eat fruit or raw salad for dinner.
- Day 4: You may return to your normal diet.
Omnivore Transition Process
- Day 1: Drink several 8-ounce glasses of orange juice, sipping slowly, diluting it if there is digestive distress.
- Day 2: Drink orange juice during the morning and afternoon. For dinner prepare a homemade vegetable soup (recipe below). Mostly sip the broth, and do not eat much of the vegetables.
- Day 3: Drink orange juice in the morning, have leftover vegetable soup for lunch with 4 rye crackers (no regular crackers or bread), and eat fresh raw vegetables, salad, and fruit for dinner. Do not yet eat meat, fish, eggs, bread, pastries or drink tea, coffee, or milk.
- Day 4 and beyond: You may return to your normal diet, but Burroughs recommends continuing to drink the lemonade concoction at breakfast on a permanent basis. And he really wants you to go vegetarian, if at all possible.
The Omnivore Vegetarian Soup Recipe
Ingredients:
- 2 varieties of beans, 1/2 cup each (kidney beans, lentils, pinto beans, or other)
- 1 medium potato, half-inch cubes
- 1 stalk celery, sliced
- 1 carrot, sliced
- 1 small bunch turnip greens, spinach, mustard greens or other green
- 1 onion, diced
- 3 medium tomatoes
- 1 green pepper, diced
- 1 zucchini, sliced
- 1/2 cup brown rice
- Other vegetables as desired
- No meat
- 1 teaspoon cumin
- 1 teaspoon dry oregano
- 1 teaspoon curry powder
- 1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper
- 1 teaspoon salt
- vegetarian soup powder or cube (optional)
Preparation:
Combine ingredients with 4 cups water, bring to a simmer, cook 20 minutes or until potatoes and beans are tender, adding water along the way if necessary.
Protein and the Master Cleanse
The Master Cleanse provides several hundred calories of carbohydrate per day in the form of lemon and maple sugar, and Burroughs’ recommended vegetarian diet excludes “toxic dead animal flesh.” What about protein? In the case of protein, Burroughs says that there is no need to worry: protein is simply nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon. The air contains all these elements. Simple by breathing “we are able to assimilate and build the nitrogen also into our bodies as protein … by natural bacteria action….” But just to be on the safe side, Burroughs also recommends eating nuts and seeds after the Master Cleanse.
Beyond the Master Cleanse
In addition to promoting his lemonade concoction as being useful for detoxification, weight loss, and the cure of ulcers and leukemia, Burroughs also recommended it as a baby formula. Mother’s milk is best, but when not available Burroughs recommended feeding babies freshly prepared coconut milk, with the lemonade concoction given between coconut milk feedings, diluted a bit if the cayenne pepper upsets the baby. When the baby is weaned, it should be fed vegetarian foods like fruit, vegetables, berries, and seeds, sweetened with maple syrup.
Burroughs also writes of his 10- to 30-day treatment for dropsy (edema), which involves going on the Master Cleanse, and then being buried in 100-pounds of coarse rock salt purchased from a feed store, followed by steam baths.
Quotations from Stanley Burroughs
On germs, viruses and epidemics:
“In recent times it has been believed that these many diseases are contagious and that germs have spread them….
“Disease, old age, and death are the result of accumulated poisons and congestion throughout the entire body. These toxins become crystallized and hardened, settling around the joints, in the muscles, and throughout the billions of cells all through the body … Lumps and growths are formed all over the body as storage spots for unusable and accumulated wast products … These growths and lumps appear to us as forms of fungi….
“When we stop feeding this fungi and cleanse our system … they dissolve or break up and pass from the body…. Germs and viruses do not and cannot cause any of our diseases … Germs and viruses are in the body to help break down waste material and can do no harm to healthy tissues….
“Basically, all of our diseases are created by ourselves because we have never taken the time to discover the true foods meant for man’s use.
“Since germs do not cause our disorders, there must be another logical reason for the triggering of an epidemic. This is a matter of simple ‘vibration.’ The better the physical and mental condition a person is in, the higher becomes his vibration, but as he steadily becomes clogged with more and more waste matter, his vibration goes constantly downward….”
On his imprisonment for practicing medicine without a license:
“After dedicating a goodly share of my past life in perfecting and simplifying a system of healing that is completely free from error and side effects, at a very low cost, I was forced to overcome many difficult obstacles that often threatened to stop me, but I persisted in spite of the medical and legal attacks. I was told in each case I was doing too much good, and to keep me from giving the help that solved their health problems I was sent to prison so I couldn’t help anyone any more. But … many of the guards, nurses and even doctors [in prison] came to me for help that no other system could [offer]. In prison I was not competing with their medical rackets, but on the outside I hurt their con games. If my system was made legal, the medical system would be of no further need.”
Stanley Burroughs: 1903-1991
Stanley Burroughs passed away in Newcastle, California, on June 16, 1991, at the age of 87, after a two-week battle against acute pneumonia. His death certificate also mentions leg fractures, apparently from a fall, and a urinary infection, as contributing conditions to his death. No autopsy was performed.
His profession was listed as a railroad industry office clerk.
Subscribe to our RSS feed | Weekly e-mail updates | Follow us on Twitter
Related posts from the CalorieLab Calorie Counter News archives:
I just did 40 days of the Master Cleanser, I lost 36 pounds, and I feel great. I’m on my second day drinking OJ and having Vegetable soup and feel my digestive system working a lot more efficient. The combination of the Maple syrup, fresh lemon and cayenne pepper is simply powerful, not only it cleanses you but it also nourishes your body. This diet gave the ability to eliminate my cravings for foods that I should not eat like bread, meat, chicken, and all processed food. I’m going 100% vegetarian.
You may believe or may not believe in this diet, but whatever it is you are right. I chose to believe and I recommend it to any one that wants to make a positive change in their lives.
Day 2 : My sister in law and I are doing the MC together for at least the 10 days recommended. I’d like to thank everyone so much for all of their feed back on this site. because of you, we’ll know what to look for before it happens. They makes this experience a lot less intimidating. SWF’s are working. Chocolate Smooth Move tastes a little more like thee day old used tea leaves, with a slight after taste of chocolate. I like the lemonade but Miss. isn’t fond of lemonade or limeade. I keep forgetting I’m on the cleanse and popping things into my mouth. Mints my husband has left around the house. The first grape tomatoes of the garden, that was yesterday, I ate 2 before I remembered and spit out the 3rd. I’ve decided I need to cleanse an extra day. Miss. hasn’t eaten anything and feels good.
Mrs. : 27years old , 5’7 , 240 lb. , Blood Type O
Miss. : 23 years old , 5’3 , 245 lb. , Blood Type O
“…After several days many Master Cleanse dieters report entering a state of bliss that is either the result of the continuing elimination of toxins, or else a state similar to the tranquil experience that people who are starving to death have shortly before dying….”
This really worries me! I want to try it but I am concerned
As for the ingredients, do I have to mix them every time if I’m planning on drinking 6 glasses of master cleanse lemonade a day? And as for the SWF do I have to do that every morning or just on certain days?
Day 6
I do have good news, I am down 6lbs in 5 days!! I was expecting quite more but I guess my body is reacting differently to the cleanse. It happened the last time I did the cleanse too that my body retained water from the swf. The first 2 days the swf worked perfectly fine but then after water does not leave(no bm) & I actually gained weight.
Since my goal is to lose weight more than the cleansing, I modified my MC route. I am not doing the swf after day 4 but continue to take the tea which is helping and I am getting the BMs. Also, to be honest, I ended up cheating with blueberries:( but staying strong. I am exercising as I go along so I could tone my upper body which does not seem to be too affected with the weight loss:)
My friend is also sticking to her MC & doing awesome:) Yay!!!
Good luck to you all.. :)
Hi all!
This is day 2 for me. So far it’s not bad except for the swf, don’t think I could keep doing that, it’s the worst. The hunger is not bad yet. But temptation is hard when you have to cook 2 times a day for 4 kids. But Im going to hang in there and keep it up.
Good Luck!
Hi all! This is day 2 for me. So far it’s not bad except for the swf, don’t think I could keep doing that, it’s the worst. The hunger is not bad yet. But temptation is hard when you have to cook 2 times a day for 4 kids. But Im going to hang in there and keep it up.
Good Luck!
IS THERE A WAY I CAN TRY THE MASTER CLEANSE, WHILE PRESENTLY ON DIALYSIS..I AM ON A FLUID RESTRICTION..
Hi all! This is it day 0 for me. I’m really looking forward to completing this cleanse. I am a little scared about the side effects, vomiting, dizziness achy joints and weakness. I went through this last time I attempted this cleanse, which made me quit. But this time I know what to expect and hopefully I could do it better. I weigh 149 and wish to take some pounds off and this cleanse will be the perfect jump start. Thanks to all the previous post and your motivations, hopefully that will be me in a few days. Till tomorrow and good luck to all.
I am now on day 7 and have never wanted food more in my life! This is definitely an eye opening experience for me, as I’m beginning to see how addicted to food I am! I have not been hungry once, but I want food because I know it tastes to delicious and it smells sooo good. I went to the movies with a friend yesterday although I really don’t like popcorn, I would have given my right arm for a bag of it. :(
It helps me to keep a diary as well. I’m putting my thoughts about how i’m feeling physically and mentally. I’m feeling a lot better. I have not done the SWF yet. it scares me, as I’ve had a colonoscopy once, and I KNOW what the SWF tastes like, and it was horrible. but i’m still down 11lbs in 7 days! I can’t wait to start my new eating lifestyle when this is over.
Day 1
Felt all motivated as I woke up. Drinking salt water is of course another story but I did YAY!!! I intend to follow the guidelines completely to get the results. I will do the swf & drink the tea at night as recommended + drinking water in addition to the lemonade.
I was able to control food cravings but I swear when doing the MC, I can smell food from miles away! All of sudden, I get emails from co-workers who invite for spicy popcorn they have at their cube:)) I could hear bags of chips opening or someone chewing food:))) lol Its amazing to see how much we surround ourselves with food & addicted to it (or maybe just me;)
Throughout the day, I drank good amount of water & 6 glasses of lemonade. Evening, it was tough to not think about snacking on something but staying strong.. repeating this to myself “its mind over matter”.. I can do this & will do it! A friend of mine is also braving the cleanse for the first time & really hoping she sticks to it too. Good Luck to all!
Hi,
I’ve did master cleanse exactly a year ago & found it positively life changing. The weight I lost did not come back:) But I want to meet my ideal/healthy weight goal. I’m 5’2 at 135 lbs & wish to be at 120 lbs.
I found this site quite motivating & hope to share the great experience with fellow master cleansers. I have strong will power but the swf is very challenging for me both taste-wise & because the water was not eliminated as much (plus am on 3rd day of my periods) but started the cleanse anyways tonight with the tea.
Here it starts:
Day: 0 – 07/07/10
Weight: 135 lbs
Good Luck!
Today is Day 10 for me, and I’m planning to go 2 more days. I drink 6 lemonades a day and 50-60 oz of water on top of that. I have lost 13.5 lbs and hope to lose another lb or so.
Does anyone know if you’re supposed to continue drinking the swf & lax tea on the ease-out days?
It has been a great experience for me. I have felt no hunger the whole time. My stomach may feel a bit empty now and then, but when that happens I drink water or have a lemonade and it goes away.
I did have a problem with the swf not working very well for me. I think it just depends on your body–When I drank the swf, I retained water and did not have many eliminations. I’ve been drinking the Traditional Medicinals Smoothe Move Senna tea morning & night–I steep it for 20 – 25 minutes to make it stronger, and it works much better for me.
Hope everyone else’s experiences are going well.
Good luck to all–Hang in there, the results make it all worth it!!
Day 5 for me and I am feeling great. I was wondering if anyone else was experiencing the same problem as me. My mouth will not stop watering; I am not thinking about food and am following the diet to a T. It’s been happening almost non stop since yesterday. Anyone ever have this?
I’m in NYC as well, but I think the heat helps! I am always less hungry when it is hot and I feel like sweating is helping get rid of more toxins…..I guess that’s the glass is half full attitude I have right now…
I’ve never fasted before. This will be my first time. I’ve gained about 75pounds due to a stressful situation but life is good again and I need to get my body back in shape.
Does anyone have any ideas or suggestions? I’m reading everything I can but it gets overwhelming. I won’t start my fast till next Monday.
kate; thanks for the input hopefullyy i can get through this.
starting tomorrow and i hope everything goes great and i get6 results thta everyone else is getting.
millainya – not gonna lie, i think the SWF is awful. that said, a lot of people aren’t really bothered by it. some people seem to be helped by pretending it’s broth. i guess it just depends on your tastebuds. just like the lemonade, i guess.
day 2 half way down. feeling a little hungry, but not much. mostly i just want to eat something because it sounds good and i’m bored. it’s way to hot out (we’re in that nyc heat wave) to do anything, and sitting around the house is just making me want something to eat!
I’m on day 2 and doing great! I’ve slept better and I don’t feel hungry at all.
Hi everyone.
I am on day 2 of my cleanse and feeling great. I have not been actually hungry yet…I’ve wanted food, but just for the sake that I know it tastes good. :) My friend and I are doing it together, and we plan to make it the whole 20 days. We think that if we can make it past the intial 3 or 4 days then it should be smooth sailing after that. wish us luck!
i am starting to MC in two dayss!!! i am soo nervous.
is the salt water really that bad?
after doing just shy of a week a couple months back, i’m at it again. my husband decided to join me in my fast and didn’t last a day. when he cracked it was after going on and on about some subway sandwich nonsense, and i wound up cracking too. ugh! i have family coming the 13th and need time to come off of the fast, so i’m shooting for 6 days (today through the 11th) – here’s hoping i make it! i’m really wanting to do a 40 day fast at the end of summer, so i’m hoping these shorter ones will help me. who knows.
anyway, almost one day down and feelin’ fine! i switched to agave nectar instead of maple syrup and it makes the lemonade so much easier to get down. started with the tea last night and did the swf this morning (took all the salt in one glass w/ a hefty plain water chaser). doin’ the cayenne pepper in pill form since that stuff seriously messed with my stomach last time! i can still feel it in my throat, so i’d say it’s effective anyway.
anyone else just starting out?
Hi Marissa,
This is my 3rd time going for this cleanse. I read the original statements from Mr Burroughs. A lot of people I talk to lost a pound a day.
For me this is day 8 and I have dropped six pounds so far. I am drinking the senna tea for the laxative tea and I drink about 7 of the Lime-Aid drinks with cayenne and maple syrup a day. FYI I am now 146 and my goal wight for a 5foot 6 female is 135 pounds. I was 152 pounds when i started this cleanse.
Your only intake are these right??-the lemon or Lime aid-the SWF and the laxative tea, correct??And of course as much pure water plain as you wish??
Your cleanse buddy, Libah
I am on Day 6 of the cleanse and have not lost a single pound. I am drinking a little less than 8 servings at this point, but is it true that I have to go down to 6 servings to actually lose weight?
Also, the first day I did the SWF, I had good results, but Day 2 and 3, nothing. Day 4 and 5 were just OK so I wonder how much of the SWF I could be absorbing into my body, counteracting any weight loss I could be gaining from the lemonade drink.
Any thoughts on this? I’m really glad about the detox aspect of this and am going to try to go for 14 days on this diet, but if my weight doesn’t change, it may be more discouraging as I move forward.
Any tips/tricks/helpful hints would be great to hear from those who may have experienced the same. THANKS!
Hi Libah – Thanks for your response. The chocolate smoothe move tea is a senna tea–I’ve been drinking that every night since the night before day 1. Today I tried something different. I drank another tea (senna/choc smoothe move) this morning instead of doing the swf, so we’ll see how it goes. This is day 5 for me, and all is going well except for the lack of bms–It’s really concerning me, but I don’t know what to do differently…
Hope all is going well with everyone else!
Hello Goiu,
I suggest getting a senna tea to drink in the eveningas the laxative tea.
And do not expect anything but Liquid bms after the SWF . We have not been eating solid food so there are not the same kind of BMs like when you are in usual eating mode. Just let go and follow the program.Can you get senna tea where you live?? That is the only thing I can see that is different than me.
Many years ago I used to do juice fasting. The SWFlush takes the place of having to do water enemas. i like the SWF better than having to sterilize an enema bag and going thru that.
Good Luck everyone!,
Libah
Hi All,
Day 1.
I have drank a hell of a lot of water today. Drinking my 6 glasses of lemonade throughout the day too. Am drinking it as i type :-)
Had a terrible headache since 3pm which is not good. Dont feel hungry just tired. Went to the gym as usual today but only did a small workout as didnt want to over do mydelf.
Am not doing the saltwater flushes as i cant keep them down. i had good results without the SW flush so i decided not to do them.
I still have smooth move tea at night which i have to pinch my nose to drink.
Alls well so far, lets hope the next 9 days goes as well. I have a picture on my phone of when i was slimmer and felt less bloated it spurs me on to carry on.
Hope everyone else is doing ok with there cleanses.
Remember to keep strongwilled. :-)
untill tomorrow.
x
ok, so I still didn’t have very good results from this am’s swf. I need some advice–should I continue with the swfs each morning, or should I stop, since they don’t seem to be working like they’re supposed to. I’m concerned that the salt is being absorbed in my body, since I’m not having very big bms. I’ve precisely followed every aspect of the instructions for the MC.
I’m having 6 lemonades per day, swf in the am, chocoloate smoothe move tea at night. I also drink 40 – 60 oz of additional room-temp water throughout the day in between the lemonades. Please let me know if anyone has any suggestions for me…
Thanks for the advice Libah. Today is day 4 for me. I’m continuing with the swf each am even though it doesn’t seem to be working as well as it does for others. I had been using luke warm water but made it a little warmer today. It actually went down a little easier, so we’ll see if I have improved results. It’s strange because I had a colonic yesterday, and I had very little elimination that way either. The lady at the colonic place said I could possibly have an impaction. I really hope not!! I’m keeping my fingers crossed that this morning’s swf is more successful!! Good luck everyone!! :o)
Hello Master Cleansers,
For the Salt water flush 32 oz. of water to 2 tspoons of salt. This solution has a certain ph and can go thru your system fairly easily. For me ,I allow 2 hours before I have to start my commute.
About the lime or lemonaide recipe. I now use 4 pinches of cayenne . I am now on my 5th day ,and I will use more cayenne now.I will take a reccomendation for this . I only have 1/4 teaspoon as the lowest measurement tool that i have.
Believe in yourself!
Libah
Hi all,
I am about to do the Master Cleanse tomorrow.
I have done the cleanse twice before and found it really good.
I have not done the cleanse for a while and feel its time do do it again.
On my Last cleanse i lost about 2 stone in weight and i felt so alive and cleansed. The only problem i have is that the lemonade makes me feel sick when i think about drinking it. The best i have found is to make sure its maga cold with ice cubes. I’m hoping to do the whole 10 days, possibly more if i can.
I would like to say to anyone who is a first timer to the cleanse, is to stick to it. I know that i have tried before on many occasions and failed due to not being in the right frame of mind but if you stick to it you can litterally see and feel the results, Its amazing.
I found that the first time i did it i wrote on this blog every day to spur me on and write about anything i felt wether anyone read them or not it helped me get through the whole experience.
Anyway heres hoping for a strong willpower throughout the next 10 days.xx
Hello Everyone,
And Goiu(SP?) My only suggestion is that I put one tsp sea salt in 2cups water then repeat the same thing again. I would continue doing this every morning. besidrs this I suggest drinking some filtered water between the lemon or lime-aid beverages. Especially if you excersize.!
For the laxative tea I found one with less senna than the one suggested in the picture, Which laxative tea do you take?
Keep going, everyone!
I’m half-way through day 2, and so far, so good. I haven’t been hungry at all and no cravings. I know I saw a lot of people say that in their posts, but I didn’t believe it until I experienced it. It’s hard to believe that I feel no hunger. In fact, I had to force myself to drink my 5th & 6th lemonade yesterday because I knew I needed a min of 6 in a day.
I have been feeling extra tired–in the evening yesterday I had to take a nap, and I’m very tired right now. I’m guessing that’s probably normal. I’m hoping to exercise tonight or tomorrow, depending on my energy level.
The swf doesn’t seem to be working very well for me. I did it yesterday using 2 tsp of salt in 8 oz of lukewarm water & then quickly drank 24 more oz of water as a chaser. Today I did the same thing but increased the salt to 1 tbsp. Both days I had a couple small bms, but nothing like the website describes. I’m using luke warm filtered water and uniodized sea salt that I purchased at Whole Foods, so I’m not sure why it’s not working better… I know it says on the website if you’re not having enough eliminations, the toxins you’re getting rid of will be reabsorbed into your system–I really hope that’s not happening!!
I am on day 3. I am going for 14 days In the summer this seams easier than when it is cold out: )I will make sure I drink a cup of laxative tea this evening.
I have dropped 2 &1/2 pounds so far. I am doing the salt water flush every other morning, cause it is “a trip” for me To the toilet,you know!lol
On day three i am 149and a half pounds. This is my 3rd time of doing this cleanse.. I am drinking the Lime-aid about every 2 hours 9am -7pm Then switch to the mint tea and laxative tea.
Keep it up everyone!! I do not feel hungry or headacy. I sleep a little bit less it seems.
i finished my master cleanse 2 weeks ago, i was measuring my water with my sister’s water bottle that shows ‘OZ’, i believed in what the water bottle showed, till today only i realized that the amount of the water i used to make lemonade was ALL WRONG! OMG!!!! but still i lost some weights, but the problem is I WAS FEELING SO HUNGRY AND WONDERING IT DOESN’T SEEM LIKE 6 GLASSES all the while… hahahahaha stupid me!! i will re-do again, the reason i wanna re-do again is because after i finished my master cleanse i was eating disorder (i was busy) i was either skipped meals, or eating fast n loads(rice and vegetables) i felt sooooooooo sick, one morning the crazily sore on my stomach woke me up, till then every time after i ate something i keep burping, too much air inside my stomach i guess, i am Binge Eating Disorder(BED) patient since ages, after the cleanse unfortunately i have got back to eating like a pig since a week after master cleanse is done till now. the reason i am telling everybody is the master cleanse is really good, but it can be dangerous IF YOU DO NOT EAT WELL AFTER DOING CLEANSE,u MUST follow what they told u to do, please don’t do like what i did, it’s really bad. Master Cleanse is really good, that’s why i wanna re-do again.
Tomorrow is day 1 for for me. I’m excited to get started but VERY nervous. I drank the choc smoothe move tea tonight and could barely choke it down. It didn’t taste bad but I’m not a tea drinker at all, and I don’t like it at all. I’m going to try the salt water flush in the am. If I do the swf daily each am, is it necessary to do the lax tea at night?
I’ve had a pretty bad diet the last 3 or 4 days. I was hoping to get the cravings out of my system before I started, but it sounds like I’ve probably made it worse on myself. I’m going to try to just stay positive and take it one step at a time. I really hope I can do this…
good luck people. I am done since friday. 20 days, my weigt is 110 pounds and I feel just great. Enjoy this great thing and have fun in bikini this summer.
So today is day 1 of my MC. It will be the 4th time i’m doing it. The 2nd time for 10 days. My body has been going haywire the past few months with a miscarriage, bronchitis, and other related ailments. Feel like i need to flush the toxins once and for all. I’m being eating vegetarian for the past few months so i’m hoping this time around it will be a lot easier to make it through the course of this without all the cravings.
@Samantha… I hope you’re still hanging in there despite the taste. The concotion works as is. Truly. You don’t want to mess with it if you can manage. In swapping out the maple syrup for veggie broth… The Grade B syrup (minimally refined) will give your body the nutrition it needs to manage on this very low calorie cleanse. If you use the broth, the lack of nutrients and calories will lead to really bad headaches, fatigue, and a possible body melt down.
@goiu… The best diet to enter in the MC is a veggie, low carb diet. You want to ease your digestion system into the process. It will also help your cravings. you’ll find that what you crave most is what you body is detoxifying from. if the cheat foods are the last thing you eat, your body will crave them first.
On the tongue… It’s the signal that the MC is working. Besides some possible cold symtoms, allergic skin reactions, etc, one of the manifestations showing the MC is working is when the toxins show up on your tongue in the form of white yucky fuzz. The white fuzz is also the signal as to when you should stop the cleanse. As soon as it’s pink, the cleanse has done what it was meant to do.
Hope this helps.
Good luck everyone!! We can do it.
Hello, :)
Today is day -1 lol
Tomorrow Im going to the store to get the ingrediants i need
Im scared of a lotta things
like dying lol and major headaches i hear of
but im ready.
I am 5’2 and i weigh 141
I am aiming to get down to 120 and for a 14 day cleanse
is that reasonable ?
Also will i find the ingrediants at publix or winn dixie
No WF anywhere near me :(
Ahhhh! Day 4. I cheated and I am regretting it:( but I had to come clean. I’ve decided to act like it didn’t happen and go on with the next 6 days.
Day 4. Well I woke up tired for the first time today. Not unbearable, but tired. I made my concoctions and weighed myself. I lost 5 lbs in 3 days. Can’t beat that. I actually kept thinking about quiting yesterday. I’m glad I stuck it out. The weight loss has boosted my spirits. Ok. Off to work.
Day 3. I have lost 5 pounds. Lea I feel the exact same way and kind of like I am floating once and a while haha. I think it’s because I normally eat a lot of sugary snacks and am not getting that. I am nervous for tomorrow because today was tough as far as cravings go. Wish me luck.
Day 3. So I woke up this morning and weighed myself. I didn’t lose any yesterday. I was a little frustrated, but I lost 3 lbs the first day so I guess it happens. I hope I lose something tomorrow, though.
I did the salt water flush this morning for the first time. It was less than pleasant going down, but doable. I have to say that it is much more gentler than the tea, in my opinion. I have cramps like with the tea.
I still haven’t had any headaches and the hunger is to a minimum. I feel a little weird, though. I know that isn’t very descriptive but it is hard to describe. I keep feeling like I am on the verge of getting dizzy. I get dizzy spells but only for 1 second and then it leaves.
I definitely thought more about food today. I just stopped myself the second I started thinking about food or turned the channel if it was on tv.
To me it seems like the days are longer. Does anyone else feel this way?
Also wondering if I do the smoothe move chocolate tea (found it tonight at Whole Foods when I was stocking up on supplies) in place of the salt water, could I use the chocolate tea for both the am and nighttime laxative? Or if I do decide to try the salt water, could I use the chocolate tea in the evening in place of the laxative herb tea? I wasn’t sure if they were one in the same or not…
First day and I’m barely handling lol I really like food, but I’m determined to do this for 10 days. I may be in my early 20′s, but I’ve eaten a lot of junk food (like any other college student). My diet has consisted of pizza, hamburgers, bacon, and tacos everyday. I’m not doing this for weight loss, but to help clean everything out of my system. Good luck everyone!!
*high five* lea we made it through the 2nd day! So far I have lost 3 pounds. I haven’t had any hunger, just cravings that I hope go away in the next couple days. I’m feeling a little tired going up stairs, but other than that my energy is good.
Well, Day 2 is almost over. I am drinking my last lemonade. I worked today. I felt a little bit of hunger, but nothing crazy. I really think that slowing yourself down is the key. I am walking slower and just taking everything at a more relaxed pace and it seems to be working. I figure you can’t keep going at the same pace you were going when you were eating 2000 calories. You either slow down or your body will MAKE you slow down. I am doing the salt water flush for the first time tomorrow. Up til now I have just done the tea and it seem to be working. I will also try the dry brushing to remove the toxins that come out of your pores. I figure it can’t hurt. I’ll let you know how it goes.
Hello again :)
Finished up day 1 and it was much more difficult that I thought it would be. I am amazed at the things I crave as soon as I tell myself that I can’t have them anymore! All I wanted to eat yesterday was a cheese pizza with ranch dressing. My boyfriend is driving me crazy bcause he thinks I dont have enough self control to finish this.. hes probably right but I am determined to finish 10 days.
I know a lot of you are saying that the drink is delicious and you really enjoy drinking it but, I could not dissagree more! I think it is horrible! It tastes fine going down but the after taste I get is absolutely disgusting and I am having a really hard time drinking it, especially when I start thinking of cheese pizzas lol. :) Why exactly must we use the specific combination with maple syrup? I was thinking of alternatives to the drink to make it taste a little better for me and actually make it taste like i am eating real food.. I have come up with an idea that I am not going to try but would like to hear other people comments about if they think it would do the same thing or not.
OK so use vegetable broth instead of water or maybe dilute it with half water and add freshly squeezed lemon and cayenne pepper to that. I dont know just a thought and was curious if anyone thought that mixture would do the same thing as the maple syrup. I just dont know if I am capable of finishing this with the taste being not good for me.
Thanks Samantha
Thanks paja for your encouragement. I’m nervous but excited to get started… I’ll keep you posted.
AmbitiousB, thanks for the suggestion of the chocolate tea–I’m going to look for it today.
I’m wondering what type of diet is suggested just before starting the Master Cleanse. I’ve been on Nutrisystem and would kind of like a day or two to indulge on some things I haven’t had in a while before starting the MC. Does anyone have any experience on what works best for your diet prior to starting? If eating junk food before beginning makes it tougher, I will skip it and go right from the Nutrisystem diet into the MC. Just curious…
Regarding the type of water I use for the tea and for the lemonade, does it have to be boiled. I saw people mention that they boil the water before using it. I have filtered water at my house–will that work, or do I also have to boil it?
Also, what is the deal with the coated tongue? I’ve seen mention of it but no real details on why you get it, what causes it, how long it lasts, how you get rid of it, etc.
Ooops! I thought I lost the first comment.
Yeah Ari! We made it past day 1. I weighed myself this morning and I lost 3 lbs. WoooHooo! How much did you lose? I know that in reality it is water weight and waste, but I don’t care, it makes me happy. So it is 9 am on Day 2 and I still don’t have a headache or hunger pains. I know they are coming though. I didn’t do the salt water flush this morning because I have to go to work and I have never done one and don’t want to try it out at work. I will try it tomorrow on my day off. I don’t feel tired. I did notice that there isn’t much in the reserves, though. For example, this morning i had to run up a few flights of stairs quickly and I felt weak for a few minutes after. I think the best thing to do is slow your pace down and keep it even keel so you don’t notice it as much. Well I’m off to work. I’ll check back in tonight and tell you how I feel after a full days work. I have to walk a lot at work, too. Have a good day!
Yeah Ari!!! We made it past day one. How much did you lose? It really was easy. It is now 9 am on day 2. I weighed myself this morning and I lost 3 lbs. Wooohoo! I know in reality that it is water weight and waste, but who cares, it makes me happy. I still don’t have a headache and I’m not hungry. I know it’s coming, though. I don’t feel tired but I notice that I don’t have a lot in the reserves. For example when I had to rush this morning and run up a few flights of stairs I felt weak for a few minutes after. I think the best thing is to just slow your pace down and keep it even keel and you won’t notice it as much. It is when you need to exert yourself that you feel it. Ok, off to work. We shall see how I feel tonight after a full days work. I have to walk a lot at work. I’ll check in tonight. :)
Day 1 is coming to an end and I am feeling good. Was never really hungry which is kinda gross to think that I usually eat based off of a craving, not real hunger. For the salt water flush I put the 2 teaspoons of salt in about 4oz of water so I can get it over with in one big sip, then I follow up by drinking 28oz of just regular water.
Well it’s the end of day 1. I have to say it was easy. I didn’t have a headache and i wasn’t really hungry. The lemonade had enough calories to keep me satisfied. I really like the lemonade!
I have a water bottle that holds enough for me to make 3 servings at a time. I make up a second one to bring along with me for the day but I don’t put the cayenne pepper in it until I am going to start drinking it because it gets stronger the longer it sits. I bought a manual juicer at Target today for $2.99. That really helped. I wanted to warn people about juicing a lot of lemons by hand. It’s a good idea to use gloves because you can get burns to your hands if you juice too many. I know that sounds crazy but I have seen it first hand. My friend made some mixed drinks for over 20 people at a party and juiced a bunch with her hands. Then next day her hands had blown up like ballons. They stayed that way for over a week.
Even though today was easy I am expecting day 2 and 3 to be really bad. Last time I quit after day 3. I am just focusing on getting past day 3 right now. Baby steps!
Goiu: I am 5,4 :-). And one day I would love to get to 100, but it is not happening this time – but my goal was 110 anyway (and I think it will happen – I still have 4 days), and I am getting compliments from everybody. About my skin, hair (can not beleive that, I was sure my hair is going to look bad and tired) and people love to hang out with me. I am even being NICE to them… I am very happy with the results. You will make it for sure. I would not believe it, but it is so easy… I can go out, I can watch people eat. I cook every day. Nothing bothers me. Sounds crazy, but truth (and I do love food). Let me know, how you are doing (and do not worry about the salt watter, lot of people skip it or drink something else)
Hello All!
Today is my 10th day on the cleanse and my goal is two weeks (14days). I have so much energy, feel fantastic, and think I’m going to make it. I did the MC a few years ago for two weeks. And ever since then I’ve been doing it for approximately 5days every January. I can always tell a big difference in my personality (more peaceful and less stressed) and get so many compliments about my radiant skin while on the MC. For all the commenters who said they don’t enjoy the tea, there is also a chocolate version: Tradition Medicine Smooth Move Chocolate. Hope this Helps!
Have a Fabulous Healthy Day Everyone!
PS. I’ve lost 10+ pounds, however, I am within my health weight range which is part of the reason for the low number.
Again Best of Luck!
Paja – thanks for responding to my post and congratulations on your great results! I’m about 5′ 5″ and weigh 128-130. I would love to lose 10 lbs but would also be happy with 5+. I think I’m going to start next Mon, shoot for 5 days, and see how it goes…
I have a feeling I’ll have a problem with drinking the salt water, so I may try the Senna tea instead–Thanks for that suggestion Lea. I don’t really like tea either, so I’m not sure which one will be worse. Are there any other alternatives to drinking the salt water that anyone knows of?
ps I’m a very picky eater, so I’m glad to hear the lemonade tastes good!
Hi Samantha. I am also starting today. I did the MC once before, though only for 3 days. I used Senna tea instead of the salt water flush. You can buy it at any whole food store. It is tea made from senna leaves and it works like a laxative. You steep the tea bag in 6 oz of water for a few minutes before drinking. It was all I needed. I can’t drink the entire 6 oz or else bad things happen. :) Everyone is different, though. I am also 5’9 but I weigh 163. I hope to lose 10 lbs. Well, I can’t to hear about your progress.
Hello!
I am just starting the Master Cleanse today, well I suppose I started it last night with the herbal tea. I am 5’9 and currently weigh 143 pounds. I have already lost about 15 pounds but I want to get down to at least 135 if not to 130. I think that I am going to be able to do this however I am really struggling trying to get this salt water down. Does anyone have any other ideas of how to drink this or something I can use instead of salt water? Other than that I hope I am able to get through this! But any ideas or help would be much appreciated! Thanks!
Samantha
OH, AND THE LEMONADE TASTES GREAT! My whole family is stealing from my glasses :-))
Goiu: I think you are right you lose less weight if you have less to lose… I started 132,8, this is my day 16 and I have 114,8… heavier people report bigger loss. But if you want to loose just 5 pounds than go for it, because my first week I was loosing 2 pounds every day.
I’m thinking about doing the MC but am a little apprehensive. Does anyone know what the minimum # of days to do the MC is? I read somewhere else that the weight lost is quickly gained back once a normal diet is resumed. I do Nutrisystem off and on and have a pretty healthy diet–lots of fruits & veggies, and protein. I’m not a vegetarian, but I only eat turkey & chicken occasionally–no red meat or pork. Just wondering if I only do it for 3-5 days if it’s worth the trouble… Also, how does the lemonade taste? I’m within my healthy weight range but would like to lose 5-10 lbs. Does anyone know if you lose less weight if you have less to lose? I’m assuming that’s probably the case…
That sounds good Ari.
I want to lose weight and I’m hoping this may help with some inflammation that I have, but what I want the most is to just stick to something and follow it through to the end. How many time do we start a diet and have big plans and then we quit short of accomplishing the goal? Every time we do that we lie to ourselves and it has the same effect as someone else lying to us. We begin to lose faith in ourselves and stop trusting that we can actually accomplish something.
My plan of attack is to use the time I would be eating to do something for myself, something that makes me feel good. I’m going to do my nails or a pedicure, take a bath, work on some projects that i never have time for and that I enjoy. Well we shall see tomorrow. I’ll weigh in in the morning.
I tired the cleanse a while back and only made it 4 days because I gave in to temptation. I have regretted giving up so soon every day since, so tomorrow I am starting over. Day 1 June 21st, first day of summer! I am going to write here every day to motivate myself and hopefully others as well. My goal is 10 days.
-lea, we can cheer eachother on!
What a great forum! I’m starting tomorrow, Monday, and I am a little nervous. I did the MC years ago, but only for 3 days. I did it just to try it and didn’t have any goals as far as weight or days to complete. I do remember it being difficult and i’m pretty sure that everyone around me remembers it because I was a total beast! This time around I have expectations. I would like to lose 10lbs and I have a lot of inflammation in my hands, they hurt everyday and my doctor can’t figure out why. Soooooo this time I would like to do it for 7 days and see if it will help my hands. Is anyone else starting tomorrow 6-21-10? It would be great to be able to compare. I noticed 2fly4u was going to start soon. When are you starting?
Jes: I use my tap watter. I had it tested some time ago and it is great quality, so I use that. I honestly think it is the best watter to use, if you can. I would not use distilled, because it does not contain any minerals and other things watter usually has.
What is the best type of water to use? I’ve seen Pure, Distilled and Spring. I’m going to start an ease in regimen and began the cleanse in 3 days.
REMEMBER!!! the master cleanse is designed for westerners who eat mild american diets. I needed to triple the salt content of SWF for it to work… Also I tripled the cayenne pepper ratio because my body laughed at recipe’s amount.
2FLY4U: My grandma used to do yoga and she always had a cup of salt watter in the morning. That is what I do (but honestly not every day… I have a baby and right now it is just me and my midget and I just can not manage the bathroom and her at the same time…). I do not think the amount of watter is what matters that much. People even argue if the recipe is for 8 or 6 ounces. So I think if you drink enough watter during the day, you should be fine with just cup of salt watter in the morning the cleansing efect should be the same.But I am no expert, I just write what works for me…
And about the weight loss: First week was just sweet, almost 2 pounds every day. than it stopped for few days and now I think I am starting to loose some weight again. So in total I lost 14 pounds (including weight of 20 inches of my hair which I lost accidentaly today :-( ) , still to achieve my goal I need to get rid of almost 20 more, but 10would be also fine.
When are you starting???? Excited to hear how you like it. What is your goal?
Jenn: You can make the mixture (pepper, lemon, syrup) for whole day and then just pour some of it in your glass and add the watter. You will be able to tell how much (you can make lines on your glass etc.). just stirr it before. Just multiply the amount of stuff, according to how many glasses you want to drink. You can even keep it in the fridge or wherever you kid can´t get to it. and you do not have to mess with big pitcher and watter will be fresh. It is just an idea. I personaly make my drink always fresh. I like it better. but sometimes it is hard…
Hi I was wondering if I wanted to make the recipe in a bulk amount – ie: a large pitcher – Does anyone know the measurements ?? Its alot easier with a toddler to make it in bulk then cup at a time. Thanks Everyone – I need to lose my baby weight and i have put it off and now I figure if I start this way for 10days and then start the gym and eatting vegetarian then i will be see results :)
PAJA: THANX AND SO I HAVE TO DRINK A WHOLE QUART IN THE MORNING?! I’M SO EXCITED TO START=) HOW MANY LBS. HAVE U LOST SO FAR?
Hi, this is my day 11 and I feel like I need some support. It is not like I am hungry, but I keep having dreams about delicious chinese food :-((
anyways I hope I will kill my dreams with nice big pitcher of lemonade :-)
I see some people are just starting here, so good luck. I am the living proof you all can make it (without cheating). this is my first time and I would like to go for around 20 days (or until I fit my old pants…)
2FLY : you shoul drink the salt watter only in the morning, but some people either skip it or use something else…
You can make it in the morning for the whole day, but not for more.
Agnes: maple syrup is your food, calories, gives you the energy.
At least that is how I understand it. Hope I helped
OK SO I’M GONNA B STARTIN THIS SOON AND I WANNA KNOW EXACTLY HOW MUCH OF IT I SHUD DRINK A DAY? AND SHUD I JUS MAKE ALL OF IT AHEAD OF TIME SO I DONT HAVE TO MIX IT EVERYDAY? ALSO DO I ONLY DO THE SALT WATER IN THE MORNING OR DO I DOIT THRUOUT THE DAY?
**I REALLY HOPES THIS WORKS I’M TRYIN NOT TO GO IN W/ TO HIGH EXPECTATIONS
Ok, I made it thru day 1. It was really tough I did cheat last night and scrambled 2 eggs * don’t judge* I’m back in business today ready to do this right ! Although I did cheat but still lost 2.5-3 lbs. I feel like I can do this today!
I made it thru day 1 and am proud of myself because this is not easy. I drank over a gallon of water. This is including the water in the lemonade. Tonight my body is really retaining water. Has anyone else had a problem with this? Am I drinking too much water or maybe not enough water?
Hello fellow master cleansers, lol! Today is my first day on the MC and I cannot lie I AM HUNGRY!!! I’m trying not to think about food but that seems to be all that is crossing my mind. I do feel more motivated after reading some of the post on this blog and I will be checking back daily for support and motivation. Ttyl.
I am halfway thru my first day. So far, so good. I am hungry but not as bad as I thought I would be. The worst part is the SWF. I drank it very early this morning since I had to go somewhere later. It is just hard to be too far away from a bathroom.
Its my first day today. HURRAY! This is really hard for someone like me who loves eating.
I am starting my fast tomorrow. I have tried to start it a couple of times but just did not seem to have the motivation at those times. This time I am fully motivated because I need to lose weight for several medical issues. Also, just want to feel better.
What is the reason for the maple syrup. Is it okay to make the lemonade without it?
This is Day 1 for me….I have never done this before but aim to do it for 10 days. I did the SWF this morning and went the the bathroom about 10minutes later 4 or 5 times. I also started vomiting up the SWF as well. I was surprised because I NEVER vomit. I felt better after I did. Has this happened to anyone else???
Day 4 has surprisingly been good to me. Almost thru with my lemonade (a glass more at 5pm). Not feeling weak. My only problem so far w this MC is the early morning swf…as if i am throwing up anytime i do this….that is my only hurdle n wish there was a way out. I’m feeling good. Day 4 is ending for me…..i cant wait….
happy cleansing
Day 4
By n by am getting there. Its not been easy but with my motto i definatly going to make it. Just begun day 4, did the swf n it was marvelous. “things” just flushing out. Done w two glasses lemonade n two glasses water. My concentration is on today cos its a day at a time for me. My trick is that though i hope to do 10days or more, i am not looking at the big picture which wld end next wednesday….it seem toooooooo looong so i concentrate on each day n give it my best….the next day will take care of itself.
I still hv more enegy, do not feel weak, not hungry but a bit of the craving is still arund.
Julia, i am a day ahead of u so i guess we can still do this together. Lets look at the end since that is all that matters n try to control our cravings n hunger.
A day at a time cleansing,
Cheers
im on day 3 and its almost over… it has been really hard but better than last years i guess cause im more prepared in what to expect…but im still so hungry! im trying to keep my mind off of it like you guys say one day at a time… you should really try to keep up the work Melissa, at least do the 5 days like me last year i did 4 days and lost 6 pounds. i cant doit through the weekend =P but i might do some more days next week…. good luck everyone and keep up the good work
Melissa,
I really hope u cld have stuck on to this. Why dont u work on your mind…that does all the trick. This is my first time as well and after reading the amazing results from this blog, i decided to do this for MYSELF ONLY. If u feel weak then i guess u r not drinking enough of the lemonade. Remeber 60oz a day if u want to lose weight and 60oz or more for people interested in detoxing. PLS DONT GIVE UP. Why dont we roll together, 2day is my day 3 so lets do day 4 together tomorow. How abt that.
Pls stay on.!
Day 3 – this will be my final day, I just don’t have what it takes! This experience has shown me that it is very important to eat clean from now on! I never want to do this again so I am committed to eating raw, clean and healthy! My hubby said if so many other people can do it, why can’t I and all I can say is I am an individual and one size does not fit all! Best of luck to all of you!
Day 3
Its been amazing. I go to the gym since i started this on monday and surprisingly, i still have more energy. I dont feel tired nor weak except i still have cravings. I guess so far so god for me so am sticking to this. My goal is 10days but wldnt mind doing more. My Motto is ONE DAY AT A TIME.
2012 Bride,
Are u still cleansing? pls post yr comments.
Happy Cleansing
Hi all,
I did a pure water fast (only drank distilled water) for 6 days about a year ago and its was just a breeze, I was 180 (6ft) and lost about 11lbs in those 6 days.
Unfortunately, i have just recently gained my weight back mainly due to a busy work/school schedule (lots of fast food).
I decided to experiment with the master cleanse and currently I am on the 3rd day and so far it been a different experience than the water fast. To be honest I feel the cleanse its harder than the water fast. My problem with the MC is that its meant for a longer period than the water fast and so all day I just keep thinking 10 days is too long. I am not hungry or anything but its mostly the taught of me not being able to going out with my friends to restaurants. I will probably stick with the diet though but just for 7 days. (not eating during the world cup just wont cut it for me)
To all of you wondering about MC vs Water fast: during water fast you will def. be more tired and dizziness/headache is much worse. On the other hand, water fast is only meant for 5-14 days so it wont take as much time to loss the same amount of weight. As far as being hungry, I feel there is not much different between the two (MC is a little better in that regard obviously but not by much). You will loss more weight during the water fast but tt definitely requires you to take more precautions as it is obviously more dangerous and not meant for everybody.
btw, I think SWF is disgusting!!! I take vegetable laxatives (sennosides 8.6mg) instead and they work just as well.
Im on day 2 if it helps anyone to know =)… this is the second time i try the master cleanse. the first time was last year and i could only doit for 4 days =( but i lost 6 pounds… my goal is 5days this time but if i get the courage through the weekend ill go the 10days…. im soooooo hungry it is so hard! and my fam ordered pizza for dinner while watching the game. ill try to work out today to keep my mind of of food… good luck to you all… oh and it is very normal to urinate frequently especially if you are usually not hydrated.
Day 2 – not so bad, I’ve been able to get through some work around the house but keep having to lay down. Yesterday was terrible, I had the worst headache in my life beginning around 4pm and by midnight I was thinking of eating coffee grounds, assuming it’s caffeine withdrawal.
I still have 16 oz of the lemonade left today, I couldn’t finish it yesterday. I don’t know how I will go 8 more days drinking it, it’s starting to gag me. I really can’t see doing this for the whole ten days. All I can think about is eating. I want a salad really bad!!! I do hope I can stick with a healthier lifestyle after this since it sucks doing the cleanse! I’m one of those people who get sick if they miss a meal so I am extremely weak. Just hope that headache doesn’t come back…
I am urinating alot. Does anybody go thru this?
Day 2 is almost over for me. Just finished with my last glass of the lemonade. So far drunk 2ltrs of water (5pm). I am hiting the gym any moment from now n will spend not more than 45 mins in strenght training.
Today has been good. Have more energy, not hungry but crave for something i dont even think i know the name. I am soo motivated to do this but i guess i will take a day at a time. Maybe i may go beyon my 10day target.
I decided not to weigh myself so i dont get discouraged my the scale. I believe the best scale for me is my cloths so i am using that. I am sure i hav lost some weight since my stomach is a bit flatter and my dress today as a bit loose than usual.
I wish everybody on this program the best of luck and wish to state that the results will be worth so DONT GIVE UP.
Happy cleansing
HI THIS IS MY 3RD DAY OF THE CLEANSE AND IM FEELING PRETTY GUD JUS NEED HELP ON KEEPIN ON IF THERE IS SOMEONE ONE OUT THERE ON THEIR 3RD DAY HOW ARE U DOING GOOD LUCK EVERYONE!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Day 2
I woke up feeling very energized. I hit the gym yesternight and spent about 45 mins doing some strenght training yet am still strong.
Have had 20 ounces of my lemonade and two glasses of water as at 10am dis morning. I have had three bowel movemnets so far thanks to the salt. I dont crave for food and am seriously looking forward to doing my mininum 10days.
2010 Bride,
pls dont give up. Pls control the cravings with your mind n am sure u will make it. I am doing this with u together so pls lets move together.
1sttimercleanser,
U can exercise but make sure its not strenous so u dont feel weak. U need more energy to do this so pls go ahead and hit de gym.
OK GUYS! I’m glad day one is over…today all i could think of was food…I had to leave my house and go fo a walk to not think of it…I’ve had cold chills but overall I fell fine. I’m off to bed.
Is it safe to exercise on the cleanse? I’m on day 7 of an 8 day cleanse and my body is used to daily exercise, but because of the lack of caloric intake, I have not been exercising…AT ALL! I noticed some people hoping for work outs, and I feel a lot more energetic, and need something to do to pass the time. Can I exercise??
Ty Mel..thats alot of salt water…
Hello Yssai,
You need Orgnic Grade B Maple Syrup. U need this gradeB cos its organic and will help u achieve the optimum results u are expecting.
Its 5pm from my country and i just finished drinking my last glass of the lemonade i.e. 60oz and so far hv drunk 2ltrs of filtered water.
Today was very good since i had mentally prepared my self for it.
2012 Bride,
I dont think cos u didnt begin w de tea u started on a wrong note. U r on track but just make sure u take the lexative tea this evening.
Mix 1 teaspoon of sea salt with 25-35 ounces of warm water (Credit Raylen’s book on “a guide for succeeding on the Master Cleanse”)
Lets do this together because we can!!
Will write 2moro
2012 Bride,
1 quart = 32 ounces
Can someone pls confirm with me how much of the salt water i’m suppose to drink in ounces please!!!!
Today is day 1 and so far so good! The lemonade didn’t taste as bad as I thought, just spicy but I probably put too much pepper. I am doing the tea twice a day instead of the SWF. My goal is to completely detox from medicine associated with an injury last year. They had me on some crazy stuff from steroids to nerve pills and everything in between, plus 6 sedations. I haven’t been regular or able to lose any weight since. So I hope this cleanse will do the trick! 10 days seem like a long time and my hubby isn’t joining me so it will be pretty hard watching him eat!
heLLo to aLL =) . i am pLanning to do the master cleanse tomorrow but im wondering if is it okey to use the maple syrup i bought in the market i forgot the brand name but i guess the said syrup is for pancake though it ses ” mapLe syrup”. i really want to do it tomorrow coz we will be havin a weight in on wenesday i really need to lose atleast 2 pounds before the weight in day this week. Thanks…
OK so today is my first day and I have to say I think I started off wrong…I’m reading some of the blogs and alot of peps drank the tea the night befor and I didn’t. This morning I drank the salt and water.(2 teaspoons in about 1 ounce of water). OMG, I felt like I was goin to die. I’m not a salt eating person to start off. My mouth started watering and I felt like I was goin to throwup. I drank my leamon mixture after the feeling went away and it was not bad at all. I’m planning on doin this clease for as long as I can..i really can’t make any promises…I’ve been tryin to lose weight from January and so far I lost 30 pounds but i’m stuck at the same number. when u think your tryin your hardest and your not goin anywhere u tend to give up and eat and eat so now i’ve told myself it’s time to give my body a jump. Fingers cross I hope this work. I have 2 kids that will make anyone lose their minds and a Fiance that loves food (he’s not fat at all, very fit). He just loves to eat. I would say that he has not been a very good supporter. My friends are all skinny and they eat anything they see. So of course i’m staying away from as many as them as I can. My wedding is in 2012 and I saw a dress I’m in love with. I have to tell myself that I’m doin this for me and noone else. I’m glad I got a chance to read some of the blogs, it made me feel better, that I can do this, hopefully for 10days. Today i’m 234 pounds and I would like to be in the 20′s by day 10. Wish me luck..i’ll keep u guys posted!
Today 7th of June is my first day on the cleanse. I am committing myself to 10days and hopefully with the tips i hv read on this blog as well as Raylen’s book on Guide for succeeding on the Master cleanse, i hope to achiev optimum results. Though my ultimate goal is to be more healthy after this cleanse, i look forward to shedding off some pounds. I will post my progress on this blog to encourage people who want to go on the cleanse but think its impossible. Will write tomorrow. Cheers
Yikes- Going to start this tomorrow. And I fully admit to bring pretty nervous.Why? Because A) My track record for keeping my word when it comes to matters of the mind has been rather rocky, and B) I can’t bare the thought of not succeeding! Truth be told I have a wedding to go to in three weeks and I have gained 14 lbs since I saw everyone. Fickle I know…..
I am aiming for a week- Phfff- thats nothing I here you 14 day gals yelp. But still -wish me luck!
To TheLovelyB,
I’d be happy to help you stay on track. Today is my 20th day, my halfway point.
I actually enjoy helping people motivate because it keeps me motivated as well. I kept telling my mom to push through to her 10th day even though she wanted to quit so badly. Today my father is starting a 10 day cleanse so both my mom and I NEED to push him through it cause he loves to eat. lol.
Hey People, it’s been great reading this site so I thought I would add to it for extra motivation. I am on day 4 now and feel soooooo tired I just want to eat and sleep haha but I hear day 4 is the hardest so I am going to push through. Good Luck to everyone!
Hello all,
I started the cleanse today, and I feel pretty great. My reason for doing this is to lose weight and maintain healthier eating habits once I am done. I plan to do the cleanse for 31 days and I believe this will be a challenge for me. This website provides so much motivation! My boyfriend did this diet and he lost 20 pounds in 36 days…I have absolutely NO self control when it comes to food because I am so GREEDY lol
Is there anyone who will be willing to help me stay on track? If so, please respond to my post and I will provide my email address.
Good Luck everyone!!
-B-
Actually day 17 of 40 tomorrow. lmao I can’t count.
Day 15 of 40 tomorrow. Feelin’ goooood :)
About to start my 13th day of the Master Cleanse tomorrow. I’m about to go to bed now. Bye!
Good luck everyone!
is it ok if i only do this cleanse for 5 days? im on my 3rd, but i have a b-day party tomorrow and its also memorial weekend… i really wanna party. i smoke and drink and i love it. its pretty tempting to quit now and start later.. help! what to do?!
Hi guys,
how are you doing? I started few days later than I planned.
Unexpected guests from out of town. :(
It’s my third day and I am hungry to tell you the truth.
some say writing down your goal or a simple sentence like ‘ I CAN DO IT, I AM NOT HUNGRY!’ would might help. maybe i will try it.
Kat- I did my SWF, got ALL DOWN on first day!
it wasn’t easy, anyhow, I think I’ve got a wrong kind of salt. I made only one trip to the bathrm and it wasn’t even nicer than my normal one without SW. I was blown up like a gigantic ballon and yes, ppl asked me if sth was wrong with me. I think I still do have this nasty SW in me cuz I can’t put my rings back yet.
WHAT KIND OF SALT ARE YOU USING? BRAND NAME WOULD BE LOVELY.
I want to try SWF out again to see if I did sth wrong on the first day.
I also do use little more extra lemon. i do use the whole amount of maple syrup.
I heard ppl who really wants to lose some weight do cut down with syrup to reduce the calory but i don’t know if it’s o.k since maple syrup is the only mineral and vitamin source.
i also woke up with itchy skin today and few ugly things in my face!!!
oh,anyone who is having a hard time with pepper, I ‘d recommend the pill.
i use both the powder and pill on last two days and it both gave me same heat in my body.
Cheers guys!!
starting master cleanse today for the second time… the first time i did it was last year i did it only for 4 days and lost 6 pounds i got to say day four is the hardest my sister did it for the whole 10 days she’s a trooper so will see how this time goes… i did notice my metabolism working faster after the diet because i continued to loose weight even after i stoped. i wont weigh myself until im done my goal is 5 days
3 days down and going strong. I keep having to remind myself that I’m doing this so I don’t mindlessly eat anything. I’m not necessarily hungry, but food looks good. Tried the SWF again this morning and made it through half. Meh, it’s something! And, of course, I’m drinking my tea at night. My skin is going crazy and it’s driving me nuts. I have itchy bumps on my face and my cheeks feel hot. It started yesterday and I am torn as to whether or not it’s detox related. It seems silly to have symptoms already, but I usually have super clear skin. Anyone else have this problem?
How are you guys all doing on your cleanse?
hey everybody. i’m starting the master cleanse diet tomorrow. i just finished drinking the laxative tea. hopefully i can conjure up some self control and actually do this diet while trying to ignore the hunger pains. my starting off weight is 161. i don’t know exactly how many days i am going for, but i guess i’ll just try to hold off for as long as i can. wish me luck!
yay – i’m so glad there are a few of us going through day one together today! strangely, knowing i’d be checking in on this site periodically has helped with the motivation. my next door neighbor, who has not bbq’d once since we moved in, has decided to have a big cookout tonight. chicken has never smelled so absolutely wonderful! ironic since one of the things i want to think about during my fasting cleanse is whether i want to reintroduce meat in my diet or go vegetarian. be strong… be strong…
ms. lemonade – i did risk the swf this morning, though i only managed to get 3/4 of it down. half the sites i read said to use 2 t of salt and the other half said 2 T, so i went with the former. it was effective without being scary and, um… overly time consuming or life interrupting, so i’ll stick with it as is and then have my tea in the evenings.
ana – i did the same thing with the pepper! eek. maybe ms lemonade is on to something with the pills?
general question – when i tried this a few years back the info i read said that the syrup was super flexible and you could add more to make the potion sweeter, or less if you wanted to have fewer calories. i added a little extra lemon juice and a little less syrup than suggested… is that okay? it’s plenty sweet for me and i’m not a big fan of maple flavoring.
FIRST DAY!!!! So far so good.
second time….lets see how i do.. Target is 10 days…
ms. lemonade, beaner, and kat
today is also my day 1. although i didn’t do the SWF, the sea salt i bought is iodized(i dont know if that’s safe to use). the first lemonade i made was pretty spicy .. too much pepper.
anyways! wish you guys luck . ill keep you guys updated. and i hope you guys keep me updated as well :)
Hi guys, Thank you for your support ;)
Honestly, I still don’t know if I can make it to 10 days or even few days but will do my best to go for 10 days and update my progress as well.
My doctor suggested me to lose few pounds due to my liver and etc. and YES I NEED TO LOSE SOME WEIGHT and get my healthy body back as in my single life with no husband and baby.
Beaners -
Thank you for rolling with me. :)
I hope eth goes well with your plan to get rid of smoking habit and get your healthy body back.
Kat -
I looked around here and there and it’s highly recommended to have SWF however many ppl have chosen to do laxative tea only at night. Some ppl have used laxative or aloe pills,aloe vera to help out with the bowl movement ) instead. I will try to go with tea and not SWF. I ain’t ready yet :( still too scary. I can’t even imagine my self drinking lukewarm salt water which ppl said taste like ocean water and I have a bad memory in ocean.
oh one more thing, I found cayenne pepper pills.
I’d rather enjoy my lemonade refresh and sweet than spicy. I guess mixing part can be done in my tummy. ;) I will let you know how it works.
Let me know guys of yours and anyone to support each other would be lovely.
I am off to make my juice for today.
CHEERS,
just found this site while trying to get ready for my ‘day one’ tomorrow… yay! i tried this cleanse thing a few years ago, but because of the hours i was logging at school it was simply not a good idea. public restrooms already eek me out, so my 6 am – midnight study schedule didn’t jive with the swf. i made it 3 days courtesy of a long weekend, but cracked on the 4th. i’m shooting for 14 this time, but (like ms. lemonade) i’m definitely freaking out about that dang swf! lol.
Ok ms.lemonade I’ll roll with you… Starting today for my second time, first was almost 2 years ago.
First time through I went seven days which was what I had planned for, weight loss was not and still isn’t the issue but more of a lifestyle or overall health habits change. I will admit that this time I can certainly stand to lose a few pounds in the process. I am also a pack a day smoker, again… The smoking was not as difficult as I expected it to be the first time around and I managed to avoid picking it back up for several months after. The First time days 3 and 4 were by far the worst, after which I felt very good for the remainder.
I will keep posted of my progress throughout the 10 days and give an honest recount of my actions. Scariest thing about starting today; Memorial Day Weekend is only a week away and right in the middle of the cleanse. However, it is going to be a busy summer and no sense in putting this off any further.
Just for a little background information I am a 28 year old male, 5’8″ and just weighed in at 185.8 lbs after several “more than healthy” meals today. Admittedly, my bowels are already churning after a two chili cheese dog lunch and more leftover chili and chinese food this evening (I know, I should weigh 285 and not 185, good metabolism i guess).
So my goals are; 10 days on the voodoo juice, no smoking or drinking and 3 or 4 salt water flushes starting on day 3 (very miserable from what I remember). Off to get my supplies, will update soon…
Unfortunately, I am already really craving a cigarette today, only had one today, early this morning.
anyone starting?
I will start tomorrow the monday.
do we have to do SWF? some says we could skip it thg.
I am all ready except the SWF. it scares me.
Welp…after another really bad night and this morning barely being able to get out of bed, I’ve decided my body is reacting too strongly and I should quit the cleanse immediately. I also weighed myself and I’ve lost approximately 10 pounds in the 2 days being on this. It’s just not worth it to me. My boyfriend is going to continue on as long as he can while I start the South Beach diet and once he finishes the cleanse, he’ll join South Beach with me. Best of luck to all!!!
Anasin – You should do the salt flush every morning. Some people say they have to walk around to get things moving, others not. But yes, every morning!!
I’m so happy to see other first timers! I must admit, I had a HORRIBLY rough night last night. I became extremely hungry and had to go to the store to buy more of the Smooth Move tea (so hard!!!). After getting home, I tried drinking more of the mixture and had to stop – I eventually vomitted 4 times. :-( I feel much better this morning and am going to TRY to keep this up but if the same thing happens tonight, I’m going to have to give up as obviously, my body is not happy. I was prepared to have it run its course through my bottom, not through my mouth! My boyfriend tried to get me to eat something last night and I refused – I am determined to do this but only so long as my body doesn’t reject it as strongly as it has.
I did feel quite tired yesterday morning around 930-1030am but after that, I felt fine and other than the hunger pangs towards the end of the night and of course getting sick, everything else was fine! Onwards and upwards to Day 2 :-)
Aloha All,
Let me first say how much I appreciate everyone leaving feedback, comments, info., and encouragement. I am starting the cleanse tomorrow as I had an event today, but I have been wondering if I do the sea salt flush every day or just on day one?
My best to everyone. Will post again after day one… :) Ten days is my goal and then I plan to determine if I will continue on longer.
Best,
~Ana~
I started the cleanse today. This is my first time. I am very optimistic about the journey however, I am also nervous. I’ve never done a fast before and something so restrictive is a great feat. I am going to finish the cleanse tho. I have committed to 10 days and I have a lot of people challenging me….so I’m definitely not going to fail. I am just happy to see that there are so many FIRST TIMERS, like myself, who are going on this journey this week.
Best wishes to everyone! I will keep you posted…..
I, as well, am starting today. A friend has done the cleanse before which got my boyfriend on a huge kick. He tried it for about 4 days but then mostly out of anxiety in his personal life, got off the cleanse. We are now doing it together so we’ll see! This is the beginning of our weight loss journey, something to kick start things and have us be healthier. We are going for 10 days, which would be next Wednesday May 26. Personally, I have done diets before and become addicted to weighing myself every day to either be excited when the numbers change or frustrated when they didn’t SO I don’t anticipate weighing in until Thursday at the earliest. I’ve surprisingly not been hungry so far, though its all just begun. I’ve realized I talk myself into being hungry more than actual hunger pangs. I’m also not planning any signficant exercise during these 10 days but figure should the mood strike me, I’ll do it.
Tracy, keep us posted!!!
I’m starting today.
The salt flush is really not as scary as it sounds. You don’t have to fear losing control of your bowels. Really, you just drink the mixture, and 20-30 minutes later you’ll feel some pressure, and you know its time to find a bathroom and release. That may go on for about 10 minutes. A few hours after this you may occasionally feel a normal urge to go to the bathroom (very slight pressure) and you’ll release a bit more fluid from your butt (hah). But other than that it’s nothing. You need to be by a bathroom as much as you would after eating a lot of mexican food. It just seems a bit more scary because it’s fluid pushing against you. I’d say at least try it for a few days.
I really want to try the cleanse, but I’m so scared of the salt flush (do not want to turn incontinent…even for a few days). I’m very regular and get plenty of fiber. Can I just use a store bought cleanse (psillium/casgara) like ultimate cleanse or trader joe’s?
I’ve had the last 2 days off work – t’s the first days off work during this cleanse – and while I’ve not been hungry while I’m drinking the recommended dosage of lemonade, tea and lots of water, it’s been difficult to give up all the social mixing associated with meals. I do realize that it’s a short term investment for my health. I’ve been able to do yoga and limited cardio, but I’ve not had the strenght to do my weight training. I have lost surprising amount of weight, which I really didn’t need to happen, I’m looking forward to eating again – even more healthy than before.
Jameson,
That sucks that you had to break the cleanse, but good to see you’re starting over and pushing through it.
If I do this again I might go the agave nector route. I despise the taste of the maple syrup.
Started the cleanse today. I’ve done it once before…well..twice. The first time I made it 3 days and then start puking every time I tried to drink the lemonade (I apparently reallllly don’t like lemonade), and ended up switching to a different cleanse for the next 7 days. Tried it again in January of last year and did the full 10 days. Haaated the seasalt flush. It made me gag. The trick of thinking of chicken broth definitely helped. Other things….limes are so much tastier than lemons, but I’m using lemons this time as the limes at the store looked…gross. And, I’m not one of those people that can sip on the drinks throughout the day. I get a giant straw and suck it down as fast as possible so I don’t have to taste it. The cleanse is all psychological. You can get through the hunger, you can get through the cravings. It’s completely doable if its something you’re set on completing. I’ll try and post here for the duration of my cleanse, as I found reading everyone’s comments supremely helpful last time. Good luck everyone!
First timer here. Many acquaintances have done this and my time has arrived. I started it, fully prepared on Saturday 5/8/10 and follwed it to the letter with no problems until yesterday, day 4. I had a pop-up business dinner that I could not get out of. I made the conscious decision to eat a vegetarian dinner and drank water. No dairy. No alcohol. No dessert. No suger. My stomach was just a little upset afterwards. Today, which would have been Day FIVE is now Day ONE and I’m okay with that. In the first 4 days I used up a bottle of the recommended Grade B Maple Syrup. WHen I returned to the health food store they recommended Pure Agave Nectar. It has no preservatives or additives., it tastes better and is much less expensive.
Please help! I read most of the comments from last year and a few from this year. I would like to lose around 20 pounds. I have tried cleansing in the past and know that I’m not successful at not eating all day. My hat is off to all of you that are able to accomplish your goal, however, is there anyone that has done this cleansing to take off weight and ate one meal a day (lunch or dinner) of only a salad consisting of vegetables w/o dressing? If so how many glasses of mixture did you drink a day?
Hello to All:)
I would like to say many thank yous to everyone who has posted a comment. I have to be completely honest. I started this cleanse for the primary reason of loosing wait. More importantly I am now seriously considering becoming a semi-Vegan. I want to rid my body of all the gunk. I am 5’4 and weigh 173lbs, and feel very uncomfortable. I am on day 2, my Fiance started with me but constantly complains of being hungry. I told him to eat dinner because I do not want to be discouraged. Today I did eat two almonds (horrible). I plan on completing 10 days. Prayers are appreciated.
Thanks again Everyone,
Okay so i messed up on day one but i really think its cuz i smoked(yea,weed)and got really weak and hungry feelin…but when i was sober i felt perfectly fine!!FUCK :E pardon my freennncch haha anyways i guess im just gonna start over today.cuz im determined!!!and yaknow waht it may seem strange but i cant wait to do the salt wter flush…UGH i just hate that i messed up!i KNOW i can do this….please support me!<3
Hi Amy, I was reading your and Nic’s logs from last year. Go back and look at his goals and guidelines. I know you can do it. I have have a few relatives that are doing the raw lifestyle and they love it. One aunt has been doing it over 5 years and she is doing really great. She’s almost 60 and she runs 5 miles every day. She looks and feels wonderful. Good luck! You can do anything you put your mind to!!
hey people,so the first time i did the cleanse,a whiiile ago,it was VERY successful i lost about 20 lbs in ten days i believe.
THEN i gained it all back because i went back to eating horribly!
THEN the second time i tried i got to day 7 and lost 15 lbs.
gained it all back because of the same mistake.
NOW this time(im on day one):] i have decided i NEED to do it and keep the weight off!!
so im striving for ten days,i go to the gym for cardio daily.
and after i finish the cleanse im going to lead a completely raw lifestyle,do u think if i do that and continue working out,i will keep the weight off this time??
I started the master cleanse on April 26, 2010. I have not eaten food since then. I intend to go until May 4, which is a 40 day fast. I have taken in nothing but the lemonade, maple syrup, and cayenne pepper. I have lost 35 lbs in 25 days. I have not exercised at all except the daily neccesity of doing what I have to do at work and home. My body has rid itself of so many things. I feel great! I expect to lose another 35lbs before the fast is over. Excellent!
libah, i was gonna email you but its not here n e more:( i was constipated for a good week after the cleanse but now all is good:) feel good and doing lots of green smoothies for lots of good nutrition:) hope all is well with you, i hope you check the site so we can contiue our chat and maybe be cleansing partners again:) ill be checking for your update!
tried the master cleanse .. dident last even the whole day.. love food too much. i am 147 and i want to loose around 15 pounds. i have organic lemon juice in the yellow lemon shaped bottle, organic mayple syrup and cayenne peper…i will not be doing the salt water flush of the tea. so i will be trying it again for 10 day sstarting ,,wednsday.. wish me luck!
libah’
i missed your post on your easing off! wow you got amazing results!!! i wish i would have weighed and measured now. darnit! but i have a fear of scales. haha i will send ya a email. are you changing your eating habbits or anything in your daily routine since completing this cleanse? I cant find the post on what kind of water filter you use. didnt you post that? well, talk to you real soon. congradulations on a job well done:)
hey all:)
well i been off almost a week. im eating much better and taking a probiotic. im feeling pretty good overall. im eating mostly raw foods but not going to be a true vegan or vegetarian. when i do eat those things they will be oranic and limited. im looing into water filters if anyone has any ideas.
julie’ how is the easing off going for you? what are your goals now that you have completed the cleanse?
ryan’ i got that same crazy look from ppl. oh well thats nothin new for me:) how are you doing? is your headache gone? how are your energy levels and weight loss going?
libah’ did you stop at your 10 days or are you goin’ for longer? if you stopped how is the easing off going for you? did you make veggie soup for day 2?
well i look forward to hearing from you all soon:)
We lagged a bit on our comments Day 4 and 5 went fine. We were a little headachey but were able to excercise both days. We are going on a a2 pitch climb this afternoon. We are mid way through Day 6…and although people think were crazy it really isn’t that hard. A great test of will I guess but we both feel that we are benefitting from our efforts. 176 lbs.
Day 10!!Yeah and finally! I will be so glad to have something else besides the lemonaide. I’m so thrilled that I was able to last the whole 10 days and my husband and family have been cheering me on. The kids keep asking me, isn’t this your last day? Or wow you get to drink OJ tomorrow. My one teenage son however, taunts me with my favorite ice cream that he has just finished off. Oh well! Today I have been very tired and shaky and didn’t have much strength when I went to work out at the gym. I’m excited to say though that I did lose 17 lbs. Now I have to work on keeping it off and losing a lot more. I have more confidence in myself now.
Meredith–
Thanks for the advice and support. It’s good to see how others are doing when they are going thru the same things you are experiencing. I do green smoothies too and will be glad to get back to them. I’ve gotten most of my ideas from greensmoothiegirl.com. What ideas or recipies do you use? Congrats again on finishing your cleanse!
Libah–I have read parts of that book before but will have to check it out again because I don’t remember much. Just one more day for you! Pat yourself on the back! Have you done this before? This is my first time although I have done a couple of 3 day cleanses before and it seemed as if they were harder. This has been hard for me but I have been so determined to complete it. good luck tomorrow!
Julie from Utah
I almost forgot! CONGRATS on your success!!!!
here’s to good health:)
thank you libah:)
i love and always have loved health. I will put bee pollen in my green smoothines. any other ideas would be great too:) i will pick up a copy of that book also, thaks. my 2nd day off i had oj and water till about 5, then some steamed veggies at a chinese rest. not rice or forune cookie:)
HI LIBAH:)
I did the omnivore version. i sipped a whole carton of organic OJ with ice and water. I drank lots of water to keep from feeling tired. it comes to about 900 calories or so, maybe a little less. that is how i figured it out. I am going to keep my calories down to 1200 to keep shedding these last few lbs since im so close:) I feel so much lighter. keep it up, you’ve got this in the bag:)
hello julie:)
I cant believe i did this either and if im right, today is your last day of lemonaid! woo hoo! I have a 2 year old and know what ya mean. we have to be around food that does not make it easy. i even went on vacation and sat at resaraunts on the coast and could not order. it was so hard but i felt so accomplished and proud of myself! this really has taught me so much about my body and what it does and does not need. doesnt it feel awsome to fit in those tight pants! read above on the OJ question. you will be there tomorrow!!! yeah!!!! if you want to continue your weight loss. keep your calories around 1200 and it will keep comming off. it really wont be hard since you have completed this cleanse. I find it much easier to walk away or say “no thankyou”. congradulations, I know this was not easy first hand, as I WAS addicted to food! ill check in later. have a good day:)
talk to you all soon
happy cleansing:)
Hi all,
I’m excited to be at the end of Day 9. One more day to go!! We think alike, Libah– I’m going to treat myself to a massage on Wednesday to celebrate my finishing the Cleanse.
I’m excited to eat food again and find myself just enjoying the smell of it when my family eats dinner or I smell something good at the mall. I’ve lost 15 lbs. and feel pretty good for the most part. Yesterday I had problems with my sinuses but today they have been better. I have found I have flare ups of certain health problems I have had forever on certain days of the fast. My tongue is still white and coated but I won’t last longer than 10 days plus the 2 days coming off the cleanse. This has been good for me because I am quite overweight(250, now 235lbs.) and need this to jumpstart my way to a healthier diet.
I’m not sure how many glasses of orange juice either.
Day 3 and we are both going strong. Exercised today and definitely felt a bit weak. SWF works like a charm. 180 lbs.
Hey Everyone,
I have never done a cleanse before but the idea of it is very appealing to me. I am 5’4” and 121-123lbs. I am pretty much at my ideal BMI so I do not expect to lose weight though I would love to lose some fat so that my muscle definition in certain spots gets better. I am worried about losing muscle due to lack of protein and was looking for a way to supplement with some but see that is not feasible. I want to do this cleanse for health benefit reasons and see if it works. Part of me thinks it will and part of me isnt sure. I am also wanting to change my eating habits. I am not sure what happened over the past 6 months but they changed. I am eating sugars a lot and have no control with my portions. Part of me thinks it is emotional but I get so emotional that I am not stopping the habit… so I don’t get it!
I am starting this cleanse tomorrow and am drinking my tea now. I think it tastes good! Perhaps I got a good brand. I am on spring break this week which is why I am doing it now.. I can’t afford to be tired and fuzzy with my regular schedule. I literally have nothing to do until next weekend when I go to work so I am hoping if tired I can sleep and can be entertained by reading. I would like to try to weight train while doing this but without adequate protein for the muscles to recover how does your body deal?
Gah! Well I am bookmarking this site so that maybe it will help me feel accountable and not give up.
Day 2
Thanks for the advice. We’re following the diet to a T. The SWF worked in a matter of minutes. I plan to do it everyday, and the tea hasn’t given us cramps too bad so I think well stick with it. 182 lbs.
I’m glad you found a tea that works for you. I love the Smooth Move and haven’t experienced problems with it. Ditto on the benefits of the SWF. I’m amazed at how much sutff comes out each morning even after 8 days of no eating. I can only guess it is stuff that has been on the colon walls for who knows how long. I also am less hungry in the morning after drinking the salt water.
Ryan–I’m sure the cleanse will help you with your cravings for beer! I am no longer craving chocolate like I normally do. Mostly I’m just wanting to be able to eat good foods again.
Libah–I am also using this cleanse as a way to become more spiritually connected to God and I ask for his help and strength in getting through each day.
Keep on all!!
Hi all. I started the MC today and so far I am doing fine. Going to start the SWF tomorrow. My GF and I are both shooting for at least 10 days. We aren’t overweight but we don’t have the healthiest habits…I drink a lot of beer. Anyways I hope this gets me living healthier. It should be a good challenge at least. I think I will write here everyday as it seems to have helped a lot of the other people. Anyone else starting today? 185 lbs
Hi everyone,
Congrats to Meredith on getting to Day 10! I’m on Day 7 on the Cleanse and am surprised that I’ve lasted this long. I’ve never had self control either when it comes to food or diets so this is my first success story of really being able to refuse food and I’m amazed that I can go about my daily activities without dying. I’ve even been able to keep up my new exercise regimen of 4-5 days a week and not feel to bad. Yesterday was probably my worst day. I’m not sure why or if I was just getting some really bad toxins out but I was just exhausted and had cramps and was so irritable all day. Today I’ve been the opposite. I also have had dreams about eating food and then will realize in my dream that I am just dreaming it so it’s ok. I’ve lost 12 lbs. so far and can fit into my pants finally. I was hoping to lose more but I’ve fluxuated up and down a few pounds in the last couple days.
Does anyone know how much orange juice we are allowed to drink on the two days following the cleanse.
The hardest thing on this cleanse for me has been the constant hunger and having to cook for my family of 9 and not be able to eat it. Also I have a preschooler who constantly wants snacks that I used to be able to eat with him. My husband has been quite supportive and helps a lot with dinners but it is still very difficult.
day 10
woo hoo.
libah,
getting ready to leave town. Ill be back monday evening to update my progress and get yours:) yes im on my last day of lemonaid and tomorrow OJ and water. I will let you know how i came off on monday when i get home. 2 sizes is totally amazing!!! you are almost there! I will have to look for the senna tea with 230 mg, any thing to avoid cramping:) cuz I will do this again. congrats on your 8 lbs! that is awesome! Ill be back take care and happy cleansing! ths site has been so helpful to journal ups and downs. thanks for being my partner. and ill stay to encourage you till the end:)
day 8
im so excited to have made it this far, and feel great in more ways than one. If we can do this, we can do anything!!! I have energy and feel good. This has taught me self control, something I have never had when it comes to food. I am so grateful for that, more than anyone could know. I know now that I do have self control.
Hi Libah:)
Glad to hear you found out to take 2 tbsp. of each. you must be really dedicated to have had it like that for the first few days! how are you feeling? have you found a time to fit the lax tea in your schedule? the swf works really well. no comment on the taste:)
I TRUST MYSELF AND MY DECISIONS THAT I MAKE FOR MYSELF. ABOUT EVERYTHING!!!
thank you for the encouragment, i need it!
?happy cleansing?
Libah:
hi there:) first of all im jealous you get to use limes! heard it tastes better. I couldnt find any organic limes so im stuck with lemon. ur well on your way with the first few days being a tough transition. the swf is more predictable that the tea is. i have experimented a little with them and i decided it was easier for me to do the salt water flush in the morning, although i have tried it at night too. i tried to avoid the tea and do the swf both morning and night and it made me retain alot of water the next day and it was a rough day also. i have found it best to do the tea at night and swf in the morning. the swf really keeps me from getting so hungry through out the morning and afternoon. the lax tea is nice at night because it works through the night and you will go before you have to be anywhere most likely. the first time i drank it i had pretty bad cramps and not much of a movement. that is what made me do salt in the morning and night cuz i wanted to avoid it all together. so when that failed i gave the tea another try at night and to my surprise i did have a movement without the cramping and have not had cramping since. i use smooth move and add a tablespoon of syrup to it cuz it taste aweful to me. i also put a tablespoon of syrup in my one serving of mint tea every day. i drink 6 glasses of lemonaid every day. 2 for breakfast. 2 for lunch and 2 for dinner. I only use 1 tbs in each serving of lemonaid at lunch to cover for the 2 i use in the mint tea and the lax tea. i make 2 glasses of lemonaid at once and drink it pretty much at once. im not a fan of the flavor although i am strarting to at least not be discusted:) i dont mind it anymore but still no big fan. maybe i can try lime next time around! happy cleansing on day 4.
ps. some do the tea both morning and night, but the salt fills me up and i need all the help i can get!
day 7 wow almost there:) its morning and i feel good! yesterday was a good day too. day 6 (yesterday) was a really good day. had more energy and felt like myself again but lighter and wide awake. it is easier to be around food and walk away from it. i am an emotional eater. i eat when sad mad glad or what ever else. this has taught me that i can say no and walk away from food and that i eat way to many calories that my body does not need to survive. and that i can cook with out picking and tasting everything. when i start eating i will make sure my calories count so i dont have to take supliments. and make sure my food is packed with the nutrience that i need. i have takin vitamins so long that it will be weird not to take em’. natural is way better than synthetic for sure.
HERES TO ANOTHER SUCCESSFUL DAY:) GOOD LUCK ALL
I just started my 10 day journey. I finished my SWF and started to sip on my “lemonade”. It is quiet tasty. So fare no BM. I want to use this blog to keep me motivated and guys if you find miss spelled word, I’m very sorry English is my 3r languish. I’m not sure I will be nice about through the detox if you criticizes me. So keep it to the end. Thank you!
I and my roomate are on day 1 the min we drank the salt water right after he threw up and I began to get a headache , I know I’m not supossed to eat anything but I had and apple I was so damm hungry I hope that wont be a problem if I could just have a apple for breakfast lunch and dinner. I also can’t stay out the bathroom I hope this 10 days goes fast it’s really hard.
Thank you guys for your post it really helps!
Day 2- Feeling better than yesterday. Last night I had a massive headache, was starving and almost caved when my kid’s were eating dinner. But I didn’t. Not too hungry today. I have my lemonade handy :) I just weighed myself ( just for fun) and I am 2 pounds lighter. Not trying to focus on that though. It’s all about feeling good and ridding my body of all the impurities. I still have that headache but not as intense. I try not to think about it though. I hope it goes away soon.
Meredith: Thanks for the encouragement. I’m 29 and have 4 kids. I too need to be healthy to keep up with them.
made it to day 6, days 3 and 5 have been the hardest so far. today im feeling pretty good. I did have a hard time sleeping last night. i have not been checking my weignt but can tell i have lost around my middle. I am doing this for cleansing. If I was doing it for weight loss I would have already quit I think. I am 38 and have a 3 year old so I need to stay healthy to keep up with him:)
good luck everyone. HAPPY CLEANSING
Hello everyone I am on my day 6 and cant fall asleep….
I felt good today no problems this is my 2nd cleanse did one last year and attempted to do again last year 2xs but failed.
This time coasting so im happy.
Here are my stats:
5 feet 26
Day 1: 160.8
Day 6: 154.4
(got period) —-so hope to loose more once off
good luck to all :)
well day 5 will be rapping up soon and im relieved ill have another day down. im really wanting to eat today more than usual but maybe cuz i worked out harder today. well i did the swf twice yesterday and im feeling it was to much salt. my eyes were a little swollen when i woke up, so i did the lax. tea this morning, not looking forward to the cramps at all!!! i think i may get up and do the lax tea in the middle of the night so i dont have to wake up so early with painful cramps, who wants to wake up at 4 in the morning with bad cramps? NOT ME!!! the mint tea is really helping my get by. I drink one cup every day. i cant believe i have went this long with out eating, is amazing! i do feel good, just a little tired but not like im starving. I have been feeling cold the last few days and a hot shower feels awesome!
Alma:
glad to see im not alone any more:) I am doing 10 days too. you can accomplish this! just keep your lemonade handy and dont let yourself get hungry. when i let to much time go by, that is when i really want to eat. so then i know it is time to down some lemonade. keeping busy really helps too. and im sending will power vibes your way:) YOU CAN DO IT!
It’s day 1 for me. I drank my laxative tea last night and the SWF this morning. So far I have a headache and a bit hungry but feel ok. At first I was going to start this cleanse to lose weight but the more I read about the cleanse the more healthier I want to become.
I’m going to cleanse for 10 days. I hope I can accomplish this goal, wish me luck :)
day 4 is comming to an end! this was my best day so far:) woke up without leg pain and i have more energy and feel more normal. of course id still like to eat something but am doing fine without it. im not really hungry, its just the ritual of eating. i drank the tea for the first time last night and woke with horrid cramps really early and didnt have really good results. so i will stick to swf morning and night and ditch the tea. I seem to get good results with the swf and no cramping. i used a heating pad on my legs last night which really relieved the pain in my legs. i was so happy the pain was completely gone this morning:) i was going to do this for 9 days because im leaving for a few days on the 10th day but i have decided to take the mix with me and do OJ and water the 11th day and the 12 day im not sure may have to do OJ and water for 2 days or buy an organic juice and vegie drink instead of broth since i wont be home. i will be back the day after that and will be able to play with my vita mix blender that i ordered. it came the day i started my cleanse. i am going to use it to help me eat more raw foods and green smoothies:) nite all?
man, i just cant get it right! must be the brain fog from not eating!!! lol
i meam waist! lol
day 3
today was the hardest day so far, mostly lack of energy and sore legs. i was in a car accident several years ago and as a result of fractures and metal rods (rods were removed) i got stuck with some bad arthritis. other than that im plugging along, no going back now. im doing this for the cleansing and have not weighed myself but feel my waste is smaller. so that is just a bonus. food is not bothering me much but would not mind eating something right now lol:) if you need motivation go back and read old posts. it has really helped me keep going! i will try snd post tomorrow at the end of day 4
good luck and remember food will be there when we are done!
I am starting in a few days and I’m wondering if I can take motrin or something for headaches????
do you have to do the lax. tea?
Today is Day 1 for me, I am not enjoying the taste of the lemonade at all. I am very sensitive to hot and spicy foods and the cayenne pepper isnt helping that much, tomorrow I will probably try a bit less of the pepper. I am 5’3″ 140 lbs (roughly) i lost about 30 pounds a few months ago and started to notice i was putting the weight back on so thought the MC would be a great way to jumpstart my diet. hopefully with less cayenne the lemonade will be more bearable cus right now its not pleasant to drink at all.
I am on day five and my head is about to bust. Major headache, I hope it goes away tomorrow otherwise I am not going to be able to do this. I can’t even drink all 6 glasses. Anyway else having this problem?
starting tomorrow … looking forward to it!!
Day 6 … My husband is cooking up the smelliest of smellies!!!! .. BACON!!! How cruel! … I’m actually not hungry just the smell or look of food makes me miss the experience of eating/chewing! Can not wait to get it done!!!
Amy ……… sorry I didn’t get back with ya on the q. I would say if that’s what you wanna do, then do it. Just remember go easy on the alcohol, you’ve only been consuming this lemon concoction, so most likely you’ll get buzzed/drunk quicker. & I have gotten results (in the waist). Hubby doesn’t notice but I do. & most of all my muscles are a bit sore. I’m thinking it’s because my body is using up stored fat, i feel great, it’s just a slight soreness. I relly didn’t have a LoT to loose, ( I’m 5’5″, & weighed around 125.) was thinking I’d be happy if I can loose 5-8 lbs. Good luck! Have & don’t forget to be safe at your party! <3
Tori… You should do the siet for 10 days and then you need 4 days of easing yourself into eating normal. (Hope you read the complete instructions, before starting.) I have done it before & didn't follow instructions, & I didn't last cause I got sick. Anyway, you can do it up to 3 times a year. & Sanley Burrough's (the creator of the diet) suggests to become a vegeterian after the diet, but that's your choice. I would guess you may continue seeing results if you would.
Has anybody actually SEEN a difference in there waist ??? like inches off?
Good Morning!!! I slept all night. I am very well rested. Starting day 5.
Well i have to start all over again from scratch tomoorow. I was a bad girl today, we had a tropical party and i just could not stay away from the fresh fish as it has been 2yrs since i last had some fish tht i would actually eat as i am picky about my seafood. I made a promise to myself that i will have the will power to stay away from food. the funny thing is even at day 3 i wasnt hungry it was just the idea of eating food. It was weird because food wasnt really worth it, to me my lemonade tasted better but i did eat so i got to start over again. Drank my tea lready and am heading off to bed.
Does anyon know how long you should do the cleanse for and how often you could do it for? I really need to loose some wight fast and i can eat healthy and keep it off as well as go to the gym.
Well this is the end of day 2 for me. I have been constantly going to the bathroom, I guess because of the water. No BM yet. I will get the tea tomorrow, but I just took a Colon Clenz pill, all natural and has worked for me in the past. Yesterday, I felt energetic and slept well and hard, but today, I felt hunger and dragged a little bit. Trying to stay strong, wish me luck.
Day 4!! Not too bad, no sleep and tired. After work I had a burst of energy. Almost to the halfway mark. We can do this!!!!
Ok plz help!!
I have a important place to be on the sixth of march.. If i start on the feb.25th, do the cleanse for 5 days, with the sea salt water flush ,and use the remaining 4 days to get myself back onto food, will i be able to have some alcohol on the night of the 6th?
Thank you very much for your reply on my last question IC <3 :)
Day 2 uggghhh……. Dragging….
ok day 2 done and out of the way. no hungry belly today. yay!!! I have done the salt water flush both days and gosh it is hard, just the thought of if makes me want to throw up but i do it and will continue to. my bm starts about 30min after drinking it. Energy part is not bad at all. i am able to work out at the gym and take care of my 1 year old. If i can get through 10 days i will be very proud of myself as my mother tortures me by cooking every day. tomorrow is another day and i read that day 3 and 4 are the hardest so i guess i just gotta get through. the headaches subsided today but as night fell they started again but not as intense. The swf makes you pee through your butt. lol
I made it!!! Day 3. The lemonade drink really takes away your hunger. I’m going to see this thing through. No bm yet :(
Well I’m back, & today is day #1! Not so excited, just yet. But can’t wait to see some results. Food has been my primary thought for bout 18 hours now. Can’t wait for betime, so I don’t think bout food anymore. Smelling the tea was bout enough to make me throw up, but the taste, was very tolerable! Haven’t tried the swf, I’ll try it tomorrow if I don’t chicken out. the thought is enough to make my stomache churn…
Amy… As for the maple syrup, Pure maple Syrup is natural sugar, which provides you with great energy. And not using the tea, or swf, may make you constipated. You don’t neccesarily need to do both every day. But it would be a good idea to do at least 1 of them, to keep your colon in good/normal condition.I know this part isn’t so fun! =(
Hi every body,,, i cant wait to start the diet but i have some questions..??
i was thinking about doing just the lemon,pepper and maple syrup part?(not the tea or the salt water)
and also,, do i HAVE TO use pure maple syrup or is there any alternatives?
Day 1 and i am off to bed now. So hard!!! I had to go to a party tonight and the food looked so good, I would return to the room over and over again but am very proud of myself as I did not pick any of it up. WOW!!! I nevr thought I could do it. Tomorrow is another day and I am doing my best to go for 10 days 2 off and then another if i can get through.
I am on day 10 of the Master Cleanse. I just wanted to say that it has worked remarkably well to rid me of several addictive things in my life. I have lost 11 lbs, and 4-6% of that was body fat. I have had enough energy to continue my normal exercise routine of hiking/jogging cross training and dodgeball. I think that I will do this cleanse a couple of times a year, if not incorporate some other type of fasting into my monthly routine. I did double up on the lemon juice and cayenne per drink, and also added Yogi Detox tea, milk thistle, chewed fresh garlic, and towards the end Pau d’Arco tea. I wish you all the best health, and if you want a good book to go along with any spirituality that bubbles up from the fast, I recommend “the Science of Mind” by Ernest Holmes.
Well day 1 for me so far so good. It was a little difficult this morning shooting down that swf as I tend to throw up when i drink water on an emty stomach but I was able to keep it down and within 15min I had a bm one after the next. It subsided pretty quickly though. All I can think about is food though. Its really hard cause my mother lives with me and she is always cooking. Today she made quiche and a beautiful green salad with pound cake. It is hard but I am doing it.
Today, is day 2 for me. I couldn’t sleep at all last night, so I am really tired.
Day 1 was easy. We will see how day 2 will go. This is my first cleanse. I
decided to do the cleanse because I have been so constipated, sometimes going a week without a bm, weight loss is good too! I am doing a parasite cleaning also. I take the pill laxatives at night, then I do the swf in the am. I’m excited for the results!!
Well tomorrow will be my first day and I am extremely excited about getting this started. I am 5′ 6″ and 180lbs. My son just turned 1 and i have fully weened him so now it is time to get my body back and all the junk I have put into it, OUT.
My 10year high school reunion is coming up and all the girls I went to school with still look the same no matter how many children they have had. I weighed 140 prior to my son and have been going to the gym every other day and am going to start water arobics as well. Does any one know if there is a problem taking supplements to help with the whole energy issue thing? I am a single mom and have to work and be up for my lil one as well. I take a womans supplements that are good for me, give me energy and as well help burn calories.
I will drink the tea tonight and let you all know how my first day goes tomorrow.
i was on this diet for 10 days.the fourth day was the hardest but then after i felt great.i had more energy and fekt great.i lost 14 lbs and kept it off.im about to start another 10 days on wednesday.
Was planning on starting today, but didn’t realize I needed to drink the tea the night before. Anyway…Glad to hear bout your goal Greer.
Not sure that I’ll be doing the mc for awhile now, as my job has limited access to the restroom, & had it planned according to my working days. But want to do it in the next month. Can’t wait! =)
Day 1
Thanks to u all 4 ur comments. I did the MC in November for 7 days, i did not follow regulations religiously, but i got amazing results. I was weighing 135lbs before, and i must have lost about 8lbs, my jeans became lose. Then i lost my discipline after the cleane and ate anything that came my way. I packed on more pounds – Now am back at 135lbs. Today is my first day, yesterday i prepared for the start by taking a laxative and tea only.
Today I took the concoction in the morning, its 7 hours since then, i did not pack any to come with to work, so i have not taken in anything again. But I feel great, i feel balanced, awake. My target is 10 days, to end this on the 22nd of this month. I will keep u posted
So today is Day 2. I tried the SWF again this am and did a little better than yesterday, got about 14oz down. Hopefully it works a little! I slept a ton yesterday. Good thing I didn’t have much to do. I took a 3 hour nap and read a book and went to sleep early. I dreamt about food. I woke up this morning thinking that I had cheated somehow in my sleep and couldn’t remeber if I actually did! I hear today is going to be hard. I hope I can make it at least 5 days, but am going for 10.
Ok – Day 1 and Im going to try and do the SWF when I get home today at 5pm instead of in the am because I had a meeting this morning and couldn’t run to the washroom every 10 mins lol…I am also going to try the “shooter”method as my method of adding soy sauce and lemon juice really is not that gross tasting just brutal to drink all that in the car on the way into work and then feel like a giant blimp going into work until the SWF kicks in. I will let you know how it works. So far, I only had 2 lemonades.
Ok, so I can’t drink the SWF! I gagged quite a few times and couldn’t only got about 10oz. down. I will try it again tomorrow but is that ok, only getting down 10oz?
The drink is actually not bad at all. I was surprised to find it quite good minus the hint of cayennne still lingering in the back of my throat. I love spice but not with lemonade… So far so good :)
Starting today! I know I should have eased into this but since I am a Saints fan and they won the superbowl last night I ate a ton and drank quite a bit. I am planning on 10 days and I hope to slow down my drinking and quit smoking cigs all together! I am doing this to cleanse and quit smoking. This will be my second time to try to quit since New Years. I hope it helps! I hate that I am a smoker! I wouldn’t mind losing a few lbs either. I am 5’1 and weigh 125 lbs. Healthy weight but could definietly lose 5-10 lbs and still be healthy. Wish me luck! I have never even thought about fasting before and am really nervous!
Tomorrow will be day 5 and I feel good. The first 2 days were definitely the worst but the food cravings stopped by day three. I enjoy the lemonade and am now actually craving that instead of junk food. My goal is not weight loss but detoxification of body and mind. If you go into this just to lose some quick pounds, you will never make it. It is above all else a psychological challenge and goes far beyond detox and weight loss. This cleanse is about CHANGING your perspectives on food and how it impacts your life.
I’ve been doing the normal routine except I’m doubling the dose of cayenne for maximum detox benefits. My energy level is high and I’m feeling really good now. The morning SWF is great and very motivating to see all the garbage it brings out. The laxative tea does cause me some pretty bad stomach cramps first thing in the morning, but will continue it along with the SWF as the elimination process is very important.
So hang in there everyone and good luck. Keep your heads down and plug away. This is the hardest thing I’ve ever done and am determined to go the full ten days. If I can go ten days without food, then I feel like I could accomplish anything, and that’s all the motivation I need!!!
So today is Day 6 and i’m down by 10 lbs. I’m encouraged by the weightloss and how great my skin looks but i’m SO sick of the lemonade…and can someone explain why there’s fast food chains surrounding all Gyms? lol frustration. I’m going to try to hold out til day 10 and decide if I want to continue or not….I’d be happy for some trailmix right about now :(
Thanks for getting back to me Victor :) I actually have the Smooth Move tea and it works great lol. As per the SWF, have you tried “shooting” it? my first morning I tried to drink it mixed in with the 32oz of water and I could barely get it down without a violent urge to barf…somewhere in the comments someone suggested drinking it like a shot and then follow up with drinking the water and that works great for me.
KayKay ive done each cleanse 10 days, i have not exceeded 10 days. And actually i do not do the SWF at all. I have tried it and its horrible. i have opted to take a laxitive tea as soon as i wake up in the morning & a tea before i go to sleep. The tea is called SENNA SMOOTH MOVE. You can find this at a organic store. This works just as well!
I’m very sad. Today is day 5 and the final one. I worked out, felt pretty good, showered and went to a scheduled Dr. appt. He told me the swelling is due to the fact that I only have one kidney and it cannot process all this sodium. He also chastized me about this process. Other than the swelling, I feel pretty good. I have actually lost a little bit, but, that wasn’t the reason I set out to do this. I think the five days helped with the “gastro yucky” I was feeling and that’s what I was trying to achieve. The Dr. told me working out will do the same. I’m going to hit the orange juice tomorrow to come out of this slowly and then the soup for a day.
Stick with it if it’s working for you all. My skin looks great and my stomach is definitely smaller and feels lots better.
Best wishes – Kat
@ Victor, may I ask how long do you stay on the cleanse every time you do it? Also if you exceed 10 days, do you continue to take the SWF every morning??
This is my 3rd MC that im doing, Im doing it once every 3 months. I did my first cleanse on aug 10 2009, My weight was 231lb. Im on day 4 of my 3rd cleanse & i weigh 190lb. 41lb & still counting. Guys this really works. I have managed to keep the weight off by counting my calorie intake & working out 2 to 3 times a week. Altough each MC seems like it gets harder i know i have the will power to finish. All of yall stay strong, Motivated & positive & it will be a cake walk!!
Hey everyone,
Today is day 5 for me and I have lost 8lbs thus far. I drink about 6 cups of the MC, LOTS of water and I work out pretty much every day. My skin looks amazing and feels really soft, I think a lot of that has to do with the amount of water I’m consuming. Days 3 and 4 was torture for me, all I could think about was food food and more food so I tried to keep myself as occupied and active as possible. I noticed the hardest time of the day for me is at night. I’m a major snacker and I kept thinking about buttered popcorn while watching Lost! I drank water instead (yay me lol.) I go back to work this weekend and due to the nature of my job, things may get harder for me (I’m a flight attendant) but I’m determined to see this thing through. I figure if I could get through to day 10 then whats 10 more? :) we will see how things go. Pray for me as I will be praying for you all!
Kay
Hey All -
Better day today. Managed a work out and had lots more energy. My skin looks great!! I don’t know what does that….does anyone else? I’m not drinking so much of of the lemonade today, but drank a LOT of water…just couldn’t stomach the lemonade today. I’m still really swollen up, probably from the salt. Today was an easier day….I’m hoping that it keeps going that direction. I haven’t been hungry at all during this, which is pretty amazing.
Katie – If your doing the Senna tea, you may want to google it. I love it, but I think the bad stuff they say about it is just if you use it a lot for a long period of time. From what I read, using it once a day for a short period of time shouldn’t be harmful. Still google it though, your take on it may be different than mine.
Onto day 5 tomorrow!
Hello All. I am starting the MC again this coming Monday. I did the cleanse for over 10 days lst October and lost over 20lbs. Felt great – then Christmas came and you guessed it!!! I feel horrible and at 5’3 I (sooo embarrased ) weigh 170lbs. I lift weights and do an hour of cardio and it seems like it just doesn’t matter how much working out I do….Need to kick start things again.
P.S. Sasha and Kat – I add 2 tbsp of low sodium soy sauce and 1 tbsp of fresh lemon juice to the SWF. It truly makes the WORLD of difference!!! Ok, will text you all on Monday to tell you how it’s going.
Does anyone know if you can continue drinking the tea at night? Does it have long term side effects?
Katie.
ahhh! evening of day 9 – tomorrow is day 10 and for this go ’round my final day…lost about 15 lbs – skin is glowing and i feel great! the list of veggies that i am going to put into my soup is very long & i am super excited to consume some broth and fresh squeezed oj on thursday. to all who are having the funky, headache, fuzzy tongue, can’t stop thinking about food moments – STICK IT OUT YOU CAN DO IT! the benefit is so worth it – try some peppermint tea…it helps. for me days 2,3 are the worst with 6 being my break though day. no – not everyone can do this. we are strong willed and determined people – we make up our minds to do this thing and we do it!
LUCK IS NOT A FACTOR – YOU CAN DO THIS!!!!!!!!!
Day 3. Blecchh. I’m really disliking the swf. I haven’t lost anything yet and still have a dull ache in my head. I thought I’d wait til the end of the day to post. Yes, I sure would like some cheese with my Whiiine.
Another day tomorrow. I’m going to try working out.
Hope your doing better than I am Sasha and KayKay
I have done the MC twice. First time I went 14 days and lost 13 pounds the second time I went 10 days and lost 10 pounds. The first time I didn’t gain any weight, but my husband did on the second or third day. The last time I did it, I gained weight the first few days. I believe it has to do with the SWF. I decided to stop flushing for this reason, and in the end I did lose. I think the SWF is awesome for cleansing, but I really think it only needs to be done once a year for me personally. Good luck to you all!
Hello all :) so this is the end of my day 2 and I have lost 5 pounds…well 4.6 to be exact but I want to stay positive and round up lol. Its been a little hard on me because I love food! but I want to make a positive change in my life and I think this will jumpstart the change I need. I’m not a caffine drinker but I did experience a slight headache later in the evening. I chalk it up to my two hour workout at the gym, I may have to take it easy until I’m done with the cleanse. I normally go 3-4 times a week. Has anyone else experienced this? feedback would be great…
Kat and Sasha, we’re in this together :) just stick with it and i’m sure you’ll get the results your looking for!
Until tomorrow…
Thanks Kat for all your feedback! Ur right… i should probably hung in there a little bit longer but i freaked out totally thinking i was just going to gain more weight!
Honestly I think I can handle the whole starvation mode cuz i did a water fast in the past and like after the 3rd day everything really went smooth ;)
I also wanted to say that i think that SWF contributed to my weight gain on the MC because i felt soo full all day evertime i drank it and it was really uncomfortable! Besides i think the SWF is more for the cleansing and not for the weight loss Right?
I’m looking for fast weight loss and i think the SWF is not all that necesary… What do you think?? i’m gonna try it and see for myself…. I CAN”T WAIT TO SEE MY RESULT AFTER 2-3 weeks!!!! :) DAY 1 TOMoRROW!!! woop woop
GOOD LUCK TO EVERYONE AND THANKS AGAIN KAT!!!!!
I have decided to start the MC tomorrow. I will be buying all of the ingredients today. Everything to gain.
Sasha -
I too have gained 2 pounds and am only on my second day. I think you have to push past the third day to see results….at least…that’s what I’m hoping. Has anyone else had the same initial weight gain experience? The maple syrup is the only calorie intake you will have. I’m afraid your body will go into starvation mode if you skip it. Also, from what I hear, as horrible as the swf is, it’s mandatory. Personally, I’m going to push through it. Someone posted earlier “if it were easy, everyone would be doing it”. You were doing everything right, I just think you gave up too soon. The weight gain freaked me out too. Good luck to you whatever you decide!
Hi MASTER CLEANSERS!!! I would like to share my horrible experience with the master cleanse and want to hear your feedback on it.
WELL, let me tell you that i GAINED 3 Pounds in the first 3 days and Thats when i stopped!!!!!! I thought i was doing everything correctly: I had 6 cups of lemonade a day, 32 oz of water with 2 tsp of organic sea salt in the morn, and a laxative at night! And i had 6-8 glasses of water a day! NOT alot of BLOATING and i had 3-4 BMs a day! Do you see anything Wrong!!!???
I was pretty confused because i heard about alll the great success with the MC and i wanted to kickstart my weightloss journey with a little help…too bad for me… BUT… i have an idea… when i start my master cleanse 2marrow, to change things up for faster weightloss i am not going to have any maple syrup in my lemonade and probably not do the SWF and do 2 laxative teas instead!! i Am sooooo excited and sooo determined… i hope this will help me lose alot of weight for probably 2-3 weeks!!!!!!!!! oh yeah and i’ll do as much exercisng as i can! TELL ME WHAT YOU THINK!!!
WISH ME LUCK AND
GOOD LUCK TO EVERYONE!!!!!
This is day my first cleanse. I’m on day two and battling the headache and feeling pretty sluggish. These posts have been very helpful and inspiring…they are keeping me going. So far, I do not feel hungry and, like everyone else, I’m having to work myself up to the swf. I’m doing this because I have just felt “gastro yucky” and felt like I probably had a build up of unhealthiness going on in my intestinal tract. I’m looking forward to the energy burst and clarity that is supposed to be coming? Is it true that days 3 and 4 are the worst? So far, I’m doing fine….just moving a little more slowly, taking it a little more easy.
Good luck everyone! Keep the posts coming!
day 7 of 10. mind over matter…staying busy & staying hydrated are the keys to a successful MC experience. skin looks great – lost almost 10lbs – mind is clear – gotta love this cleanse! good luck to you all!
Hello all, newbie here. After reading everyones entries I have decided to give the MC a serious go. I actually tried it a few years ago but did not follow it to the letter, therefore I did not see the results I wanted to see. On the other hand, I have a friend that buckled down and did what she was supposed to do and she looks amazing!!!. So here I am :). Thank you all for your entries, they’re truly inspiring. This is my day 1. I’ll be checking in periodically to offer and receive support. Good luck and GOD bless you all!
Hey all – glad I found this website. I am on day 6 of 10 today and feeling amazing! I have done the MC three times before for and love the way it makes me feel. Like hitting a restart button on my body – Hope everyone is doing great!
Made it through day 2. I’m a little hungry right now so I think I’ll have a cup of hot tea. Good luck to everyone!
Today is day 2 for me. I made it throught the first day very well. I had some bad cramping from the laxative tea but I think I may not have been hydrated enough. I threw up once and I was better after that.
Julie – Thanks for the swf tip! What day is it for you?
Brooke & Elle – How did it go for you yesterday?
If you hate the swf, try putting the salt in a very small glass with warm water and downing it all in one gulp. Then drink your water. I did this last night and couldn’t believe how much easier it was for me. I hated this part of the diet, but now it’s a piece of cake!
Today is Wednesday and it is my second day. I tried to do this cleanse a couple weeks ago and went 4 days. I didnt give up because it was to intense I just wanted to stop at that point. I have been told that days 3 and 4 are the hardest. Day 3 for me was the hardest last time but I would like to reach 7 days this time. If I can go ten then at that point I will look for 14. The weekend will be hard since all my friends love to come over and eat and drink all weekend so this will be fun. I weighed in at 204.0 yesterday and this morning at 202.0. This could be because I ate so much on Monday to enjoy it all. Good luck to us.
Hi Everyone!
Great site. I’m really glad that I happened upon it. Ok. I am going to try this cleanse. And I hope to last at least 3 days, while my goal is 10. I know you (yes, you. You reading this :) could probably care less ) but I am hoping that “typing this out loud, will hold me to some modicum of accountability. In the interest of full disclosure, I am weighing in at a naughty 175.5. I know possible weight loss is ancillary. I just want to clean my system out. I have never done a detox cleanse before, and I think it may just prove brutal. LOL. I hope I can do it.
CiCi and Elle, we can be the 3 muskateers starting 1/27/2010 :-)
Luck to you all, and let the cleanse begin!
My goal is to start the MC tomorrow. I’d like to clean my system in preparation for healthier eating. I will drink my laxative tea tonight and begin with my SWF in the morning. Good luck Elle, looks like we’re starting together!
im starting tommorrow and im kinda nervous, hope it works out!!
I only have BM’s for the next two hours, but the are very urgent. After that I normally do not have BM’s dispersed throughout the day, and if i do they are not urgent like the SWF. I would definitely rcommend doing them as they are an integral part of the cleanse.
Q
my husband did the cleanse for 10 days. i am still on it. doing the forty day plan. concerned about the salt water cleanse,have not tried it. do you continue to have bm’s all day? i do the tea every other night. have lost 21lbs, and am exercising also. first 3 days were hard, but was detemined to see what MC would do for me. not hungry as long as i drink the lemonade. my husband lost 15 and gained back 6 after getting off MC.
Quintin,
Couldn’t handle it, man. Had a massive headache last night, probably due to caffeine withdrawals, and couldn’t go to sleep. Also kept thinking of food…couldn’t drink any more of the mix. Kept thinking to myself that it wan only 1 day and that I still had 9 days to go and I just couldn’t do it. I had some sausage and took some motrin, but just puked it all out immediately because I just kept thinking of drinking the mix.
Woke up this morning and felt better. I feel that this cleanse just isn’t for me. I think I’m just gonna watch my diet more, especially the portions. I’ll continue working out and probably start the P90X sooner than expected. I think it should be fine because I work out all the time anyway, but have been pressed for time lately so I haven’t been able to go to the gym as much. This way, I can work out at home instead and still have time to do other things that need to be done. As for the detoxifying, I just felt I couldn’t do 9 more days without putting food in my mouth so I may look into getting some pill or another alternative.
Don’t let this deter you from what you’re trying to do. I wish you all the luck and to hang in there. Sorry, but like I said, it just wasn’t for me. To everyone else doing the cleanse, I also wish you good luck. Peace out.
Day two is oficially in the books. I had a slight headache for most of the day, but it really wasn’t anything too intense, and I probably wouldnt have thought much of it if I weren’t paying so much attention to my body.
I felt sluggish at the gym, until all of the sudden I got this insane second wind. I had finished lifting and was in the pool, I literally thought I wasn’t goin to be able to finish the lap I was on, when all of the sudden I had all of the energy in the world. I kept going for a while and swam a bout half a mile before I decided to detox in the shower. Definitely a little victory for me, it was nice to break down a barrier no matter how small.
Rus, how was your first day? the SWF is a little better on the second day, but still not my favorite thing in the world. I really had to talk myself into it this morning, because yesterday’s was brutal, but like I said it is not such a shock the second day. Don’t worry about Steve, he probably read the entire article and all of the posts just to say something negative. That or he searched for a site just to bring people down, either way it doesn’t have much bearing on us… and is a waste of time for him.
Lene, how was the first day? hope it went well for you! Did you ever find the Maple Syrup?
I suggest you continue reading some real medical science, mind your own business and not worry what other people are doing you dumb f**k.
Thanks Steve,
Your opinion is noted.
I can’t believe how many gullible fools and idiots are actually trying this nonsense!! “Ohh, I want to detoxify myself!” I suggest you try reading some REAL medical science on diets and “toxins” and not fall for this ridiculous regimen created by an uneducated clown!!
Just finished the SWF. That was harsh. Read somewhere that it tastes like chicken soup without the chicken and I totally agree. Tried to envision myself tasting the chicken to make it actually taste like chicken soup. lol Tried anyway…
Good Morning,
Rus, P90x is a pretty ambitious goal, you will definitely have your work cut out for you, but the people who do it swear by it. Good luck with that.
I was always below 200 pounds until a few years ago I had a blockage in my stomach, and I swelled to just under 240 in a matter of months, since then my digestive system has been sluggish, and I have to watch how much I eat. I suppose part of it is getting older, and not being a kid any more. I made sure to drink plenty of water yesterday both at home and at the gym for fear of becoming dehyydrated. Today I feel great, not sore at all from the gym, I guess the hard work I have done is paying dividends.
Lene, your welcome, and I am sure you can make it to whatever day you want to if you set your mind to it. I will be here to offer as much “virtual” support as possible!
day one. hopefully i make it through 14 days but lets see.
and thanks for the advice on the maple syrup.
Hey Quintin,
Thanks for the info and the support. I plan to do the cleanse for at least 10 days. I have a couple of friends who did it and said that it was well worth it.
Like you, I’m 5’10” and about 215 lbs., exercise regularly at the gym and also like to play racquetball. My main priority is also to detoxify myself and clean my insides. Weight loss is secondary, but greatly welcomed. Most of my life, I was never more than 200 lbs., but since I went to the other side a few years ago, I’ve never been able to go back under that weight.
After the cleanse, hopefully I can maintain a healthier lifestyle and weight. I also plan to do the P90X after the cleanse, but I may take it easy at the gym during the cleanse as I think it would make me too dehydrated.
I see you just got over the 1st day. Right on! So good luck to you too and everyone else whose doing this!
I have not been boiling my water, just using filetered water. The maple syrup is the biggest form of calories, and has the most nutrients so I would strongly recommend looking again. I found is at Smiths and Whole Foods and Whole foods was surprisingly cheaper.
Day one is in the books, it was a good one, nice and productive, might have over done it at the gym though, will feel it tomorrow. Now it is Tea then bed.
Happy Cleansing!!
do we need to boil the water for the mc?
oh for the laxative tea i found one and it call “zendo” extra stregth it work it contains senna leafs maybe thats why.
what will happen if we dont use the maple syrup couldnt find it!
Hi rus,
I am pretty sure you are not supposed to take vitamins or supplement while doing the cleanse. I also go to the gym daily and had to put all of my workout “drugs” away for the next couple of weeks. You are allowed as much water as you would like, and it is important not to become dehydrated. The water is an aid in the detox portion of the cleanse so drink up.
Good luck with tomorrow, how long are you going to do it? Hope it is an enjoyable experience!!!
Hey guys,
I’m starting the cleanse tomorrow and I have a couple of questions. Is it o.k. to take vitamins while on the cleanse? I usually take vitamin c and a multivitamin daily. Also, I exercise weekly…so is it o.k. to drink regular water throughout the day or is just the lemonade mixture allowed?
Hi Zeezer, good to know I have a friend. I am pretty excited mysef, life is all about new experiences and this most certainly will be an experience. Good luck with the new lifestyle, changing yourself for the better is a process, but definitely a worthwhile goal and you sound like you are well on your way. I hope I am able to share the same commitment to myself as you do. I work on my computer so I will try to post early and often, I would love it if you do the same, one more aspect of the journey would be to help each other along the way.
What are your fitness goals? Anything particular? I know everyone says you are supposed to set specific goals in order to meet them but my goal is much more vague…to be better. Better health, better shape, better outlook on life. The last couple of months have been a challenging, err, learning experience. So at least in one case I guess the old cliche is true.
When life hands you lemons….make lemonade!
Off to drink the SWF bottoms up!
HI ya’ll!!!!!
I’m on Day 1 of the master cleanse… im gonna weigh myself today and will probably do this fast for 15 days…I’m sooooo excited!!!!
I’m doing this diet for weight loss because i want something to kickstart a healthy lifestyle… i’ve did my research and have everything i need and hoping this will work. I have watched so much success stories on YouTube and got inspired to do this!
To lose more weight i am probably going to excersice more and drink about 6 glasses of the lemonade.
I have to go and drink my SWF flush now… (OMG) im nervous but i’ll get through it…HI QUINTIN i’m starting this journey with you….lets motivate Eachother!!!!!!!
AND GOOD LUCK TO EVERYONE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Just bought all of the ingredients for the list. $77 dollars total, $7 a day, this may also be good for the wallet as well as the body and mind. I have been reading alot of the comments and wanted to thank you all for sharing your stories, by sharing my own. This will be my first time doing the MC but I have fasted before, (to see if i could do it) I understand this isn’t a straight fast but it will be for a few days longer than I have ever fasted so it might be quite difficult.
I am going to start tomorrow so I will be drinking the tea tonight. I think I am only going to eat fruits and veggies today to start off on the right track. I currently weigh in at 205 and am 5’10″. I am definitely a big guy, but not fat, I go to the gym daily and compete in triathlons @ this weight, but I think the run part will be much easier though if I am lighter.
I am much more interested in the detoxifying affects than the weight loss and look forward to a healthier me. I am also excited to be doing this with friends from out of state, I feel like it will be a great opportunity to stay connected. I will be doing 10 days, as opposed to 14 because I am afraid I will not be able to work out as effectively as I usually do and do not wish to lose the work I have done in the gym. Anyways this is post #1 and I will be starting tomorrow, good luck to all of you (myself included)!
ok, im getting the stuff tonight and starting tomorrow morning. im quite glad i can post comments as I am sure I will be going crazy but now im not alone, LMAO. I will be posting often, LOL.
Hey. This is my second time. Started today after gaining 10lbs over the last month. omg!! Has anyone done the MC while eating small amounts of vegetables i.e. celery or cucumber to keep the calorie defecit going? I find it unbearable NOT to eat AT ALL…. Am I weak??? I found a great thing for the warm water in the morning. I mix 2tbsp of low sodium soy sauce and squeeze 1/2 a lemon in the water, that way I take it with me in a nalgene bottle on my way to work. By the time I get to work, I have to hit the washroom. Lost 20lbs last year when I tried the MC.
I have become so inspired! Me and my girlfriend plan to start up this following Saturday. I’m going for 14 days I think, and depending how I feel, maybe longer. Wish me look, and thank you for your inspiration. (:
OK – just finished with day 17. I’m out of mix, and don’t want to buy any more just to see if my tongue finally gets completely pink. It’s pink all but the middle which still has a 1/4 inch white coatng down the center. I feel good. The “pealing” that I’ve read about happened to me (my ears) two days ago, and to my face today. I will start the OJ tomorrow and the OJ/soup on Friday. I’ll still try to keep ya’ll posted. Stick with it guys!
Hi Im starting tomorrow.. Do anyone know if the salt has to be sea salt or can I use clean stonesalt??
:) May
Just finished day 31!!
This was an amazing voyage! From now on I will cleanse at least twice a year. I have no regrets. :) For all those Master Cleansers, good luck and stay strong! Don’t let negativity gget in your way of a healthy start.
Thanks everyone!!
Sunny-
Thanks for the response. Let me clarify. My favourite “glass” is the 32oz Nalgene bottle I used for two years in the Peace Corps, so that is what I use. In the morning, I do 2 tablespoons of epson salt in my boiled 32oz Nalgene (the recipe calls for one liter of water for the SWF). I have been waiting for the SWF to get cool so I can drink it in one fell swoop. I then boil the water for my first lemonade. When I first started, I was doing 32oz with 2 tablespoons of syrup and 2 tablespoon of lemon, then cayene pepper. Whne I couldn’t get through 12 lemonades a day, I started doubling my recipe – 32oz boiled water with 4 tablespoons of lemon, 4 tablespoons of syrup, and cayene. I’m drinking between 3 and 5, 32oz Nalgene lemonade double mixes per day. I typically drink 1-2 more lukewarm 32oz Nalgenes of water each day as well (I always drink A LOT of water – way before this). SO – total water with SWF: 32oz – total water with lemonade: 96-160oz – Total MINIMUM liquid per day (no extra water, and just the SWF and lemonade mixes): 128oz per day. I am not having an issue getting in the required amount of water. Even if I triple the mix in my 32oz Nalgene, then I am still drinking enough water per mixture that is required by minimum standards.
Hope that answers your questions. As for me, today is day 16 – almost over – drinking my tea now (oh, I forgot to compute the tea into my equation above) in a tall metal travel mug. Still questioning the “finished” signs – no pink tongue yet.
Thanks guys – stick with it!
I can only get down 3-4 glasses of the lemonade. I am just not a fan of the taste. Is this a problem?
k-leigh,
I’m confused. How much of the drink are you having every day? The info above calls for 6-12 glasses (10 oz. each – including the 2 Tbsp. lemon juice and 2 Tbsp. maple syrup) That would be somewhere between a total of 60 and 120 oz. per day. Are you drinking more than that?
OK…SO HERE WE GO!!!! DAY 1!!! I had a baby not too long ago…and I am ready to do this!!!! What if you DO NOT want to use the sypup…has anyone done this with out the sypup? WHAT EXACTLY is the benefit of the syrup? Well…what shall see!!!
Hello all Im back to do this thing for the third time. Today is day one for me, im looking forward for everone around me telling me how stupid this is but they dont understand how great you feel on the clense. I forgot if it was one tbsp or tsp of salt in the swf in the morning i did one tbsp n hope that was rite i dono i have a headach allready. My starting weight is 253 I Hope to loose some weight and cleanse out my body and mind.
I am not drinking Orange juice ( what I meant to say I am now drinking orange juice)
Hello everyone day 10 was this past Saturday Jan 9…I did it! I lost 16 pounds and I am feeling great. I am not drinking Orange juice. one thing to remember is after day 10 you can not immediately eat. It wil shock your body. So I reccomend easing into eating but the first two days after the cleanse is over drink orange juice. Atleast 6 8ounce glasses a day and before bed some herbal tea. Not the laxative one but chamomile or Lavender to help relax and calm your system. Starting tomorow I will start with juice in the morning and lunch and dinner raw food. I have chosen citrus fruits like pineapples, grapefruits, tangerines, lemons, ect. I will eat this for 7 days. This will help continue the process of elimination and burn fat. I am also drinking lots of water… I feel great and for those that are just starting let me give you some of the side effects I experienced during the MC:
Headaches, fever, dizziness, pain in the joints, stuffy nose, seeing blurry, dry skin, my face peeled, sneezing, coughing. As the days went by these side effects started to go away. I think it was by day 5 that I started to get a surge of energy. One thing for sure I lost all hunger …I was actually having a hard time driniing the Lemonade mixture. I went from drinking 8 8-10 ounces glasses a day to 4 8 ounces glasses a day. My stomach pretty much shrunk. It is so worth it becuase you all are doing something no one else can do for you but you. You are trying to be in better help, in better shape and it’s funny but you wil have a change of how you few things. If you are bored start doing research on what you are going to do after the MC. Are you going to contaminate yourself again after going threw a cleanse? No you are not…you are going to eat better and take time to be aware and mindful of what you do to your body… I wish you all the best anfd know you can do it…I will check in a few times to see how everyone is doing and to tell you all of my progress.
Oh and grats on your 10 days PG! You are truely inspiring!!!
I just drank two cups tonight because the one cup did not work for me lastnight and it hit me within an hour. So it did work but I feel a bit sick, I got bad cramp from it but at the same time, for two cup the results weren’t that great. More pain than anything.
I am starting cleanse tomorrow and I am very nervous. The last time I tried this, I quit after a couple days due to intense headaches. I found them unbearable. Does anyone have any advice for this? I am drinking the laxative tea as I write this. Is two cups too much?
OK so today is day 10 for me and I finally reached the goal I had set out for. I feel a wonmderful sense of accomplishment and am telling all my friends about this wonderful eye opening process. The MC has really opened up my eyes to how much consumerism there is in our food culture, everything evolves around food and more food. Today I got the feeling that the system is keeping me fatened up so I don’t worry about anything else.
I have to admit that recently I have been thinking more about food but I think its because I went out a couple times with my wife and she was eating great smelling food. I feel like as long as I can keep my mind off of food I can go on.
I also made up my mind, having accomplished my initial goal of 10 days, I am going to continue and go for the full 40 days. I believe I can do it. I figure since I already have 10 days behind me 30 more will be easier. I got to keep my mind focused and stay strong.
I have been drinking 6 cups of the tea a day and working out for an hour and a half 4 to 5 times a week. I lost a total of 15 pounds in the 10 days. I am now at 193. My goal weight for my new years resolution is 165 which is the ideal wieght for me. I’m going to go on wish me luck and to all others stay strong and keep at it the benefits of the MC are many, way more than I could ever imagined.
Well I am going to attempt the master cleanse (Lemonade Diet). I decided to try the ease in instead of just jumping into it and actually I started this 2 days ago. I ate nothing but vegetables (cooked) for 1 day, then I drank water and fresh squeezed OJ (organic) for 1 day and then for the next day I would have been starting the MC but… At the end of the OJ day, maybe because I stay up at all hours of the night; I caved in and ate not one but 2 juicy house burgers and as if that wasn’t enough I proceeded to eat an oatmeal cookie and tried to cram in a pack of pop tarts (not my choice but it is loaded with sugar and it was there). Oh and let’s not forget the oven baked chocolate chip cookies and ice cream picked up and I ate the following day (as if I was never going to eat again). Now feeling nice and sick on 01/06/09 I decided that my psychological issues were out of the way and gave the ease in another try, this time I started with just the juice day. (My fresh squeezed OJ is really grapefruit juice because I went through the store too fast and didn’t bother to read, it does not taste as good but I am not wasting them. Also I did not follow the recommended ease in process exactly by the book.) I made it through the whole day, still going strong and determined to do this. Yay for me…
OK – today is day 14. I am still OK – too much TV however makes me hungry – I think because I’m bored, and because there is so much food on TV. Anyway – Can someone please tell me what are comon signs that you are “cleansed”? I still have a white furry tongue, and the mucus that people have mentioned (not in detail of course) does not sound like it’s happening either.
Thanks for your help! Remember – mind over matter – you can do it – you are stronger than your fake cravings!
So glad I found this web site. I am on day 7 of the master plan. The beginning of last year I was able to be on the diet for 10 days. This time it seems alittle harder. I about talk myself into this being the last day. But i do believe I can continue to 10. Everyday is alittle more challeging. I have 2 daughters and my husband to cook for. I acutually enjoy the cooking and making everyone eat lol. Well I wish everyone good luck.
Ok -Ii’m more on top of it today as I’ve been on the computer looking for a job all day.
Almost finished with day 12. Have had some food craving issues as I’ve had the TV on in the background and there are so many food commercials!
Anyway – My goal is one more week from tomorrow (20 days). the hungrier I get, the more excitd I am to try that stew recipe – I’m not much of a cook, and I like convenience, so we will see how I do with it.
I’ll try to remember to post tomorrow. Keep up the good work guys!
Okay Day 2
I drank the SWF 1st thing this morning an hour before work and yeah it works…. I had to force myself to drink the lemonade because the 1st hunger pain came around 2 so I had a few sips and felt full. Now its almost bed tome and I’m trying to finish the last cup of lemonade and drink a cup of tea….. So far I’m doing good don’t wanna speak to early but I am proud that I have gone 2 days without cheating.
Wish you all well……
OK – sorry AGAIN for not being consistant on writing -I could never have my own blog.
Anyway – Somehow I lost a day there. I went ot bed last night thinking that today was day 10 – it’s actually day 11. I’m doing fine still. I also have noticed how much we focus on food here (noticed that before while in the Peace Corps and there was not that in-your-face marketing all of the time). Well, I still don’t have the pink tongue – still white. As you may recall, I originally planned for 14 days because I was working on the “flush” aspect of of, not the weight loss. Perhaps by day 14 (Sunday), my tongue will be pink. As I said a couple of days ago, I plan to go to day 20 as I am not drinking 12 mixes a day – typically 8-10 now that I am doubling up.
The only suggestions that I have are what has worked for me and how I have modified things as I have gone:
When I first wake up, I boil the water and add the salt, then go back to bed for an hour or so. By the time I get done with my shower, the drink is cooled enough that I can drink it all in one quick setting. While I’m in the shower, I boil another 32 oz of water for my first mix. About an hour later, I can drink it pretty steadily. If I’m around the house, I will start boiling my next pot when I’m about 1/2 done with my last mix. Again, as I said before, I find it much easier to get more drinks in if I double the mix. As either way I do it, I’m still drinking more water than required, I often don’t get to any more water during the day – sometimes though, right before bed I will drink one 32oz hot tap water drink. At night, when I make my last mix, I add too much liquid and then do my mix and tea at the same time. By the time I finish with my mix, the tea temp. is just right (I keep a lid on it) and I can drink it fine. As for supplies, I’ve had to purchase refills on both the maple syrup and lemon juice (both organic, but in a convenient packaging for me – already done). Today was the third purchase of both. Not cheap, but likely cheaper than food for 20 days!
Don’t know if any of these things will help for you guys – they have for me, and I’m still adhearing strictly to the diet. Just stick with it – you can do it – mind over matter! The food will be there again after you finish with this – you aren’t missing anything, only gaining a new perception on the importance of and type of food that you eat.
Day 7 for me and still going strong. I have to go out and by more supplies as I am running out. I’m having a hard time finding organic lemons though. Has anyone tried using the non organic kind? Does it really make a difference? Im in boston and lemons are completely out of season.
Hi All,
This is day 1 for me and it really hasn’t been as hard as I thought it would be but it is only day 1…right. Reading all the blogs has really encouraged me alot and I wish you all well as we continue this journey.
Today is Day 6. I’m still hanging in there. As the days pass I am starting to adjust more to the fact that we as Americans can really over do it with the calories. I started to notice that just about everything on tv is about food or a commercial for me to go by more food. I was driving to work and noticed that there are really thousands of restauratns one on top the other. Here I am living my day to day on about 660 calories and feeling fine. I have to keep reminding myself that I am not hungry becasue sometimes around meal times I get the sense that it’s time for lunch but then realize What Lunch??? I have not eaten for 6 days and feel fine save some minor headaches before bed. And I don’t have to walk around with a cup of coffee to re-energize. All the energy I need is in my body and with just a couple hundred of calories I can do just fine.
I don’t mean to sound cocky but it’s my first time doing the cleanse and my initial goal was 10 days but I am thinking I might go for the 40 days.
I did think about food more today but I am able to refocus my mind on my goal and stay strong.
Stay focused everyone, we can do it !!
Okay, so tomorrow will mark my first day of the MC. I have tried it once in the past, but I had such a horrible headache and absolutely no energy, so I had to stop. I have planned it out this time so I will start when I have some time off work (so I can relax if I need to). Ultimately I just want to feel better. Get rid of this heavy, toxic feeling, and fell fresh and renewed.
I am excited to begin. I am not sure how long I plan to go, 10 days at least.
I love all the comments on this site, I have gone back and read through many who have shared great tips they have learned through the process. Also, everyone is so supportive to each other, I am excited to be a part of it! :)
Hi everyone,
I am on day 7 and I am feeling great. This morning I was not able to drink the 32 ounces of the salt water flush. It just would not go down but I had only 16 ounces and it still worked. Had the same results though the amount was less. A word of advise for al those who are thinking of doing the mater Cleanse stock up on the following things:
Plenty of water
Plenty of fresh organic lemons: If you would like you can use Limes instead
Plenty of Grade B maple Syrup: If you do not find Grade B it’s okay to use Grade A but make sure it is organic
Stock up on toilet paper
Some preperation H wipes are very helpful: Vaseline can be use
For when you do the Salt flush in the morning: adult diapers. I had a little accident…I know gross but the diapers can come in handy. Take my word for it.
I think that meditation is a wonderful way to start the MC. You must prepare mentaly before you do it. Just knowing that it’s worth it and wanting to do good for yourself is a great motivator. Some do excercise especially if this is something they do and is part of their life. Nothing wrong with that but taking it easy is what I advise. For some is about loosing weight for others is a way to start the year, others want to detox for health reason and it’s all good becuase this is an excellant way to do all of this. I have been doing the MC now for the last three years. Only for the beginning of the year and it has become a ritual for me. I have reaped many benefits from it. if you are breast feeding it might be a good idea to see a doctor first before you do the MC. Arashely congrats! you have made it and this is a great accomplishment. Discipline and will power are very much needed if anyone wants to complete the MC. Good luck to all and I wil keep you posted. I have lost 9 pounds so far but my goal is not only to lose weight but to continue becoming better in health. Namaste!
So this morning starts day 5 for me. I woke up extra early today not sure why becasue i’m not usually a morning person.
I see lots of new comments looking for suggestions, here are some. In order to prepare yourself for this you need to gauge if you really want to do this. If you do you will begin to get very nervous, or at least I did becasue I knew that once I put my mind to something so important to me I will not falter, so I was nervous about the headaches becasue I use to drink about 4 to 5 expressos a day and hunger pangs. But if you take a few days to plan out the next 10 and really mentally prepare yourself for what is to come, that is key. Being prepared mentally and being focused on the goal are the key ingredients in being able to get through it.
I would not recommend that anyone who is breastfeeding attempt to do the MC, as you will not be taking in enough calories to properly feed your baby. Also the MC takes a bit of attention and preparation something that may be difficult wiht a new baby in the house.
Hope this is helpful to you.
I am also having some minro trouble drinking all the lemonade. I get to about 4 and have to force myself to drink 1 or 2 more. I feel like the SW solution is really helpful in keeping food cravings out of mind and it keeps me feelinf full for hours so I don’t start on the lemonade till late and then I have to play catch up. Oh Well. I’m going to try and go to the gym for a little bit this morning.
Stay Strong Folks :-)
Hello Today is day 10 I did, I did it.
Tomorrow it will be day 11th. I was at a party on New years eve. All my friends were eating this amazing food while I was drinking the lemonade. Some of them were making fun of my and passing the food in front of my face. It was very hard but I did not get fall for it. Today I was in a Restoarant and my friend and my daughter were eating enchiladas verdes with sourcream and a delicious burrito but Ofcourse I was not going to give up on DAY 10th!!!
I just want to encourage you to do it and do not give up. It is not only about the detox and the weight but about discipline and will power. I started the New Year clean, lots of discipline and make me feel proud of myself.
Good luck to all of you
Hey everybody, i’m on day 17 and i have nothing to report except that i did have hunger pangs today. I’m not sure why but, it could be because i only drank 6 -8oz cups of the lemonade yesterday and i normally drink about 10. Anyway,the hunger pangs went away as soon as i drank some water. Lina,before you start read the Stanley Burroughs book thouroughly prior to beginning. Also,read reviews and comments from people who have done the MC so that you can get a better understanding of what it entails. For me personally, i just read alot on the subject and used guided meditation cds to help me with the mental aspect of it. I found this to be very helpful. If you focus more on the detoxing for better health aspect of it and not worry about weight loss, I think it will be more of an advantage for you. Well,I hope this was of some help to you but, if not perhaps some of the other comments here will be of use. In any case good luck to you as well as everyone else here. Take care,be well…peace!
Hey everyone. I’d like to start…but I don’t know if I will be able to go through with it. Which is stopping me from doing it completely. What is the first thing i should do before i start the whole process?
I am having bad troubles with constipation and am really wanting to cleanse my body and start eating healthier in the new year. I am breastfeeding though, so I am wanting to know if this would be safe to do or not?
Sorry I didn’t get around to reporting yesterday (day 7). Well, yesterday at the family gathering was hard – it turned out to be my hardest day – I smelled food, thought of food and touched food, but I never ate any – YEA! I only took one battle to the gathering as I ran out of mix the night before, and had to run to the store for more. I only mixed in the lemon and pepper and boiling water prior to leaving, so when I bought the syrup, I added it and drank it. Everyone knew what i was doing, so there was no pressure, but it was still so hard. I packed myself a baggie for later and threw it in the freezer (meats and cheeses and holiday cookies). i didn’t get home until late, so I only got in one more bottle yesterday (remember I am doubbling up the mix, so one 32 oz bottle is two mixes, so I got four mixes yesterday). I still drank my tea before bed.
Today I was running late, so I put my epsom salt in my lemonaid mix (made the salt taste better, but the lemonaid taste bad). I just made my second bottle for today (I was out all day looking for a job) and trippled it, so I am up to five drinks today. I may double one more and drink it before my tea, but it is already 6:30pm. I think because I am boiling the water to steralize it, it just takes a long time to cool down enough for me to drink, so I can’ t get through all of my drinks every day. I may need to do this more than 14 days as I said I was doing this for cleansing, not weight loss, so I’ll likely need to keep going so that I can get the full benefits of the cleanse (ie, if I’m only getting through 6-8 mixes a day, then I will need to continue another 14 days to get enough in my system to cleanse it). Not sure on that idea yet.
So, almost done with day 8, or one full week on this. No real issues. I’m tired of using the restroom so much, but it’s not as bad as people had made it sound. Some headaches (I have a problem with those anyway and am on RX for it, but stopped taking it during this cleanse), some pain, some tiredness, but all in all – not too shabby!
Hang in there folks!
well i cant find grade b maple syrup…i can only find grade a…can i use that instead?
OK, so I lagged behind a bit on my reporting my progress. I am now on day 4. I feel GREAT. I feel mentally strong and committed which I feel really have been key for me. I could not do it if I was not doing yoga and meditation. Meditation is key in keeping the mind focused on the goal. I never thought I would be able to do it and was really nervous about starting but once I did with each passing day I feel stronger. My wife is amazed because she really thought I couldn’t do it. I do feel a sense of bliss as some others have reported in day 4 or 5. I will probably try to go to the gym to just walk or run for 1 or 2 miles but I’m afraid it will drain me too much. How have others delt wiht the urge to exercise?
Well I hope best of luck to all others!!
I’m on Day 0.. it’s the night before, and I already took my tea.
I tried to start this Dec. 30 and Jan. 1 and have yet to be successful. I cannot seem to wrangle the willpower to deny myself that one piece of chocolate or cheese bun. It’s bizarre, I’m only attracted to eating things I know I DEFINITELY should not, and it usually happens late at night that I think “oh what would the harm be?!”. I will be posting on here for the next 14 days. I would like to go longer, ideally, but I really think 14 is enough for this time around.
I’m starting at 5’4 140 lbs.
I don’t plan to do the SWF, I’ve done this cleanse before and had a very rough time with the SWF, it made me vomit. So, this time, I’ll be foregoing it in favor of the senna laxative tea, which I’ll take early in the morning as well.
Good luck to everybody and I’m looking forward to watching everyone track their progress!
Hello all you master cleansers! It is day 16 and all is still well! I understand most professional health practitioners facts, theories and hypothesis concerning the use of THE MASTER CLEANSE. However,there have been some whom have been wrong! One can speak theoretically and even have proof but,that is not to say it applies to everyone. We all have different health situations as well as different lifestyles which is why some people have different results. Although, as a human being I’m no different from anyone here but,I’ve gone through super extreme challenges in my life…Francine, I appreciate your input but,technically you can only speak on what you’ve heard,learned or experienced on your own! Whether you’re stating facts or not I believe it is probably better if you continue to tell of your experience with the MC to encourage other people to keep going! As for me I’m doing just fine and as i’ve clearly stated: “I’ve done this before!” It’s amazing how my energy has actually increased after 10 days, therefore proving my point! Also, to say someone could only do this 372 days by doing this a few times throughout, a year makes no sense since there are only 365 days in a year. This means that you would have to do it the complete year plus seven days straight! I’m not sure if you’ve ever done the mc before but,if you haven’t please finish and then try and school me! Anyway,good luck to all of you,and don’t let anyone tell you what you can’t do. Have fun and be well!
Day 4…I am feeling great! This year I will be reach my goal of getting rid of all this fat in the body that do not belong. The MC is the best way to boost up your metabolism. If you are going to a family function the best way to deal with that is let them know what you are doing and ask them to understand. I am sure they will…next thing make sure you take a few prepared bottles of the Lemonade. Dont sit at the table and take your tooth brush and tooth paste with you. So you can brush your teeth if you start to feel hungry. Make sure you brush the tongue real good. Promist this will help…also if its getting hard to resist food chew on some sugar less gum. Extra has many flavors and reccommended by the Biggest Loosers health proffessional. It will help with any cravings…RBlaze I dont know about doing it for 40 days only becuase after 10 days your body will start adjusting and start thinking it is starving and lower your metabolism. You want to keep your energy level up and your metabolism fast. Please note someone doing this for 372 would have died becuase the internal organs would have stop working. It could be this person did it through out the year a few times which is actually reccomended but no more than three times in a year. Remember the MC is to be followed exactly becuase it is design to provide you with the nutrients you will need to make it. The salt flush is not only to give you an intrernal bath , its also providing you with the nutrients you need to survive. Good luck to you all.
OK guys – finished with day six. Not having any real “problems”. Today I again doubled up the recipe. I got through eight mixes that way. I did run out of syrup, so even though I could have drunk more today, I did not. I drank three 32oz nalgene’s of water instead when I got “hungry”. I’ll buy more syrup tomorrow – I can now gage better how much I’m using and will still need. Today, strangly enough, I have thought about food a bit more, but have not given in – the cravings/thoughts have not been that bad. tomorrow will be more of a test as I need to go to a family function wher ethey will be eating.
Well, continued good thoughts to all of you doing this along with me.
Hello everyone, I am a vegan and this is my third time doing the MC. The last time I did it, I set out to do 40 days. From October 18, til Nov.3rd 2009.Needless to say I didn’t make it! So, I started again. This time on Dec. 14th 2009 However, i had to restart because, I didn’t mentally prepare myself as i had the two previous times. Anyway, I officially started on Dec.18th 2009, and have been going ever since. Now on my 15th day with a goal of 40 days. I stop having hunger pangs literally after my second day. After days 4 and 5 I began having a few headaches but,since have gone. The BM have been crazy with usually a min.of 5 but on day 13 I had 7 BM and today 6. The first 10 days i did the salt water flush every morning shortly after waking up. But, beginning day 11 I began alternating the swf with the herbal laxative in the morning as well as before bed. Although, I feel the MC should be followed to the letter this was something i found to be very effective for me. I only alternated because, the swf is disgusting to me and i cant’t always tolerate it! (or just simply don’t want to) I have noticed more BM this way but, i feel i can predict my BM better with the swf. I do exercise daily and some days i don’t drink as much lemonade. I usually drink anywhere from 4 -10 8oz glasses of the lemonade. I’m usually energetic but, i have some days when i’m a little sluggish however, this could be the lack of sleep I sometimes get as a result of my schedule from the day before. Overall, i feel mentally,physically and emotionally strong enough to continue on to reach my goal of 40 days. I’m not recommending,suggesting or encouraging anyone to do as i have in any way but,for all of you who are beginning, thinking about it or just doing the MC it is possible to succeed if you stay focused. My friends think I’m nuts! but, I think we all owe it ourselves to be happy,and to live a healthy life. So good luck to all of you and i’ll post later to let you know if i reached my goal. And in case you’re wondering why a vegan needs to go 40 days. Well,i don’t it’s a personal goal But, i was shocked to find out recently there was woman who actually went 372 days! Yeah, i know! Sounds like i have another challenge to aspire to in the future> lol Take care…peace!
I read the info on this site and let me tell you all. I have done the cleanse for the last three years at the beginning of the year for 7 days. I am doing it now for 10. I am on my 3rd day and I feel great. When I first started doing this I was almost 400 pounds. Yes…400! I am currently weighing 284. I must tell you all the MC have helped me so much. I never get sick…I did it to cleanse before starting a diet three years ago and now it has become a ritual I do it to start the new year. I feel great, no hunger, no cravings and have so much energy. I reccomend everyone to try this. I suggest lots of rest while you are doing the cleanse and drink the salt water flush early in the morning…it will take around 2 and a half hour in the morning after dring the flush for the internal bath to stop. :>) after that if you work in the morning i suggest do not drink anything after the two hours and a half or at least wiat to drink water of the Lemonade 2 hours later. I wish you all good health! keep it up and you will succeed. Try to create a peacefull enviroment before bed..like lighting candles and listening to soft music or lighting insence to calm your body down before going to bed.. i do not recoomend any hard excesices..maybe yoga or simply take a walk and very important to breath It will keep you focus…remember the movie Karate Kid part two? Breath in breath out…
OK, so I read some comments and have been inspired by others who are also doing the master cleanse for all the right reasons. Today was my day one. I weighed myself at 205lb. I am hoping to be able to re-educate myself and learn to exercise some self control. My goal is to achieve Strength, Discipline and Determination. The only exercise I plan on doing is yoga and paranayama to help focus the mind to overcome temptation. Good luck to all and wish me luck and good fortune on my new years resolution
Sorry for the lapse in reporting. I reimaged my computer to upgrade to Windows 7 professional, and it screwed everything up – short story, I lost my favourites and had a hard time finding the site again.
Anyway – day three was fine – the Epsom salt started bothering me (taste) on day two, but I just try to drink it really fast now – 32 oz is a lot to bear when it’s something you don’t care for!
Day four was fine as well – still no real “cravings” for food yet. I’ve thought about it, but it’s not holding my attention. Perhaps it’s because I’m not doing this for weight loss as my goal, rather cleaning out all the gunk from the past 2.5 years that is stuck in there.
I am having a hard time however getting through enough “formula” throughout the day. I’m drinking about six 32 oz Nalgene bottles – that’s all I can get to. Perhaps I will start to double the recipe so that I can get to all 12 in my six Nalgene mixes. I’ll let you know how that goes.
Only other “change”. Last night, I stayed up too late and made my tea about 1:30, but fell asleep before I could drink it, so I drank it this morning. I didn’t do the Epsom salt as I know that cleans you out pretty quickly, so I’ll try and get that in around noon, so that the tea has a chance to do it’s thing before I flush it all out.
Good luck to all of you still on the cleanse – Happy New Year!
Day 2
Just finished the SWF this morning. I put some squeezed lemon juice in there and it made a huge difference. The SWF is definitely the most difficult part. I didn’t really experiencing any hunger yesterday. I set my watch for every hour and drank 8-8 oz glasses of the lemonade throughout the day. I just do it in one gulp so I don’t really taste it. Then I brush my teeth really good to get rid of the lemon/maple syrup from my teeth and mouth. I made some mint tea at 3pm and it felt like I was having a meal.
Just weighed myself. I’m at 218 lbs.
Day 0.
Sipping my tea tonight getting ready for the coming days. Going for 10 days. I’ve felt so inspired by everyones posts. I’m 6’1″ and weigh 225 lbs. Nervous about the salt water flush in the morning.
Will be good to see the progress of Princess, Lolo, K-Leigh and Day 2. We are all going into this about the same time.
Peace and love
well today is day 1. I was trying to talk myself out of it and wait til tomor, and then i decided .. hey why wait til tomor, start today! I made the magic potion with the fresh squeezed lemons in a 1.5lt but i think i put a tad too much cayenne in it, it tastes awful. But i will suck it up!! No pain, no gain right! Im doing this for 10 days. Shld be intersting to do the SWF as im a flight attendant and will prob be stuck in the lav!! UGH! Will update with results tomor!
ok starting my first day tomorrow kinda excited eep haha wen do i start seeing results??
Well, day one wasn’t too much of a challenge. I started late, and only got through three lemonades. Did the tea last night and had a few semi-solid BMs today. I drank the epson salt thing again and it tasted horrible today. Not sure why. We’ll see about tomorrow. I am using a different glass for my tea now than the lemonade – maybe that will make a diference. As for the lemonade, I think I got through four of them today. I am using a 32oz Nalgene bottle with boiled water – maybe too much. We’ll try again tomorrow. All in all – today wasn’t hard – thought abut food a few times, but no issues I couldn’t handle.
Well, day one wasn’t too muc of a challenge. I started late, and only got through three lemonades. Did the tea last night and had a few semi-solid BMs today. I drank the epson salt thing again and it tasted horrible today. Not sure why. We’ll see about tomorrow. I am using a different glass for my tea now than the lemonade – maybe that will make a diference. As for the lemonade, I think I got through four of them today. I am using a 32oz Nalgene bottle with boiled water – maybe too much. We’ll try again tomorrow. All in all – today wasn’t hard – thought abut food a few times, but no issues I couldn’t handle.
So I want to start this diet, it;s my first time
BUT I HAVE A VALID QUESTION
if I do this diet, and it turns out successful, lose weight, detox, etc. and I properly return to my normal diet, will I be able to gain weight more rapidly because of this diet after I return to regular food that doesn’t make me gain too much weight now?
please respond.
I have been on the MC for 14 days now and I feel great. My concern is that I am over 70 lbs. over weight and only lost 5lbs. I am following the plan to the letter with the exception I only drink 3 lemonades and the rest in plain water. Do I need to drink more lemonade even if I’m not hungry or thirsty? My goal is to stay on the MC for 27 additional days. Any advice.
Well – I’m a Returned Peace Corps Volunteer who is trying first to clean my system of the strange food that I have been eating over the past 2.5 years – hopefully resulting in less gastro issues (worms, amoebas). Secondly, I’d like to lose the 10+ pounds I’ve gained since coming back to the states and not being able to stop myself from eating all the food I have been deprived of for 2.5 years. Anyway.
I’m starting a bit “late” today – I had a bunch of errands to run, so I just got back home – 3:30pm – I just drank my SWF – no taste issues (I boiled the water and drank it very hot). I’ll try to get in at least six lemon drinks today and then do the tea tonight. I bought organic lemon juice, cayenne pepper, organic smooth move senna tea, epson salt, and organic “b” maple syrup>
I hadn’t eaten anything all day (sometimes typical for me), so I’m not messing up anything by starting so late in the day I don’t think.
Does anyone know if you can drink more than one mixture at once – for convenience sake?
Thanks!
**sigh** trying to find a good starting point!!! I started the 15th and day 2 (killer 4 sure) work brought in x-mas dinner, ugh!! So I stopped… going to get my official start tomorrow 12-24-09 and ring in the New Year while still on the cleanse. Going to do chinese food today and tomorrow it’s official for me. Wish me luck and much luck to you all that are braving it now as I type!
Pammo mentioned the SWF, I mentioned in my earlier post, half or 1/4 drinking water in a cup, mixed w/the seasalt and 1/2 lemon, drink down, chase w/the rest of the water needed, not so bad, nice lemon/salt taste.
good morning all,
well today is day #3 not to bad. my headache and tension pain in my neck are have just about vanished! woa those headaches are no joke! I read in peter glickmans book that people who were heavy coffee drinkers or caffeinuser usually are prone to those head aches while on mc. i’m not that hungry today either. i have a question if anyone cares to answer it; when i finish the swf i have one bm loose, but after that it’s all flourescent yellow or orange water not really a smell to it either. when i’m consuming the lemonade i don’t really have that many bm’s. is anyone else experiencing any of the things i just described?
still hangin in
OH ONE MORE THING I HAVENT TAKEN MY INSULIN THAT I USUALLY TAKE BEFOR MEALS AND MY SUGAR READINGS HAVE BEEN TERRIFIC! YOU NO I ASKED THE DR ONCE IF I CHANGED MY EATING HABITS WOULD I STILL NEED INSULIN HE SAID I WOULD BE ON INSULIN THE REST OF MY LIFE, I GUESS MC IS MAKING HIM OUT OF A LIAR!
HELLO EVERYONE,
TODAY IS DAY 2 FOR ME, I STARTED THE CLEANSE BEFOR BUT STOPPED IT SHORTLY AFTER. mAN DO i HAVE A MASSIVE HEADACHE, IT’S BEEN ON AND OFF ALL DAY. i ALMOST QUICK TODAY, BUT, i SAID TO MYSELF “YOU ARE NOT A QUITTER!” i’M ALSO ON BLOOD PRESSURE MEDICINE AND A DIABETIC(TWO TYPES OF INSULIN). i’VE BEEN MONITORING BOTH FOR THE TWO DAY’S NO PROBLEMS. WISH ME LUCK!
TRYING HARD TO STAY ON BOARD
Fellow fasters,
I’ve done this fast many times and have always gotten great benefits. (I’ve also quit a few times.) The longest I’ve done is 7 days, but I usually go three or four days, which is less beneficial than the long one, but still really good. I’ve used the fast to keep my weight under control for decades, and I still wear the same size I did in college because of this fast.
Things I’ve learned:
It’s best to go organic. It’s also best to follow the directions closely.
The fast doesn’t work well if you cheat on it–when I cheat I quickly quit. However, I’m doing the cleanse right now with my husband to bring his blood pressure down and he can’t go without eating, so we’ve been eating three small meals a day of totally raw foods: breakfast was half a pomegranate and a banana, lunch was raw organic lettuces and half a cucumber, dinner was an avocado. We drink the drink alot, and lots of water, as well. It feels like it’s going well.
The second day is always hardest for me–I really struggle. First day isn’t bad, third and fourth aren’t bad, usually–but oh! that second day!! By the third day I usually feel good and feel like I could sail on for quite awhile. Social obligations are usually my reason for needing to quit after 3 or 4. I find it hard to squeeze the fast in between important functions that require me to eat. I try to do short fasts a couple of times a year.
Its best to drink the drink alot and drink a glass of water between each drink.
The herbal tea–or tablets with a glass of water at bedtime and the salt water in the morning are essential! I don’t get anywhere the benefit without them; so, although I absolutely hate the salt water, I do it anyway.
This is how I do it: using distilled water, heat on stovetop, not microwave, to temp that doesn’t register hot or cold when I put my finger in. Put 2 t. sea salt in a quart canning jar and add 4 c. warmed water. Stir till fully disolved. Then–this is important for me: take several deep breaths and let them out slowly while I tell myself over and over that I can do this. Then inhale deeply and, whle slowly exhaling, drink the quart down all at once with large swallows. Always the last swallow is near impossible, but I make myself do it. Then I refuse to let it come back up! I stay quiet for an hour or so and prepare for “the rush”, which comes urgently, so a half hour after drinking I sit on the “john” and read for awhile!!
I exercise while fasting, but nothing extreme. I went to yoga yesterday and went for a long walk with my husband this afternoon. I think it improves the quality of the fast; certainly it speeds weight loss!
I use the time during a fast to be kind to myself–do things I’d like to do, read alot, get more sleep, watch old movies. I have the luxury of not working, so that makes it easier.
The hardest part of the fast for me is coming off of it. Once I taste food its all over–I want to eat everything in sight, so even exercising great discipline I still blow it and eat too much too soon. Once I stepped right back into regular eating afterwards and it made me sick! It will be interesting to see what happens this time with the modified fast of eating 3 small, raw meals a day–I expect it to be easier.
Good luck to all of you! I always feel really good for quite awhile afer a fast–joints don’t hurt, minor nagging complaints disappear, lots of energy. Its always something I’m grateful I did, and something I’m grateful is over!!! If I would/could eat better all the time I might not have to do the fast. I’ll do that when the moon turns to gold—maybe!
Hi folks!
I did this cleanse earlier in the year and made it to day 7.
I want to start this again on Tuesday (15th) and stay on for 2 weeks.
It does work, mind over matter (food). For me the trick is to eat a couple of favorite meals before delving into this, it is a hard commitment, at least for me.
What helps also is to do the SWF by adding your salt, and squeeze HALF OF A LEMON into a half cup (or less) of water, then chase that down with the rest of the water.
Also, I can take very little of the cayenne pepper in the lemonade itself because it makes the lemonade taste yummier but, I take the cayenne pepper pills with the drink so I know I am adding sufficient enough pepper.
I hope this helps, stay strong, it is worth it once you get past the first few days you should feel great!! :0)
OK all of you brave souls, take care and sleep well kowing you are taking a big step towards losing weight and learning better eating habits!!
STARTING TODAYYYYY!!!!. Does anyone know if I can still work out while fasting? Has anyone tried?
DAY 8 – quitting!
Hi, I’m nearing the end of day 8 and decided early on today that i will break the fast tomorrow. I think my body is telling me it’s time to stop. Today I’ve just been hungry all day, and bored with the juice. I read someone else on a forum saying that when your body feels sustained hunger then it is time. (every other day juice has taken the hunger away). I could make ten days easy, but would now be easier to break over the weekend rather than at work monday. WHat difference can last two days make?
My skin is clearer, for sure, skin under my eyes best it has been in years, normally dark, and i think my eye lids are lighter!
But yeh, first time MC here. Stuck rigidly to the diet, only told 1 person at work, none of my friends. Feeling good about it. A little disappointed about bowel movements, just water after the first toxic one….no solid for last 7 days…zzzz.
Just so hungry right now…a day of orange juice sounds horrid.
Top tip – make the SWF luke warm and put a few drops of lemon in it. 10 gulps at a time baby, then lay on your right side and read the paper for a bit.
Hello!
I am on the evening of day 2 and going strong! I am so excited for this- who would’ve thought that I’d have this much will power! Not me! Anyways, the hardest part of this cleanse for me is all the nay-sayers…telling me I’m crazy or that I’ll never make it to 10 days. (what do they know!) :-} Keep up the blogging guys- it really helps me out to read these every evening and know I’m not alone!
Have a good night!~J
question :) so for the SWF since i have to be at work or school at around eight would it be advised to wake up around five and drink it then…. so i’m not too affected during school/work????
Hello Everyone!
This is my first MC and I bought all the things I needed last night.
As soon as I came home I had to tea–early this morning I had really bad stomach cramps and lose BM. The pain was so awful I went back to bed.
It’s now 3 in the after noon and I was wondering whether it’s too late to do the SWF or if I should just start all over again tomorrow?.. or can I just do the SWF now and make some lemonade and go about my business?
Great job everyone! Lots of good energy out there – especially since the Master Cleanse is quite the challenge. If I may, I’d like to throw my two cents in. First, use a straw when drinking the lemonade drink so it spends less time swishing around in your mouth and therefore reducing the potential for the acidity in the lemons to slightly wear away at your tooth enamel. Secondly, it is recommended that immediately following the Master Cleanse you should take probiotics. During the cleanse your body flushes out harmful and beneficial bacteria. It is important to replenish the beneficial bacteria. These beneficial bacteria populate your intestinal tract and play a large role in proper digestion, immune system functionality and the prevention of toxin producing bacteria. You can buy this in capsule form from a health food store or you can buy yogurt with live probiotic strains such as lactobacillus acidophilus, lactobacillus reuteri or lactobacillus casei (don’t buy the cheap fruity yoghurt!) One last thing, there’s a fantastic Master Cleanse iphone app called ‘Master Cleanse’ that works very well to track weight lost, progress made daily, and is full of excellent tips and tricks. Just google it – it’s easy to find (it’s the only one out there). Good luck!!
Ok, so I’m on my third cleanse this year and this is by far the hardest one. I’ve been so tired and thinking of eating everything in sight. Tomorrow is Day 8 and I want to end it all and start with the orange juice tomorrow. I finally dawned on me earlier today that I wasn’t drinking enough lemonade and after I had about 32 ounces, I felt much better.
I’m really pleased with the results I have seen after three cleanses. I’ve lost 27 pounds (so far) and I haven’t been this small since my before my son was born. I feel much better too and my sinuses are clear. I’m always so amazed at the results. Still debating whether or not I will make it to Wednesday and do the full ten days this time. Why is it so hard?!
Tasting the soup,
J
Hey,
So i’ve been looking for a way to lose weight and this seems very interesting to me. I am interested in doing this I am around 5’5 135lbs. and wanted to get to like 120-125lbs. So i am wondering if size difference affects how fast you lose weight???? or is it generally the same for anyone who has a little extra??… is anyone who has done this started at about what i have?? if so let me know how it went for you!!!
Thanks… T
I’m on Day 2 and did the saline wash for the first time today. I drank the whole thing… and then proceeded to vomit it all back up. That can’t be normal. Also, it is only day 2 and I already find the lemonade revolting. Is this normal? I am thinking about dropping out because of the vomiting and nausea, but I was oh-so-pleased this morning when my fiance told me my skin looked nicer than usual. I am not craving food. Should I stick with it?
I am on day 4 and do not feel very well, probably because I was on the toilet ALL night. Im feeling a little weak. I also wanted to ask if anyone is using cayenne drops instead of the powder. The woman at the whole foods store recommended it because she said the powder just floats to the bottom. I just wondered if this was ok. It is not very hot, I was just wondering because I dont want to waste my time if it does not have the same results.
I went out and bought the stuff for fasting today , lemons ,pepper etc.. I dont know how this will go . I am 35 and have 3 kids and am going to re-enlist in the army and wanna lose weight and i also know my insides are toxic from un-healthy living and eating habits. Good luck other fasters !
I started 8 days ago on the cleanse and made it 4 days, until Thanksgiving. I cheated on that day because of family, and every day since I cheated just a little bit, with a few bites of something. So I am considering yesterday my official day 1. I made it through the day just fine because I was busy and I was committed. I did this fast in the spring and lost 10 pounds, but it crept back on because of a poor diet. This time, so far in the past 8 days, I’ve lost about 10 pounds, but gained back a couple with the cheating. I hope to lose another 10 and convert to a healthier diet than I’ve been on for the past few years.
I’m using Agave nectar instead of Maple syrup, and that seems to be working just fine.
Hi everyone,
I am at the end of day three. It really isn’t that bad. I really haven’t been that hungry! The first two days, I think, are the hardest. It is not that I was even that hungry, it is the idea of eating. You want to chew on something, taste something. I think once you get over that, it is ok. So far, I have not had any unfavorable side effects. My only complaint is the salt water. I almost vomited yesterday and felt sick for about an hour afterwards. I have decided to give that up. I read in the earlier comments that smooth move tasted nasty so a women at the whole foods store recommended “Laci Le Beau Maximum Strength Super Dieter’s Tea”, which is also a laxative tea. I am going to try it tonight. I will let you know how it goes! By the way, I have lost 4 pounds so far!
Hi everyone,
I’m starting the cleanse tomorrow…and i’m drinking Smooth Move tea right now. I decided to start on Monday because my job is soo very stress to the point where my secretary often reminds me to eat lunch—-aorund 2-3 in the afternoon…So I’m thinking I’m so busy that I won’t miss food at work…then I’ll have an easier time at home…I’m just dreading having to cook/feed my 10 year old daughter–and not be able to eat but I’m gonna try for 10 days…I think I can….I think I can…I know I can. :-)
Hello, today is day one for me. This is my first attempt at the MC. So far it hasn’t been that bad, besides thinking of food, but I really don’t feel that hungry. I really haven’t been very good with will power in the last few years, but I am hoping that reading what everyone else is going through, along with me, will help me out! I am shooting for 10 days. Wish me luck and good luck to everyone.
Shelly thanks for the motivation – wow! Im impressed. I have only been able to make it 5 days and i need to go longer to heal because ive been really sick but i am going to do it. :)
Day 11,
I was going to try for 14 days, but yesterday was tough and today I’m starting the OJ, tastes good for a change. I will try to weigh myself soon, not sure that I lost too much, but my waist and belly feels smaller. I don’t want to get all bloated again so thats’ my motivation to eat smarter. I’ll let u know how it is going in a few days.
Cheers!
I’m back.
Day 6 (11-18) Salt water flush still awful. I gagged and threw up. Anyway, aside from that starting to feel quite energetic. I’m still disappointed in myself because I haven’t starting working out yet. I know that I must add that element to reach my desired goal.
Day 7 (11-19) Had the saltwater flush. YUCK YUCK YUCK!!!
Typically, everyday about 10-15 minutes after the flush, I am posted up in the bathroom. I’ll have an average of about 5 movements, usually very liquid within 15 minutes lasting 1 1/2 hours or so.
Also instead of preparing entire meals for my family, I’ll purshase a baked chicken, or a ready made main course and prepare side dishes and a salad.
But yesterday I made spahetti and I have no idea how it taste. I season to taste when I cook. Everyone else seemed to enjoy it. Still proud of myself but I must work out.
Stay focused fellow cleansers!
I am on my 2nd day of the diet. I have been drinking the laxative tea and drinking the salt water as well but I am not seeing the “flushing” results from the tea and salt water. But my boyfriend on the other hand is receiving results from the tea and salt water. He made the comment that he should just move his tv and bed into his bathroom :p lol So I don’t understand why I’m not reacting to the tea and salt water. My mom said it can be because my body doesn’t have anything to dispose, and my friend told me the exact same thing as my mom….. I’m staring to question whether or not to continue with the diet.
Day 9. Feeling very energetic today, although still some neck pain and headache. Went for a jog, took the dogs for a walk and am feeling happy! I think I may go further than the 10 days. I really want to quit smoking, cause it kinda defeats the whole purpose of detoxing, but one day at a time. It really does get easier and I really feel ‘up’ today. Hang in there guys, it only gets better. I don’t have a scale, so I have no idea how much I’ve lost, but the clothes fit better already. Good luck and be proud of how far you’ve come each day!
I haven’t been replying back daily but I will try and catch up today. Started on Friday 11-13. Salt water is awful but I did it. Only had about 34 ounces of lemonade.
Day 2 (11-14) Wasn’t bad, stayed busy. Still having difficulty with the salt water flush. but I did it.
Day 3 (11-15)Had a tough day. I had to go to dinner with friends and family, lots of great smelling and great looking food that I couldn’t have. Didn’t have my lemonade with me so all I had was water for three hours.
Day 4 (11-16) Kinda sick, I finally gagged on the salt water flush and threw up this morning. Didn’t feel that great today. A little low on energy but felt better at the evening.
Day 5 (11-17) First day where it feels like I may have lost a pound or two. I did’t weigh myself but I can tell by how my clothes are fitting. Feeling a little lighter also.
I proud of myself because I’m cooking and preparing food for my family without eating anything. Unfortunately, I haven’t started my workouts yet. I having been staying up to late for this or that. My goal tomorrow is to continue the cleanse but add my daily workouts.
Stay focused to all fellow cleansers.
Day 8. I made it through a family b-day dinner last night with ice cream cake and everything, just throw some in the freezer for later! I am feeling great, no headache today. I was feeling a bit sluggish yesterday, but am full of energy today. Still not sure how long I am going to keep this up, but I’m proud of how far I’ve made it, I thought it would be much harder. Good luck.
I really want to start this tomorrow any tips? Im going to buy everything in the morning….
Day 6. Free, it really does get easier so hang in there. If you can drink the salt water in 3-4 gulps you are way ahead of the game, it takes me about 1\2 hr to get it down! I honestly haven’t felt hungry for days. If I do, I just have some lemonade and the feeling is gone so fast, I’m amazed. Good luck.
day 1, yesterdaywas very difficult. But I’m proud of myself. The salt water flush makes me gag so I tried to drink it all in 2-4 gulps. I went to the bathroom about 15 minutes after the flush, 4 times. I wasn’t really hungry but I don’t think I drank enough of the lemonade. I had about 34 ounces. I’ll drink more today. The laxative tea was a relaxing treat last night. However I did not workout as planned but will start workouts on Monday. No headaches, I feel okay so far.
day 2
had the flush and went to the bathroom a few times havent had the lemonade yet but will soon
stay focused to all fellow cleansers
Day 5 I am still getting headaches and trying not to, but still taking the occasional ibuprofen if it gets too uncomfortable. Just some advice for those very tempted by all the food around them. Anything I really want to eat, I have been throwing in the freezer so I can enjoy it when the cleanse is over. It makes me feel better and gives me something to really look forward to when I’m done! Best of luck to everyone.
I am planning on starting this on wednesday……if i am prescription painkillers, is that going to hurt the cleanse?
also can any pills be taken for headaches?? does any know how to avoid the head aches??
Day 1, swf was horrible, thru up while drinking it lol but finished….. But doing ok with the lemonade itself…. Question what happens if i do eat, is there any fixing that???
I haven’t start my cleanse as expected on yesterday. I should be on day 2 but I let some distrations at home affect my plan. I accidentally strated drinking my daughter’s jamba juice in the morning. I just forgot I was doing the cleanse. I not as mentally strong as I need to be. I going to refocus and start on Friday.
Day 1: I started the cleanse tonight at midnight, I work nights but only three days a week and it’s my last night so I figured starting tonight would work out best. I hope after I go home and sleep I won’t feel so hungry but usually I eat at work and I didn’t tonight. And my god cayanne peper is hot I think I will have to add a little less next time I make the mix hope that’s ok.
Good Luck to you all. I will check in later
Hey everyone,
Day 4 for me! I am super excited that I have made it this far :) I feel like it really hasn’t been that difficult. I am down 8 pounds at the start of day 4 and I feel much better than I did on the second day. Shelly: day 2 was rough for me, I had a bad headache almost all day and felt nauseous, when I woke up on day 3 it was a totally different story! I felt much better, so keep with it :)
I have been feeling more alert and awake and I am very glad I decided to give this a try! Good luck to all :)
I have the same issue with the salt water, which I am trying to finish right now. It is disgusting! This is day 2 for me. The laxative tea is also very bitter and I was wondering if I could use some maple syrup to make it a bit more drinkable. I also had a headache all day, but I read that the more toxins you need to flush, the worse it will be. I am a drinker and a smoker. I only smoked 5 cigarettes yesterday and plan to wean off of them by the end of this cleanse. Good luck to all!
Day 10! I can’t believe I made it this far. You have all been so inspiring. Tomorrow I can start easing out. I think I lost close to 10 lbs. but I didn’t weigh myself at the start of the cleanse. I feel like I need to go longer to resolve some health issues, such as sinus congestion, but I’m sticking to the 10 days this time. Good luck to everyone.
this is my first time doing cleanse and i am on my second day…and so far so good…tomorrow will be more of a challenge because i will be home instead of work….but i have 2 family members that have done the cleanse before,and i have their support :)…glad to have this site to comment and get answers if i need them.
thank all
I am on day 7 and I started sniffling yesterday and it was just one nostral. Today it is both nostrals and it feels like a cold is coming on. This is my 3rd time and I’ve not gotten a cold before. And I don’t know if I can do my garlic/onion/ginger/honey/lemon tea for cold during the cleanse. But I will keep researching!
Day 0 for me. I too have been inspired by the many blogs. I did the cleanse many years ago a couple of times and remember feeling rejuvinated, energized, healthy, and looking and feeling wonderful. I also remember having a clearer mind and beautiful skin. My goal is 10 days at least but I’m pushing for 14. I’m not working right now, so I’m starting tomorrow. I will also work out each day to help the weight loss process. On my way to the health food store for supplies. Will respond later.
Day 1!
As I predicted, I thought about food A LOT today. I never got really hungry… I just wanted to eat for the sake of eating. I like the lemonade. I liked it way before I knew it was part of any “cleanse.”
I can’t stop thinking about how I have NINE more days to go =(
I got a really bad headache towards the end of the day. A 2 hour nap took care of that.
I hated the SWF. I think my problem is consuming so much water all at once… I honestly felt like vomiting. Is the salt supposed to melt? A lot of it stays at the bottom. Any tips for making this part of the cleanse easier?
I wasn’t sure I could even do this one day so I am very proud of myself!
Good luck everyone!!
Day 8! I’m in the homestretch now! Thank you all for your support. I have some friends who are telling me to considering going for 15 days, or at least until I have signals from my body that the cleanse is finished. I feel like I only want to go 10 days at this point, although I’m sure I’m experience more benefits.
I hope everyone’s cleanse is going well.
Esther, you will probably need some laxative tea if you don’t do the salt flush.
Hi everyone,
You guys are inspirational. I will try the MC because of all of you. I’ve gained way too much weight, and I feel terrible.
I hope we can support each other.
Good luck to me and to all of us.
will this cleanse work if i dont do the sea salt drink?
Day 2:
Hello everyone! I have had lots of fun reading this blog and I think it is a great support system for everyone. I decided to start yesterday since it was the weekend and I didn’t have to work. Yesterday was not bad at all. I felt fine, wasn’t really hungry, enjoyed a little tea and made it through the day without a problem.
Now for day 2… I woke up and felt fine. The scale says I am down 3lbs from yesterday :) But after the SWF and driving to work I felt nauseous. I am starting to feel better now though.
Lots of people say day 3 is like turning a corner and things are better, so I hope so! I am determined to stick this out though and am excited for all of the cleansing benefits that people have talked about :)
Thanks Lyric! That sounds wonderful!
I’m sipping on my tea as I type this…
Kinda nervous about tomorrow. I can go a whole day without giving food a thought but now that I know I can’t have any, I have a feeling it’s going to be on my mind 24/7!
I’ll check in tomorrow!!
Hey Mela,
I just completed my first 10 days on Nov 1. I took the week off for my birthday and a trip. I want to start back on Monday for another mini 3-5 days to keep my weight loss of 16 lbs in check. In would be willing to go for 3-5 days and walk you through it. Whatcha say?
Hi, I´ve been diagnosed with a GIST cancer and have been taking GLIVEC. However, to cut a long story short, I have been told I have to have an operation that will mean I have to wear a stoma bag. It is irreversible because of where the cancer is. I´ve been doing research on the web FOR AN “ALTERNATIVE” and have come across this site.
Does anyone know if the MASTER CLEANSE is a suitable alternative?
Any advice would be greatly appreciated.
Thank you.
MogsG
Starting Day 6! I was debating with myself last night, trying to convince myself that 5 days is great and I can stop. However, I need to go the distance (10 days) and I’m nearly there. I will be home the next three days and hope that it will be easier. I hope the cleanse will start getting deeper in the home stretch. My digestive system feels very light and I’ve lost the bloating. My sinuses are still congested, I need to start salt rinses. I’m going to a sauna today and that should assist the detox process. I’m using laxative tea and not the salt flushes and I don’t feel I’m getting a complete intestinal cleanse.
Monica, you are so close and taking care of your family too.
Amber, Mela and Michelle – good luck in getting started.
Hi everyone. I have been reading about the MC and have decided to start the cleanse on the 12th to detox and also jump start more weight loss since I am on another plateau and to start a permenant change in my eating habits. I have lost and kept off 70lbs over the years and want another 20 or so gone. Anyway I was wondering is green tea ok to drink while doing the cleanse? I was thinking no because of the caffine but am not for sure.
Thank you all for the stories, advice and sharing your experiences it has made me really want to do this, I can’t wait to start. I look forward to sharing my experiences on the MC with you all shortly. Keep up the good work everyone.
End of Day 6! TGIF! Today I woke up feeling so weak and tired, the very first time. It lasted until I had my first glass of juice, which unfortunately wasn’t until I got to work. But after that, I was flying high, until lunch, as usual. But whatever. Its getting easier every day. Tonight I baked my family an apple crumble and wasn’t the least bit tempted.
I lost another pound which makes it 11 total. I’m wearing my regular clothes and not my fat ones, which feels great. I hope that I won’t gain all the weight back when I go back to solid foods.
Looking forward to relaxing this weekend and spending time with my family.
Have a great weekend, guys.
Good luck to you Mela and Michelle. You can do it!!!
Mary, we made it to the home page! I think you’re off to a great start. However, I don’t want to think about vegan recipes now! I’m actually a raw vegan.
Mela and Michelle, good luck with starting the MC.
Hi! I am starting my cleanse Sunday. I quit smoking 6 months ago. Before I quit smoking I weighed 115-120. Now I weigh between 130-135. My goal is to take off the 15-20lbs I gained. Not sure how long I am going to cleanse for but am striving to do 14 days. Wish me luck!!
I’m starting the MC on Monday – anyone else out there starting at the same time?
Suzy, thanks for the feedback. There was this cowboy on Dr. Oz this am who lost 30 lb in 30 days switching from meat to vegan for 28 days. His blood levels, waist size, weight, glucose and cholesteral levels dramatically improved in just that short amount of time. One more sign to me that vegan is my path!! The lemon cleanse is a fantastic jump start to clear the slate and begin anew. Have a good weekend all and best of luck to everyone to better health in body mind & spirit!
Mary, I hope your cleanse continues to go well. I’ve been primarily (now fullly) vegetarian for many years and I think you’ll do very well. There’s so much versatility on a vegetarian diet and it’s much easier now to be able to go anywhere and find vegetarian choices.
Monica, I live alone so it’s easier for me to avoid temptation. That’s a huge weight loss! I may have lost something but I didn’t weigh myself at the start of the cleanse.
I took it easy today, relaxed at home and then took a walk. I feel light and can see that my face looks more defined. My sinuses are still congested though. I thought my nasal passages would clear by now and hope I have that result by day 10.
Its my day 5!! Who know I could make it this long? I guess I knew somewhere inside because I started this thing. Well, today has been so much easier than yesterday and the day before. Except right now its hard. My family is eating dinner. My husband cooked for the first time since I started. He’s not a good cook and I know that the food probably tasted really bad, but it smells sooo good. I had to go to the other room and get on this site in order not to eat. Well, not eat. I was actually just wanted to put my finger in the sauce and taste a tiny bit of it. But I held out. Good job me.
Today at work someone brought in a cake again. Of course they were raving about how great it was. I didn’t even flinch. I had no interest. Just drank water and went on with my day.I guess I’m still talking about food because I can still smell it. Time for a new topic.
I had a great night sleep last night and awoke with such energy. i weighed myself and I’m down 10 pounds. Isn’t that crazy? 10 pounds in 4 days. I’m not totally convinced that its healthy to lose so much so quickly, but I still have loads of energy so I know I’m not really starving myself. I guess it just shows how much I really needed to do this cleanse.
So in about 3 or 4 I’ll go to bed having completed my fifth day. Amazing. That means I’m over halfway finish.
BTW Suzy, I’m doing the full 10 days. I’m glad we’re doing it at the same time. Tell us more about your experiences.
Day 2 So far so good. Suzy, acc to the Master Cleanse book I read the diet can last for 40 days or morre at a time, or on & off as I am doing. As I come off the fast, I do the oranges, veggie broth, the veggies, and go back to the regular diet for 10 days. Right now I am slowly moving to a vegetarian diet by cutting back on meats, dairy, fish and going more toward a plant based diet. This past segment I still occasionally had the cheeseburger or lasagna, eggs or chicken but I notice I feel much better reducing these along with dairy from my diet. It is possible that I have had a dairy allergy and notice just a small amount of milk or cheese makes me start clearing my throat a lot. Having watched my parents I think dairy can cause a lot of problems w/ the gut and dementia based upon what I have read. I have been studying vegetarian books and learning from vegetarian friends and neighbors about all sorts of vegetarian dishes. I am trying to incorporate more fruits, veggies, rice milk, nuts like pistachios, almonds, walnuts, seeds like pumpkin and sunflower, legumes like pinto, kidney, black, limas, lentils, grains like brown rice, bulgur, oatmeal, quinoa, farro, etc. Also tofu and seaweeds. Lately everything I notice on tv has lemons and vegetarian topics so I feel I am following the right track with this. A veggie diet needs B12 supplements, calcium, D3 and zinc so I am educating myself on that as well. I do think I will continue doing the fish oil capsules as this really seems to help me, but I am learning as I go with baby steps. Also I notice the spiritual aspects are deepening along the path as well. I hope this helps.
Starting Day 4! I took the day off today so I can just relax. I don’t know if it’s easier to be on MC while I’m working. I slept late and think my body needs rest. I usually work very long hours but don’t want to push it while on MC. I didn’t weigh myself when I started but got on the scale this morning and, if it’s accurate, I’m already back down to my usual weight. I have another 7 days and expect more fat loss. My face looks slimmer.
Monica, nice work on not giving in. We will be proud of ourselves when we’re done. Are you going 7 days?
Mary, is it recommended to do the cleanse so frequently over a period of months? How are you eating when you come off the MC?
Day 1 7pm. This is my second 10 day round on the MC. I did it for 10 days in October and made it thru a very bad cold or a mild form of the swine flu, lost 7 lb. I am going to do this every 15 or 20 days for the next several months to see if I can keep stepping down my weight. I hit 202 and that was it. Gradually gained weight from age 40 to 50 from 129 lb 5’2″, and it has been very hard w/ knee pain and difficulty doing a lot. Much has been emotional and hormonal issues, and now w/ two parents with dementia from stroke related issues, I know I need to treat my body as a temple! I know what to expect this time around and am really looking forward to seeing continuing results! This is my favorite log I have come across.
Its the end of day four and I’m feel great. Super tired, but great. Today was so much easier than yesterday. I wanted to eat again, but nowhere near the levels of yesterday. I almost talked myself into ending the cleanse since I did so well resisting yesterday. Crazy how this mind works.
I never paid attention to all the stories I was telling myself about what I wanted, NEEDED, and DESERVED. Its really opening my eyes.
Today was a bit difficult at lunch. My job provides lunch and today it was muscles. Exactly one of the many things I craved yesterday. But I went and sat in the bathroom and wrote in my journal/meditated/prayed about what’s going on and how I’m feeling and learning and struggling. It just refreshed me to no end. Again, when I was finished I almost talked myself into ending the cleanse because I’ve already gotten so much from it.
Thank you so much Suzy for your encouragement. We will stick it out and be amazed at how far we’ve gone after ten little days.
Ryan, according to book, the SWF is supposed to work with the tea; tea at night SWF in the morning. It also says that if you’re unable to do the flush in the morning, just have another tea in the morning to replace it. I know I was so confused and thought the flush was a MUST, but even in the original book it states that about the SWF. I did the tea in the morning today and I was fine at work. I mean, I went to the WC a few times but nothing came so fast that i was uncomfortable about being at work. But like Suzy said, every body is different.
I had my tea and am off to bed now. I have not been sleeping very well. I’m up a few time a night to go to the WC and then I’m unable to fall back asleep. let’s hope that doesn’t hold true tonight.
Stay encouraged. We can do it!! (i ought to read my own night posts during the day).
Monica, congrats on not giving in. I’m right behind you, starting Day 3. I understand what you’re going through. We’re going to stick to it and do great. Haven’t done the salt flush yet and have been drinking laxative tea. I’m finding it pretty easy but I do think about food a lot. It’s not easy to overcome our habits.
Ryan, you may want to do the salt flush in the evening so that you don’t have a problem at work. Everyone’s body is different so it’s hard to say what you’ll experience.
I just bought the book for thecleanse at barnes. I am really looking forward to starting out. Can anyone tell me what to expect as far as work and the toilet go??? I am near one but dont want to get “stuck”. Good luck to all
End of day three. It has been really hard today. I just wanted to eat. I wasn’t particularly hungry. I just wanted to eat. I thought of fifty dinners I wanted to pick up on my way home from work. I questioned why I was doing it. I even cursed myself for starting something so impossible. But I am happy to report that I still didn’t give in. I feel like some boundaries were crossed today. I succeeded! My mind said yes, but I said no and followed thru. Amazing!!
Hopefully day four will be a bit easier because today was very hard.
I read up about the SWF and since I can’t do it in the morning I’ll just have another SM tea in the morning instead.
I hope every one had a better day than me. Good luck and good night.
Good day to all ! Well it’s day one and I’m feeling pretty lightheaded, and hungery.Part of me is like,why even bother, but the other part iis saying that I should hang on in there. Hmmmmmmmmmmmm we will see.
I’ve been reading material on this cleanse on and off for about a month now and really want to try it, but at the same time, I’m terrified. I’m a horrible dieter and am easily tempted by food. I’ve been reading this forum for about an hour now and feel very motivated to begin tomorrow, or at least my first entry day into the actual 10 day cleanse. I am not over weight but could definately lost a couple of pounds, and I am just tired of feeling like I’m not treating my body the way I should be. I am going on a cruise in 19 days and it would be awesome to feel refreshed. Good luck to everyone and I hope to be successful with you all!!
I’m at the end of day two. It hasn’t been all that difficult. In order for me to make it this far I had to take the pressure off myself. I just had to tell myself, “I’m doing a cleanse for a couple weeks. When its over, I’ll eat again.”
My biggest hope is to change my desire for crap food. I’ll let you know.
BTW, I’m doing the salt water at night so I don’t has to wait around in the morning for it to pass. Does anyone if that messes things up? I REALLY hope not. I still drink the SM in evening, right before bed. Actually, curling up with it now.
Good night.
Hi everyone. Today is Day 1 for me. I thought about doing this for a long time and finally decided today was the day. I didn’t have the courage to weigh myself but I will know if I’m losing weight by how my clothes fit. Good luck to all of you.
Hi all, well I will begin the MC in the moring. A girlfriend at work has told me so much about the MC. So I can’t wait to start this.
Today is Ease Out day. I had a wonderful time on the cleanse–it is what you make it! I was able to shed 16 lbs and feel light, healthy and clean. I plan on doing this following the Christmas holidays and maybe do a couple of 3 day mini-cleanses between Thanksgiving and Christmas. I no longer have a preoccupation with food. Rather, I fear eating again and will be carefully considering what I put in my body from now on. I want to continue the healthy feeling and still lose weight in the “eating season” because I have some weight loss goals to met in the forst three months of 2010.
The key for me was mental preparation for the MC by realizing I would not be taking in food for 10+days. I took 10 days prior to the MC to get my head straight. It was a breeze with only a few moments of hunger that passed whenever I swigged my LA. Trust me, if I, the food/sugar-holic of alltime can do this, then anyone can be successful! My starting weight 227–the ending weight 211. Boy do I feel empowered and ready for anything!
Drink up. Cheers!
I am on my second day of the cleanse, but 3rd overall without food (I did the day of orange juice before. i have not been feeling too hungry, but I miss actually eating. I am not doign this because I want to lose weight, don’t need that. Went on a 2 mile hike in the mountains and still have a lot of energy. I really cant wait for that first big cheeseburger…
Morning of Day 8: First time on this site. I love the feedback. This is my first cleanse. Day 1-5 were pretty easy for me and I was going to go as long as I could after my initial goal of 10 days. Days 6-7 all I could think about was food. My thoughts were almost painful. I think I’m going to start the OJ today.
Starting weight: 170lbs.
Current weight: 162lbs.
Goal weight: 130lbs. (overall goal, not just doing the master cleanse)
So far I have lost 8 pounds. I have consistently lost a pound a day. I would like to get back down to 130lbs. I knew that wasn’t going to happen just on the cleanse so I don’t feel that my weight-loss journey will end if decide to end the cleanse early but I wanted to make it all the way. I wanted to prove to myself that I could make it. I just keep thinking 2 more days and then 3-5 more days until I can actually eat some really good solid food. I don’t feel a burst of energy and I’ve read that people lose interest in food. Everything in the past to day has been weighed down by my constant thoughts and cravings for food. I also want to come off the cleanse on the weekend. I’m pretty sure I will start drinking OJ today. Thanks for sharing your experiences!!
Today is day 8. In the last 7 days I have lost 13 lbs. and I can’t wait to see the final tally. I really believe the key to success is to prepare your mind. Once you’ve got the picture in your head then it strengthens your resolve. About a week before I started, I planned how each day would be and said a long good bye to food. I enjoyed my food knowing that for 10 days I would not be eating. When I see food now, it doesn’t faze me. I just say to myself “I’ve had a pepperoni pizza before and I know how it tastes…and I will have a slice some other time, but not now.” It feels so good being “empty” and I vow to maintain this weight loss following the 10 days. I am considering a few options to keep this weight coming off. I read the Turbo Protein Diet by a German physician Dieter Markert. He uses a high protein liquid diet called ALMASED for 2 weeks with a weight loss of 13-20 lbs. I may switch to that for 2 weeks then go back to a sensible diet. I’ve looked at carb. cycling or calorie shifting as a way to stay trim. I’ll let you know!
Anyone trying the MC, stay with it. It is only 10 days out of your life and the great improvements you see will give you the courage to see it to the end. FINISH WELL!!!
I failed, twice. My first day was supposed to be on Wednesday and I did great all day, but after putting my son to bed I ate, a lot.
I drank the tea and got prepared for the next day, yesterday. At work, someone brought a carrot cake. Its my favorite and everyone was going on about how good it was, so I ate it, too.
Today is Friday. I’m back on the bandwagon. I had the tea last night and am about to do the salt water flush. I’m a bit afraid of it, but I know that if I do it, it’ll be harder to eat again.
I’m hoping this cleanse will help me to change my relationship with food. To jump start a new lifestyle of healthy eating and exercise.
I need this to work. I need to trust myself and know I can do it. Its a challenge that I can take on and win.
So, here’s to following through. Day one, here I come.
Starting next week and I can’t wait. There are a few of us doing together and that will be powerful!! :-)
Nice Girl,
I don’t know what to tell you about the maple syrup. Perhaps you should purchase it over the Internet. Or, you could probably contact a Whole Food Store in the States and ask that they ship the syrup to you. I am almost sure they will do that although you would probably be required to pay a shipping and handling fee.
The cost of the syrup here in Houston, Texas is around $19.00 a bottle. So you should maybe shop around to see where you can find it cheaper. I don’t think there is a subsutitute for the Maple syrup.
Good luck to you.
By the way folks, this is my second cleanse. I completed a 21 day cleanse and then an additiional 3 days to transition off the cleanse. I lost 30 pounds in 21 days. I never went back to eating meat, and I feel GREAT! The thought of putting DEAD ANIMAL FLESH in my body became a turn off for me.
So to anyone doing the cleanse for the first time, I wish you the best.
As I got closer to day 10, I didn’t have a desire for anything. That’s when I decided to do another 11 days. The energy lever is unbelievable. I kept the fact that I was doing the cleanse between me and my family. No one else needs to know because many people don’t understand that you are NOT starving yourself. Your nutrients comes from the lemons and the syrup. So the longer I went, the futher I wanted to go.
This is my second cleanse and I am on day 4. If anyone has a question, please ask and I will try to give you an answer.
Best of luck to all.
CocoaCutie
yes, the weight will stay off if you recommit your lifestyle. Just like if you were dieting and exercising all the time, as soon as you stopped and started pigging out, the amount of time it took you to lose will be the amount of time it will take you to gain it back….it’s no different. just that if you fast for 10 days and then eat badly for the next 10 days your body will take all that bad food and store it. Change everything. The longer you stay on it the more easy it will be to choose better foods. The first time you eat something sweet or fatty will be b/c of social reasons not really b/c you crave it. If you’re doing 10 days, do 10 raw days after the break afer that. Ease into a workable eating lifestyle.
Committing to at least 10 days without eating. This is my 3rd restart since October 15th…I went for 8 days but didn’t do any flushing with the teas and didn’t really lose but 5 lbs…and last night I had a salad, (for no reason, just b/c it was on my mind)…so today I’m recomitting and will do my best not to fall off this time! I am 260lbs now! I’m only 5’3. 2 years ago this time I was about 180 after a 40 day fast I was in the 170s several months prior and the weight stayed off…then I got pregnant, and right after giving birth I started to go through a divorce, and now my weight will not budge. So I figured since this worked so well before (My hightest weight pre original fast was abougt 210) and i was eating well until life changes happened, that i would do this again, and this time with prayer meditation, light exercise, and consistency with the laxatives and water intake.
I feel okay, I just went for a 20min walk up and down the parking garage, which for me is a feat these days. I’ll do a light exercise in the evening as well.
A friend gave me the Vibrant cleanse to use…it’s the Master cleanse in powder form add water, tastes no different just more balanced and a little more cayenne. Tea on my desk, waiting to cool so i can gulp that down lol.
I really hope to lose weight clear s
Does anyone do dry brushing? I heard someone do it on youtube and she talked about how much it helped her get rid of toxins.
I’m not going to weigh everyday b/c for me personally it was depressing when it didn’t move like i wanted and I ate b/c of that. The Master Cleanse also helps rid the mind of issues s/a depression and fogginess so I’m ready to accept every benefit that I can get!
So glad I found this place. Don’t give up, if you fall get back in line, it’s sooo worth it. Now I can learn from my mistakes of the previous fast, and retrain my mind for better treatment of my body. I will not return to my old habits!
TODAY IS MII 1ST DAY………..I DRINK A CUP OF SEA SALT WATER NOTHING HAPPEN………………….AROUND 11:07 I DRINK ONE GLASS OF THE MASTER CLEANSE I DONT FEEL NOTHING………..IM BOUT TO GO DRING ANOTHER DIS DRINK IS SO HOT!!!!!
My first post: Today is day six. Started 10/23 weighed 227. As of this morning I weigh 215.5. That is 11.5 lbs gone in 5 days. Yeah!
I feel great and energized. I used Costco lemons (not organic) Grade A maple syrup and cayenne capsules. I have had no problems. I’ve alway tended to have bouts of hypoglycemia, but have had no symptoms. I do vigorous excercise with horses daily and usually take a tablespoon of MS just before I head out the door. Keeps me from feeling shakey. I am so glad I decided to do this. It is empowering.
I’m starting the cleanse tomorrow. I’m very excited, but still nervous. I’m hoping to clear in body of the toxins, especially my colon. The weight loss will be a plus, but I don’t expect it to last, as I will begin to eat again. But at least I’ll be able to see myself, even for a little while, with less weight on these old bones.
It’s great reading others’ experiences. I’ll write more about my progress too.
Keep your fingers crossed for me and I’ll do the same for all of you!
Day 7: Wow! I can’t believe I’ve made it this far. Day 5 was the toughest. I was cranky, irritated and didn’t want anybody to talk to me. But now, I don’t even feel hungry anymore (except in the evenings). Evenings are the hardest part, but I’m determined to get through these last days. Day 10, I’m looking forward to you!
I keep imagining all the things I’m going to eat when this is done. Is that wrong of me? :~)
Hello all!!! I have been seriously contemplating starting the cleanse, and thanks to this blog site I’m going to get the ingredients today and start tomorrow. My essential goal is to drop as many pounds as I can during the 10 days (longer if I can).
I have a question to the vets of the cleanse…I work out on average 5-6 days a week, will I lose a substantial amount of energy during the first few days of the cleanse. I read a lot of posts where people experience “a burst of energy” and I was just wondering if my energy will deplete then come back after a few days.
I will admit I am soooo nervous but so many of you guys are seeing success with the cleanse that I am ready to take the journey and will continue to blog about my experience.
Wish me luck!! :-)
Well, it’s day 3 for me and I am feeling terrific. The first two days were difficult – I had a major unceasing headache and body aches and was thinking it was just misery but I’m so glad I stuck it out because it’s getting better! I have twice the energy today and my headache is gone and I’m in better spirits. My muscle (esp in my legs) still ache a little but I have been doing yoga, deep breathing and meditation which had helped tremendously. I think also staying busy is key for this challenge, I keep envisioning the days ahead when I will feel better in mind and body – and so far so good! There may be another dip around day 5 I’m expecting but all the more reason to strengthen my resolve. I hope to be able to get back to working out in the next couple days, I just didn’t have the energy the last 2 days. I don’t know if I could do as much cardio, but mat and floor work as my spirits improve.
Welcome Kitty_Samurai and congrats to everyone’s committed efforts!
Wow, I am reading this site and feel so inspired! It is such a great community and I feel so much support here!!
I was considering this Master Cleanse, and tried before and failed. I don’t believe in myself to really stick with it but I really want to lose at least 4 pounds by Halloween.
I am currently 120 pounds, and 5ft. I used to be 116pds in my semi-average weight. But ultimately, I aim for 110pds. I would feel SO good if I could be at that weight. I know I should focus more on it’s cleansing and detoxing components and focus less on weight loss, but I’m being honest by saying that I just want to lose weight! ;p
Good Luck to all!! :)
PS. I used Kitty_Samurai because I love cats and I think the samurai inspires me to battle this through. Teehee. I will start Day 1 tomorrow!!
Shasta, I’m with you. I’m doing this for a complete mind, body and soul transformation. I figure if I can get through this then I’ll have the discipline and perseverance to get through most anything.
I’m going on day 4. Mentally, I’ve felt great. My thoughts seem to be so clear, my body feels light and free and I’m excited about completing the ten days. This is my first time around. Ten days is more than enough.
I find that I’m needing this discussion board. I need the support of others going through this. My mom is cooking and the aroma’s are smelling like never before. I almost can’t take it, but I’m hanging in there. I’ll post more on my progress later.
Hi guys,
Am on my second day. My first day was excellent. I had several eliminations, and I felt I lost 3 lb just with the eliminations.
Since this is my second time to do this, I feel relaxed and confident doing it again. The first time I did it was a tremendous success.
I am going to experiment combining the lemon with our native calamansi here, a small lemon, although it’s more sour. Lemons here are quite expensive. Am also going to alternate the maple syrup and sugarcane juice which is a lot cheaper here.
Am looking forward to a great cleansing experience, cum spiritual journey with weight loss as a bonus!
Cheers everyone, BOB
Today is my first day of the MC and it is going well so far. I am doing the MC for a thorough mind and body cleanising. My eating habits have been so unhealthy that I feel it is time to rejuvinate my body. I am also doing it for the spiritual gain. I have found that when my flesh is tempted, my relationship with God grows stronger. I am sure the will power to not eat foods that I LOVE will encourage me to do more challenging things in life. So wish me luck!!
Nice Girl – You can also use raw agave nectar, that’s what I’m going to use b/c the smell of maple syrup makes me literally gag so it won’t work for me. Some people who’ve done the MC several times said they actually did better with the nectar (it’s a lower GI index, maybe that’s why?) Same ratio’s as the maple syrup.
I have started the Master Cleanse today and I feel weak and I have a headache!!! My goal is to lose 20 pounds, but from what I am reading the most I will likely lose is 10-14 in the ten day period. Wish me luck.
So this is my second day of the MC (made it through day one!) And things were going fine until I tried to do the SWF this morning – for some reason it make me really nauseous for a good hour or so. And lord knows, feeling like you’re going to thrown up for that long is not pleasant! I’m thinking about substituting the senna leaf tea for it. I just can’t tolerate that feeling! Is anyone else having/or had similar reaction?
Other than that, I feel ok and am looking forward to getting past the first 3-4 day mark. My body is feeling better for sure. Plus, I’m not hungry so much as I’m identifying my cravings. It must be a comfort thing because I’m thinking about the things I enjoy eating – but I’m just not hungry for them.
Nice Girl – I think you can you molasses or cane juice for the same type of effect with this cleanse (although the purists wouldn’t recommend any substitutions) but if you can’t find something what else can one do!
Hello MC’s
I just started day 1 and I only had half a quart of the SWF. I Had it in a coffee cup so that it would feel like breakfast LOL. I still didn’t drink the lemonade.
I have a question would you please tell me if I can substitute the maple syrup with anything or don’t use it at all, because I can’t seem to find anywhere(I LIVE IN MOROCCO) ?
Please answer me!!!
this is day 10 of my second mc.the first time i went 14 days.for me it has been a great experiance.not only did i lose weight(20 pounds the first time and 18 pounds this time)but i feel great.i have much more energy,clarity and my joints dont ache.i have screws in one ankle and have had surgery on my knees.i am usually in constant pain but after the cleanse i dont have any pain.also i can tell anyone that thinks they cant go for days without eating…YOU CAN! its mind over matter. just stay strong and the results will well be worth it!
Hi all, I’ve been reading the comments here and they are all so inspiring! I am just starting the MC today and I have been feeling really excited about starting but woke up feeling completely awful! Oh well, I think I’m going to stick with it and focus on feeling better! I’m looking forward to the next two weeks – I plan to do it for 10-14 days depending on how it goes. This is my first time, so wish me luck!
Hey everyone! Today is my second day on the MC diet. I woke up and did the salt water flush, and I didn’t expect it to hit me that fast. After the salt water flush, my body has never felt so pure before. I am really loving this MC diet! As a precationary warning I’m going to make sure to wake up earlier before work when doing the salt water flush. I haven’t felt hungry all day! The best way to do this is to stay as far away from food as you possibly can, because that will only distract you. During lunch hours at work, i go to a near by park for a walk and it helps keeps my mind off of food. I felt so refreshed waking up in the morning. I have so far drank 3 glasses of the lemonade, and looking forward to drinking 5 more before bed. I never expected the lemonade to take my hunger away, but it really does! I will keep you posted tomorrow for day 3. Goodluck to everyone on the MC diet!
Hello everyone,
Am excited to start again my MC cycle. I did this the first time in May of this year with tremendous effects. Will be starting my laxative tea tonight. Am planning to go on a 12 to 15 day MC. I did 10 days before, and would like to increase it a bit by 2 to 5 days.
Aside from the physical cleansing benefits, I find the MC program spiritually grounding.
Looking forward to once again reading the comments here!
Cheers to everyone.
Bob
Hey everyone! Today is my first day on the MC diet. I just went out this morning and got everything I needed. I just drank the sea salt drink, and will be drinking the lemonde soon. I am 22 years old 6’1 and weight 185 lbs. I do exercise and run 4 times a week about 4-6 miles a day. For me doing this diet, is not a weight-loss thing, but more of a cleansing and hoping to clean out my colon from all the abuse it has been taking my whole life. I also want to clean and rejuvinate my body so I can start a whole new healthy life style. I’m also hoping that my energy level will increase the natural way, not from energy supplements. I will be leaving my results in the next 10 days, and I hope it will motivate me as well as others doing the MC diet. Goodluck everyone!
Monique,
you can find the tea laxative at any organic store chains like whole foods or even your local supermarket in the organic lane or tea lane. I found mine in the tea lane. We are starting the same time, good luck!!!!
A few minutes ago I drank 34oz of saltwater. Tomorrow will be my first day starting the MC. After reading all the posts, I hope that I will too have the same results. I was doing this to lose weight, but it sounds like it does much more! I’m excited and a little nervous. I couldn’t find the tea laxative…anyone know which store I could find it at?
Hello,
DAY 0:
I am starting the MC diet tomorrow. I did the laxative tea just a few minutes ago, it is kind of nasty since I drank it w/o sugar. Hope to last ten days on this diet and lose about 10 lbs. Will keep you all up to date!
If you take the saltwater concoction all at once and wait for the bowel movement, then you can pretty much go all out and not worry about any urgent situations, right?
My Day 1
I drank the laxative tea last night and had the SWF this morning which tastes really nasty. I just drank as fast and much as I can. I did have BM but after a couple of hours. Think I need to wake up earlier to get things done before I head to work. I prepared the lemonade last night and bought to work. So far so good, feeling a little bit hungry but manageble. The only problem I have is visiting the ladyroom often as I am not used to drink that much of water. I tried to the MC before but did not last long, so I still have the maple syrup. I have to visit Whole Foods to get more syrup. I finally determine to do it as my bf away and travel for a week, hope to lose some weight and gives him a surprise. Besides, I would also like to detox since I always have allergy and rash.
Started the MC on Saturday night, iniitally it was really difficult. Now (on day 3), my mind and body are starting to sinc with meeting my goal of no food for 7 days. Good luck to everyone attempting the MC!!
Hi Brooke,
The syrup is not going to make matters worse. Leave the diet you are doing now, and I guarantee you won’t regret doing this. I did this for 21 days but spent another three days transitioning off the diet. After completing the cleanse, I stop eating meat with the exception of shrimp, fish and crabmeat. I only eat the seafood on Fridays and even then I its very small portions. I will do the cleanse again starting Oct. 23rd.
YOU WILL LOSE THE WEIGHT.
Good luck to you.
goodmorning! okay today is day 6 and im extremely happy so far im down 10lbs now which is a huge diffrence from yesterday i thought this diet was only torture and no benefits but i am amazed. i have not cheated once although i thought about it a million times and it seems like when im doing the cleanse everybody is trying to set me up to fell yesterday my cousin went out of her way to make my favorite dinner authentic italian spaghetti with enormous meatballs and frudge brownies i was so weak and i wanted one so bad but i had to think to myself like Shirl said this is why im here in the first place so i sucked it up and went on my way i did however take three brownies from my cousin that she offered and walked them calmly to the trashcan!!! :) im amazing this diet really teaches you a little something about yourself everyday and to my haters (cousin) she just be fat all her life and watch me change my circumstance lets show em ladies!!!! :)
On Day 5 of the cleanse and feel calm, centered and, amazingly, not hungry.
I haven’t felt really hungry this entire time. If I started to get those little pangs, I’d have another glass of lemonade or make a cup of mint tea. The tea is a nice change in flavor. I’ve been a little hesitant about going to the gym but figure a slow workout wouldn’t hurt. Took me about 3 days to get the laxative tea and swf working together as just had a hard time drinking that swf but now I drink the tea at night around 9:30a.m. and roll out of bed at 6:00a.m. and somehow slug down the 32 oz. of salt water. It takes effect in 30 minutes and then on/off during the morning.
I’ve only planned to be on the cleanse for 10 days so am wondering about coming off the cleanse. I read that you’re supposed to drink orange juice in the morning the first day off the cleanse – my question is then am I supposed to continue with the lemonade mixture then throughout the rest of the first day as normal? Stop the swf and tea also, right?
Hangin in there, on day 5
SWF goes down lil easier when its not too warm, will try the suggested lil cup of salt followed by remainder water though.
First day, tired of squeezeing lemons, found bottles at the following store: http://tinyurl.com/yfxwd38
Haven’t missed eating but cooking for hubby sure does smell good but plan to stick around for 10 days. Had colon surgery 10yrs ago so shouldn’t have too much debris, haha; unless doc mistakenly left somthing he shouldnt had!
I have to laugh at some of the posts; we are all whinning about this and that and the sneaky shortcuts we attempt…and that is why we are here, doing this….we are sooooo bad!
YAY! omg i know this truely is miseryland but when you see those numbers on the scale no bowl of honey nut cheerios or plate fried green tomatoes is worth it! :) keep going its all worth it i had to stop seeing my favorite icecream and see it for what it was SUGAR and now im DAY5 down 7lbs
Hi all
Day 9 !!!!
I started out at 227lbs. i am now at 217 which is wonderful! I was planning on only going for 10 days but I would really like to be under 200 lbs. so if i had to go another 10 day I actually think that I could. Right now it seems like it is all mental. Though after this I will be eating more healthier I have already went to some health food stores and stocked up and non-white processed food products and this entire week I have been on websites constantly looking up healthy recipes to help me continue. Though I will decide on day 10 if I will go further
morning of day4! feel like shit but down 5lbs excited about continuing my journey almost fell victom to chinese takeout last night but after seeing the scale theirs no way um quiting now! :) thats for all your support
HI everybody! i am hoping to join your club from tomorrow, badly want to quit smoking, i think i will go for 7 days…my goal to loose 30lb…please, wish me luck…
Good luck to everybody!!!!
Hi All! Today is my day 3 for me and besides today i haven’t had much cravings or problem with the diet the only thing im really craving for today is a biscuit from a near by chicken hub but i weighed in today and i have lost abot 2.5lbs and i was really excited about it. Alot of people i know see me doing the diet and are inspired to start but dont quite ever finish. This is my 3rd trial with the diet and im super motivated this time not to quit. Hearing your stories and your struggles really motivate me not to quit as i hope my experience does for other people. At first i was focusing more on the weight loss benefits of the diet until i felt my body gain more energy and now im really in it for the full body and spiritual experience. The first time i tried the diet i made it to 6 days and woke up on the 7th day feeling extremelly light headed none the less i quit starting with a bowl of Mayfeild Birthday Cake Icecream then after wards i felt so completely guilty.So this is my 3rd time and im really devoted looking around for blogs on the subject ive stayed strong and realized its really mind over matter and i encourage others to stay strong because in the end its all more than worth it
Hi (:
I am going to start my first day tmr and i am excited and at the same time scared. I used to vomit food after meals and i had stopped recently and change to this method as it would be better. I am using grade A maple syrup cause it’s rather hard to find grade b maple syrup in singapore. If anyone know where to get grade b maple syrup in singapore, do tell me (:
And wish me all the best!
And what about sugarfree gum? My favorite is the sugar free Bubble Yum. I’m hoping that would be allowed!
Hello all!
I recently stumbledupon this diet and I had a few questions, hoping someone could help me out!
My mom and I have been doing a no suga, low car diet (also known as The Diet Center Diet form the 80′s!) and have lost 15 pounds in two months. I’m getting a little discouraged from not seeing much results on the scale each morning. So I was thinking detox would be a good start with something new.
Anyways, we’ve been doing the NO SUGAR thing, and I’m reluctant to eat the maple syrup, which has 53 grams of sugar per serving. I feel like my body just cannot handle any sugar or I put the weight right back on!
My mom and dad are going to California for a week and a half and I want to do this so I can surprise her with it when she gets back (I weight 20lbs more than she does). So my main issues is the sugar content in the maple sugar and orange juice (which I will probable get the no sugar added kind!)
Also, I’m a little scared to drink the laxitive tea, is it really destructive? haha.
Thanks!
Hello all! I’ve heard so much about the master cleanse and I’ve done a bit of reading, and I think I’m ready to give it a try. I’ve bougght everything, and I’m ready to go ahead and give it a shot. As another blogger posted, I was wondering how frequently the bm’s are. Will I be able to go to work?
Thanks!
Hi, I want to start this cleanse but am afraid that I will not make it to the RR at work? Is the cleans so watery that I will have to wear depends or can I just go to the RR like a normal BM? I sit in a room upstairs about 20 feet from the RR, just wanna make sure I can do this and still go to work?
Thanks
Dee
I was wondering if you could chew sugar free gum while doing the cleanse??
I feel it would help me through the first few days.
Also I wanted to know if anyone could break down whether the lemonade tastes better hot or cold??
Thank you all in advance for your responses!!
2 table spoons of organic lemon juice
2 table spoons of organic maple syrup
and a pinch (1/10) of cayenne pepper
you need the sea salt wash because thats the key of the cleanse. the laxative tea loosens up all the built up toxins in your colon and the salt water flush literally flushes them out. if you dont do it, the toxins will remain in your system so the cleanse will lose its value. hope it helps )
I was also wondering why they say to drink sea salt? this may be a stupid question, but doesnt salt bloat the body? please let me know i am very curious and I truly want to do this cleanse correctly. Thank you so much.
I am starting the cleanse tomorrow. but i am unsure of how much of the ingredients is in one glass? I dont want to end up drinking too much and not losing weight. please let me know, id really appreciate it!! Thank you.
Hey Kai, welcome to miseryland lol. I’ll totally be your support group! I’m also on day 4 and its tough. First 3 were pretty easy too and so was today until late afternoon. Since then and till now (11 pm) I’ve been going over all the reasons not to quit. But I know I won’t I’m just excited to get through the experience and make it as positive as possible. My boyfriend just got on today and he’s complaining about how hungry he is and I’m *this close* to suggesting ordering pizza!! I KNOW!! horrible. I won’t do it. I’ve made it this far and I know tomorrow will be better. Hang in there, every day is different, I’ve done it 2 years ago and I remember feeling bipolar throughout but the end result was awesome.
ALso, don’t concentrate so much on the scale. Focus more on what you’re doing for your body through this experience, its not meant to be a weightloss (although of course you’ll be loosing weight and water). I know you have a show to do soon but here’s something which might encourage you. Last time I did the cleanse I never weighed myself but my clothes were so loose on me that I was convinced I lost 10 pounds. My friends who didn’t agree with the cleanse kept insisting that I looked too thin and must’ve dropped a crazy amount of weight. I looked thin and tight and glowing. When I weighed myself at the end expecting to see 10-12 pounds I discovered that I only lost….3. I know it sounds crazy. I was drinking 12 cups of lemonade which is encouraged for those not trying to drop weight, so I wasn’t lacking many calories. But for some reason I looked and felt alot lighter and my clothes fit way better. Go figure. Just keep doing the cleanse, do it right, and forget the scale. Go team!
hi guys…i really need a support system…im on day 4 of my cleanse and the first 3 was easu for me, today it seems like im really craving the taste of food…and what has got me really bummed out is that i weighed myself on the first day and i weighed 116 lbs, today, 4 days later i only dropped 3 lbs and down to 113…im 5’3″ and i was looking forward to maybe losing 5 lbs already by today and in total 10-12 lbs by my 10th day…since i have to do a fashion show on day 10…y am i not losing enough weight???
Good Luck Fae! It gets easier the longer you do it–so just get past the first three days and it’ll be a breeze!
I’m on day 3 now. End of day two was tougher than the first. I got a pretty bad headache and a bit of nausia. Its interesting because last time I did the cleanse I had absolutely no side affects which makes me wonder, what have I been putting in my body over the past two years to have caused a different reaction! What also didn’t help was that while I was battling the heachache and craving pangs my roommate and bf were indulging in yummy smelling MEATLOAF! At first I was annoyed, but minutes later I just sat beside them, starred at their plates longinly and inhaled the sexylicious scent of food deeply. And then I started thinking “C’mon, you don’t really want to do this for whole ten days, do you? Two days is good, a short detox is still useful, just end it now and have a bite! ”
But… I didn’t budge! I just thought about if I quit and when I get to what would be day 10, I’ll be so frustrated with myself because really, days go so fast and its ONLY ten days out of my life. Its nothing, and yet so amazingly benefitial. I just told myself it’ll get easier and proceeded to clean (helps to distract oneself). I also made my roommates lie to me and tell me the meatloaf was dry heheh.
Today is better but I still have a slight lingering headache. Then the SWF made me sick (which never happened before), but I think it had something to do with the fact that I was already feeling nautious. And now, in the afternoon, I’m feeling energized and motivated. Thinking of going jogging. Day 3 only 7 more to go. And to encourage myself, just for shits n giggles I went and tried on a pair of really exciting pair of jeans I purchased a couple of weeks back which are about 2 sizes small. They fit! Still tight but apparently I’ve dropped almost two sizes. I don’t have a scale so can’t weigh myself but clothes are always more honest anyway, right? Anyway, I’m blabbing. My boyfriend is starting the cleanse tomorrow so it’ll be great to have someone else do this with me. Its his first time and I’m curious to see how long he’ll last. Yay for team work! Good luck to all you cleansers out there, keep thinking each day is closer to the end result!
Hi!!!i just started this morning. didnt drink the salt water, but i made the lemonade and it wasnt bad at all!! i really want to lose weight, and im hopeing with the “added” energy, ill be able to commit to working out more regularly!
wish me luck!!
Day 2.
First day went great. I wasn’t extremlely hungry, and I love cayenne so I added a lil too much perhaps because I was feeling slightly high and hiper during the day. The random hunger pains were there. Damn television. And g-d, I just love food!! Doesn’t help that my roommate has a memory of a goldfish so every few hours yesterday she’d complain about how hungry she was and asked me what I planned on eating for dinner. Its possible that I’m running out of dirty looks!
My only issue is as is for most–the SWF. Both mornings so far Ive only managed 26-30 oz until this enourmous wave of nausea takes over and I’m pretty sure I won’t keep any more of it down. I added the lemon this morning and it helped a little bit but I still wasn’t able to finish. So question, has anyone tried taking a shot of the tsps of salt and chasing it down with the quart of water? I noticed it mentioned earlier in the posts but I want confirmation that its ok to do the SWF this way, I’m really trying to do this thing to the t. Let me know what you guys think. I’m pretty jealous of the peeps ahead of me, just need to get past the first three days…
Crasyskates, I heard of some pretty interesting side affects, mostl likely your body is ridding of the toxins that really needed to come out. Just make sure you’re getting enough lemonade and maple sugar so that your body has enough calories to function on. Feeling better today? How’re the ankles? Good luck everyone, every day brings us closer to our goal :)
Hey everyone~
I never really got a fuzzy tongue…I somehow ge tthe feeling that I’m not detoxing, but if I’m torturing myself with no food, something better happen quick! As for the SWF, well that part of the cleanse is officially over – I was working in front of the computer this evening, and noticed that my foot was feeling funny – i thought it was falling asleep. WRONG – my ankles are swollen…one of htem looks like an orange! Maybe the 2 mornings when I did the SWF and lay back down I actually retained the water? I guess this explains why I’ve lost nothing – it’s all in my ankles
This morning while I was getting ready for work, I noticed that I was really out of breath while drying off & putting oil on – I had to actually sit down and catch my breath..it was like I had walked up a flight of stairs, so needless to say when I got off the subway and walked up the stairs to get to the street, that was no picnic.
Are these some of the side effects to be expected – edema and breathlessness? I can understand fatigue but Today’s side effects are unexpected.
Thoughts?? Talk to you later
Hello All!!!!
Day 6 almost over!! I didn’t have as much energy as yesterday, but I still feel great. Like you Kristin, my toungue is slowly turning pink, especially on the sides.
-Crazyskates-I have the caplets, they are no liquid caps, it is basically the powder in capsel form. It was better today. I had a pill early this morning and the swf has been a much better experience. I notice after half an hour I get heart burn for about 5 minutes and then I’m good to go. I like it much better.
I read it’s ok to have peppermint tea, so I did that tonight. Hopefully it doesn’t mess anything up.
Did some research on Cayenne pepper, if you get a chance google it. I never knew it had so many amazing benefits. Even when day 10 is over, I think I will continue to take them.
Good luck Letsdothis and Mair29! Talk to you guys tomorrow!
Day 4 and my mouth is yucky. I been brushing three times a day. The border of my tongue and is turning pink as well as a pink line down the middle. So I know its working. At work I can smell everything which was not good a lot of alcohol and cologne and parfum was a overwhelming deal. I ‘m down 4 pounds in 4 days. Here’s hoping for another 10 daYS.
I also worked out today for twenty minutes doing Yoga Cardio. Feeling a lot better than I did at the start of the day.
pretty hillarious remarks. So here’s to day 1 and the next 9. Bottoms up!
Hi everyone!
I did the cleanse two years ago with a friend of mine and although we supported each other and played it right for the most part, we decided we were done by the end of day 7. She really wanted to lose weight and I agreed to go into it to support her and test my willpower with the added bonus of detox :)
This time around I’m extremely motivated. I’ve been traveling with my boyfriend for past three months and my lifestyle hasn’t been ehh, the healthiest one. I’ve been blessed with good metabolism and nicknamed the bottomless pit, for good reasons! I’m a huuge foody, the biggest cornivore on the planet and can probably outeat a massive football player (or at least most men I’ve met). I’m also a drinker and like to smoke when I drink and since I drink often…well, you get the picture. So over the past three months of traveling and not having a stable day to day routine has been catching up with me. I’ve been breaking out and my stomach isn’t as flat anymore and I feel bloated and kinda gross all the time. I’ve decided to give it the 10 full days this time. My goal is to lose the extra few pounds that I feel I’ve gained and detox my body so that I can start fresh when the 10 days are up. We also have a friend of ours who joined us for the travels, and luckily they’ve both been supportive. MY boyfriend is considering trying the MC for a few days as well although he’s not sure he can last very long. If he does this at the same time we’ll be stepping into a whole new “glamourous” phase in our still newish relationship haha.
Anyhoo, I’m currently on the morning of day one. Yay! So far so good, I’m pretty excited, and other than almost puking from the SWF, I’m good. I’m going to add the lemon juice to the salt water next time, will let you guys know how that works out. I’ve taken about two weeks of research to prepare myself this time and my only concern is that Canadian thanksgiving falls on the 12th of October, which is 12 days from now so it doesn’t give me a good time span to come off the cleanse…bad?
I plan on updating you guys with my results and experience and I welcome feedback and encouragement as I’m doing this by my lonesome this time around and although the support’s there, I’m sharing a home with two big eaters. Here’s an example of what I’ll be dealing with: the friend who’s staying with us right now spent a good ten min last night discussing the wonderful menu of yummy foods she’ll be cooking for them over the next week, then asked me where I wanted to go for breakfast in the momrning. I shot her a dirty look at which she responded with “oooh yeahh…forgot. sorry!” NOt cool.
I’ve been reading everyone’s comments and experiences and its great encouragement, not to mention some
Beginning of Day 4 and feeling okay not geat but okay. The tea and swf in combo is working it seems that hunger hits me at night so the days are a a breeze. What I found helpful is since I know whenhunger hits I wait until after 6 pm and drink 3 servings of lemonade each hour.. Good Luck to the new MC’ers. And to everyone.
hello everyone! i am starting october 1 with the master cleanse. this is my first time trying to so please wish me luck!
Hey LaLa & Kristin:
So today I forgot my cayenne so I only had 3 bottles all day. I did have water, and I had 1/8 cup of cold coffee around 330 (it’s 645 est and I’m still @ work). Today was lunch day, luckily they served sandwiches so I didn’t smell much. But I went into the kitchen and had a handful of lettuce :-( Oh well, it could have been a roast beef sandwich so I’m not beating myself up, esp since I was hungry as well.
I drank the lax tea last night and felt it working, then i woke up at 5am and chugged the SWF and then lay back down…and it didn’t work. I wonder if I need to sit (sleep) upright after i drink it b/c i did the same thing Tuesday morning and nothing really happened either. I thought that i would have this great flush today, esp since I had the lax tea, but nothing. I think I’m going to switch: SWF at night and lax tea during the day? Do you think it makes it a difference?? But Kristin, LaLa’s right: you can’t sip..I chugged on Monday night and was flushing all night.
I haven’t really noticed any difference in size or weight, but I tried on the bridesmaid’s dress I’m wearing on 10/17 and my mother practically had to put her foot on my back like in ‘Gone With The Wind’…if THAT’S not incentive to stay on the plan, I don’t know what is!
LaLa, do you you have cayenne caplets or capsules? Can you crush it up and put it in the drink? I love spicy stuff but that sounds painful LOL
Oh, and WELCOME to ‘Im getting my life back’…you wont be sorry you found this site!
Hi Kristin,
Are you drinking the whole quart within a half hour period? My movements are pure liquid, and by the 5th or 6th it’s actually the color of the lemonade drink and very clear and clean. The first couple movements are very….gross, but I have more productive movements with the swf than the tea, but I still do both.
I did switch to canyenne pepper caplets and just had one 15 minutes ago, but now I’m afraid I will have heartburn, it’s very powerful!!
Don’t give up any part yet. Our bodies are at different stages so just because your not doing what I am doesn’t mean your doing anything wrong. I don’t do the swf till I get home from work, there is no way I can do this during the day.
I have not weighed in either but three days in and the pants that I wore Sunday are loose not to much but I can tell things are happening. I drank a cup of coffee with Splenda but other than that all food cravings are wearing off. The caffine was calling. I have a question the swf is not giving me any effects. The only time I move is when i drink the tea. How many bm’s a day is the average because I average 4 a day so far. Is this normal should I up the salt inthe water.
DAY 5!! WOW do I feel great!! Lost another two pounds. I feel so clear headed and energetic!! Good luck I’m getting my life back!
DAY 5!! WOW do I feel great!! Lost another two pounds. I feel so clear headed and energetic!! Good look I’m getting my life back!
hi everyone
I will be starting the MC, well, today its 1:31am est i just took my herbal tea laative so will see in the morning what happens. please wish me luck…
Hi Kristin and Crazyskates!!
I’m very lucky no one has really called me nuts for doing this. My husband was and still is very supportive. He feels guilty eating in front of me and tries to eat out when I’m not around. My kids know what I’m doing and tease me for it calling my swf “poop juice”. LOL- yes Crazyskates, kids are a blessing!
I have a friend that did this flush 6 months ago and she’s been so amazing and helpful. I haven’t told my co-workers or parents, I’m sure they would think I was “starving” myself. But when people do ask, I just tell them I consume 1200 calories a day, it’s just in liquid form.
I’m not going to weigh myself for a while. This morning almost made me throw in the towel, but after talking to my friend, she said some people don’t lose weight right away, but they do lose inches. My clothes are a little more comfortable, and I feel really good.
Glad day 4 is over! Keep in touch you two and don’t give up!!
Hi Lala & Kristin!
Well they postponed the manager meeting until tomorrow, so we’ll see how it goes. I hope they serve sandwiches – that way I won’t be able to smell them :-)
Unfortunately the building we work in is above a pizza parlor and I can smell the wonderful goodness (BAD! BAD!) wafting through the windows at varius times during the day…I came home and my mother left salmon in a cream sauce on the stove (she’s not crazy about the fasting thing), but I just threw 1/2 a tsp of cayenne pepper in a bottle with water. Tastes like salmon to me!
As for feedback, I am doing this with one coworker and a few others are supporting me…and my beloved 17 year old said, “you can talk about salmon if you want – go ahead and stay fat”. This is what my mother calls ‘payback’, and she loves every minute of it.
One last thing: I got the laxative tea today, so I’ll start that tonight. I woke up at 5 to drink the SWF and got back in bed, but it didn’t kick in until 7, so I was still late for work. Tomorrow I’ll go back to sleep sitting up…oh and when I got home I tuned the TV on and ‘hell’s Kitchen’ was on! The demons are trying to get me, but I will NOT be drawn over to the dark side!
Do you guys weigh yourselves everyday? I don’t think I could take it. I’ll check again on Thursday.
So glad I found this site and you guys! Two days down, 12 to go…see you tomorrow!
~CS
Crazyskates how did lunch go. Did the headphones work. Tv commercials at nite are a sin. Way to much food advertised. I clean on commercials.
Lol
Lala and Crazyskates,
So I had an interview today with a company I have been really trying to get into. So no SWF i drank the lemonade and a cup of green tea (for a caffine kick). Tonight i will have another few cups of lemonade then the swf w/lemon and then the tea. I had 6 movements since i started today being day 2. Which is great cause I have not been regular in a long time. Question have u 2 been getting neg feed back. My friends think I am crazy for doing this.
Anyway Good luck to us all. Thank God I have teammates on this site.
Kristin-Good job on the fast food rejection!! It’s hard drinking a quart of the swf but I squeeze lemon juice into it an it helps. When I drink the whole thing I have about 6-8 movements. I’ve noticed it’s getting clearer, but it’s vital to drink the whole thing. I pour a little amount into a cup and drink a cup at a time. It really helps!
Crazyskates-I understand the coffee, it is hard to find energy at first, especially if it’s become a habit! I’m a smoker and it said to quit when you started the diet. Yeah, that didn’t happen. :-) I have broken my caffine addiction though, so here’s hoping you can too!
The beggining of day 4. I’ve read that getting past day 3 is the hardest, and I’m very proud of myself thus far. I’ve only lost two pounds, but I’ve also read some people only lose 3 pounds the first week, so here’s hoping. Last night was difficult simply because I had to cook one of my favorite dinners for the fam….but I swigged on my lemonade and pushed through! The swf is still cleaning out “things” and I’m amazed at what 31 years of toxins can do to your insides!! My eyes are very white, and my hair seems shinier. Though I haven’t lost a lot, I can see changes in my body, like everything is becoming toned.
Good luck to all of you and stay strong!! We can get through this together!
Day two-
So last night it kicked in. Wow! My fiance who said he would support me though he brought fast food in. It was okay i considered it a test and I passed. The SWF had no impact but the tea worked. I will try the SWF again this morning and the laxative tea this evening.
Crazyskates-If I can do ten days I might go for 14 who knows. 20 pounds lighter would be nice
@Lala – I just read your 9/26 post regarding the laxative tea & SWF…it’s all clear now. Gonna get some tomorrow.
@Kristin – I’m 5’5″ and 186, so I’m right with you…my goal is 20 lbs and hope to go the full 10 days (14 if I’m inspired) because I really let myself go this year.
Good luck!
Hi everyone!!
This is day one for me…I started the day off with 16 oz. of the SWF (I kept hitting snooze and didn’t want any unpleasant surprises on the train)…when I got to work I made a 16 oz bottle to sip on during the day – I filled it twice and really wasn’t hungry at all! I did get sleepy in ealry afternoon so I bought a small cup of black coffee and took 3 little sips of it.
One thing I didn’t realize is that the laxative tea is called for – I thought you could use either the SWF or the tea…?? By the way when I got home I made a quart of the SWF and have been in and out of the bathroom all night…am I going to have to get up at 5AM to start my day??
Day two tomorrow – and we get free lunch every week! I’m going to keep my heaphones on and put a warning sign up at my desk~ I can do this!!
Thanks Lala, I dug in the closet got out 6 pairs of jeans. I am half way into my first day. Still no movement i only drank 3/4 of the swf. i am about to drink the tea and then some water. Well heres to a skinnier me. Good Luck to all!
Well this is my fith day and I am at a total of 10lbs of weight loss. That tip on taking the swf with 1 cup of water first really helped. 5 more days to go, wish me luck. Snacks are caling my name! Good luck everybody! You guys can do it.
Day two comes to a close. Just did the swf about 30 minutes ago. It wasn’t as horrible as I thought it would be, but I did add lemon juice to it to help. Haven’t been super hungry, but it was hard getting through a football game (junk food never smelled so good!) . In the end, I’m very proud I actually got through today without giving in. The movements have slowed down, but the swf hasn’t finished it’s complete cycle I’m sure!
Kristin-stay strong, focused and determined. It helped me when I took out a pair of jeans I haven’t worn in 6 years! We can do this!!
Hello to all,
I am a weak willed dieter who read about this body changing cleanse because of Beyonce. Anyways I have wriiten all the recipes down and other necessary notes. Tomorrow I will shop and the day after i will start the cleanse. I have read at least 6 months of posts and am happy that everyone supports each other and posts their progress. BTW I am 190 pounds and stand 5 5. Horrible I know,,,,My ultimate goal is 135 and for this diet I at least want to shed 15-20 pounds. I am going at least 10 days. So if anyone has tips,, especially for someone like me who has a hard time sticking with a diet I would sure appreciate it.
Hello all!
Coming to the end of day 1. That laxative tea is strong stuff! I asked a friend who has done this diet before if the swf is vital if I’m already flushing everything out with the tea. She says the tea cleans your colon, the swf cleans out the toxins. It was a tough day but I made it through! I have not done the swf yet, though will probably do it in the evening tomorrow. Good luck to eveyone!
I started yesterday 9/24 and it was pretty easy so far. I had a baby a month ago and after i had him I weighed 190lbs at 5’7. I started the diet at 186lbs yesterday and this morning I am at 180lbs already. I am so excited to keep going. lets hope I can make it 9 more days.
can i do only the lemonade and not the salt water and tea? will it still work?
I completed 21 Days of on the Master Cleanse Diet.
My whole way of eating has changed and the positive thing is that I am still loosing weight.
I love the Boca Meatless patties. They are absolutely delicious, and they don’t make me sick like real meat does. The cleanse was the best thing that has ever happened to me. I do not regret it at all. I am planning to complete another 21 day cleanse after I have eaten food for 30 days.
Good luck to all.
CocoaCutie
Dear Site Administrator or Web Master
I posted Day-19, and Day-20
Please explain why my post were removed for each day.
CocoaCutie
[From the editor: Hi Cocoa Cutie. We're not sure what happened to your missing comments. We do regularly patrol the comments and remove those that violate our User Agreement (see the link at the bottom of the page)]
I tried yesterday just a SWF in the morning, and yes it did work for me in half hour’s time!it was like peeing but the wrong place, is that right? I ate normally for the rest of the day but today started to have more fruits in my meals.
my plan’s to start the MC tomorrow for ten days. Bought 20 lemons and organic maple syrup I’m all good to start now!
Wonder how I’ll stand the cravings. I’m a person who can take hunger really well, but not cravings!
Anyway, all the best to you people! I’ll see how my weight goes, I admit my whole aim’s not really the toxin part, but more of weight loss (:
Weight now’s 165 pounds before eating anything in the morning. Will update soon!
UUGGGHHHH just chugged the SWF and puked. Im not sure if its because it tasted so bad or my stomach wont hold 32 oz
Hey, I just started the cleanse. Just finished day 2. I read on another site that the SWF can be done any time and the movement comes within 30-60 mins. I plan on doing it at night once Im done with work and dont have to go anywhere. Skipping the tea all together, havnt tried any of it yet, let you know how it goes. Does anyone know how the cleanse will work for helping me to pass a marijuana drug test?
Hey shakaZOLO..I wished I had read from the bottom on yesterday..you are right on the money with the timing. around the festivities…just what I had in mind, but I figured why should I be fasting on ROSH HASHANAH?, after all it is the ‘FALL FEAST DAYS”,..I really did want to start this on the 19th though, & I would have been coming off on Yom Kippur too!..so I should be coming off the day after YESHUA’S actual birthday, 9.29,..I will be looking for your posts, I certainly need all the help I can get, this will be my second attempt..JEHOVAH GIVE ME STRENGTH TO DO THIS, AS I AM EXPECTING A TRUE SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE & ENCOUNTER WITH YOUR HOLY SPIRIT along with all the other good things that are being spoken of here..Bless each & everyone of us, in Yeshua’s name, AMEN..I CAN NOT DO THIS BY MYSELF YA’LL..I HAVE TO PRAY ON THIS MISSION!
Hello to all you brave souls!
I have read all of your entries and I am very excited about trying this diet! The bowel movements in the morning (or all day for some) worry me because I work out in the field, but I will have to work it out. I think I will start on a Saturday morning to see how crazy the bathroom runs will be. I had a TIA at 26 and my body has been off ever since. I hate taking perscription drugs, so I’m hoping a natural cleanse will really help balance my body. This weekend will be a true test. I will come back and read your diet diaries for inspiration! Here’s hoping!1
I’m back! This is my second cleanse. You can search my name for my posts back in December. I actually write a food blog and have been posting about this experience there. Have a visit to http://epicureanzealot.com. Day 1 is today. Doing 10. The last day will be Yom Kippur, so millions will be fasting in solidarity with me. I’ll post links to my blog entries here. If there are any Day 1ers or early cleansers, post up so we can keep track together.
Day – 20
Hello everyone.
The blog here was very helpful in finding some answers, so thanks.
I began the MC last week. Today is day 8 and I have been feeling very good. No big deal with hunger partially because I have done several long fasts in the past. So the hunger was no big deal. Disciplining yourself is part of fasting. I’ve lost 14 pounds as of this a.m. Energy level is great! Had a shoulder injury that was just not healing and now it’s nearly gone. My eyes have cleared up alot and, being nearsighted I normally cannot read the numbers on my digital alarm clock. You know, those red numbers that glow in the dark. Well, with just a little bit of a squint I can read them. They are still a little fuzzy, but I can definitely read them. Very cool! I am going to stay on the MC for at least another week. Another very neat deal is that I am noticing relief with prostate issues. I’m 57 and have had difficulties with prostate for about 5 years now, so this is wonderful. And actually this was my main goal, to see if the cleanse would make a difference. This all affirms my thoughts that most problems stem from toxic junk in our systems.
I hope this encourages someone new to commit to the MasterCleanse.
D.
Lola, I’ve done the Master Cleanse for several years running, once a year and I always shed an immediate 5% body weight… and then more, especially by 7 days. I’m really surprised you haven’t lost any weight.
Day-12
I rode my bike the afternoon of day 11.
I went for a short ride for about 30 minutes. I am going to increase distance for today. I feel GREAT! Nothing negative to report. I am still doing the SWF, still drinking the herbal tea. Clothes are looser. I think I have between 10-12 pounds. I am not absolutely sure because I didn’t weight myself when I started the cleanse. However I did weigh in on August 31st, 2009, and since that time, I have lost a total of 8.9 lbs.
I still have 8 more days to complete on the cleanse. Wish me luck!
CocoaCutie!
Day 11
Angie,
Thanks for the advice. I appreciate it.
Sometimes its hard to find the organic lemons, and when I do find them, they are very expensive. It cost me $8.00 for 6 lemons, and $19.95 for the syrup. If anyone has found cheaper, please let me know. My friend told me to purchase the organic real lemon juice from the whole food store and that works better for me when I am preparing the lemonade. It saves so much time. I have done this quite often using the real organic lemons but when I run out or if I cannot find them, then I do the next best thing. I purchase the juice in the bottle. I do the SWF everyday, so there are no problems with BM.
My throat and eyes have cleared up. I can see the change in my complexion. It looks like my skin color is balancing throughout my face. My ulcers were beginning to flare up when I started this cleanse. I went to my doctor and he supplied me with a prescription. I did not fill because I am tired of taking medicine. I do not have pain with ulcers since I started the cleanse. The weight coming off is a plus but I can’t say how much I have lost because I don’t have a scale at home. I will weigh myself we I return to work on Thursday, September 10th. I know I have loss something because I can see and feel it. So that is an added plus for me because I need to do both.
I am going to ride my bike today and see how I feel when I return.
I love this energy.
Good luck to everyone.
CocoaCutie!
Day 10
My throat was somewhat more irritated today but I know that is a part of the detox. My left eye was a little itichy and irritated too but by the time I post this message it is actually day-11, and all the symtoms are now gone. I am still feeling a tremendous amount of energy and I love it. To all those out there willing to give this a try, I say ….GO FOR IT! You won’t regret it.
CocoaCutie!
I just spent some time reading many of your blogs and have decided to start the cleanse! After reading a lot of the factual information I wasn’t sure if this was something I should commit to or not, but I think I am going to set my goal for 14 days. Beginning tomorrow the 9th and ending the 22nd, giving myself a few days of OJ and recoop before I go on a trip to Vermont on the 25th. I’ve done a lot of intense dieting and working out over my years of playing sports in college and doing my best to stay healthy in a family of so much bad health history! My main goal is the detox but I’m sure dropping a few pounds won’t be so bad as well. I’ve never blogged about anything like this before so I’m hoping it will serve almost as a journal-ing effect and will help me get through this. My biggest worry is that I LOVE to cook and typically cook dinner every night so it will be tough to miss out on that.. or to still have to cook for everyone but myself! I can find all of the necessary ingredients at a local supermarket right? Or do I need to go to specialty store like Whole Foods for the organic ingredients?
Help! I have a question I did the cleanse for seven days. I decided to stop early for two reasons: one, my tongue looked pink so I am done detoxing right? Also My eyes are white two, I didn’t have “normal” bm. Normally I would go daily and well but on the detox I would go one a day after the laxitive and saltwater flush and it wasn’t much. I felt I must have been done detoxing. My concern is I didn’t lose weight :( obviously cuz I did flush out the backside. Do you think I should have kept going? I did it mostly for the detox but I can stand to lose 10lbs Any seasoned people out there know? Thanks
Help! I have a question I did the cleanse for seven days. I decided to stop early for two reasons: one, my tongue looked pink so I am done detoxing right? Also My eyes are white two, I didn’t have “normal” bm. Normally I would go daily and well but on the detox I would go one a day after the laxitive and saltwater flush and it wasn’t much. I felt I must have been done detoxing. My concern is I didn’t lose weight :( obviously cuz I did flush out the backside. Do you think I should have kept going? I did it mostly for the detox but I can stand to lose 10lbs Any seasoned people out there know? Thanks
Thanks Angie, I am writing this at the completion of day 3. Day 2 was a great day. The herbal laxitive tea from the evening of day 1 and the SWF on the morning of day 2 worked perfectly. I had a two easy eliminations, yet completly horrifying at the same time. The rest of day 2 went smoothly. I followed the same routine for day 3 and after the SWF I had an elimination as described by all. The detox is working. My eczema is almost completely clear, my tounge is becoming pinker and my ebergy level is good. This afternoon I became tired and hungry. However, a drink of lemonade and I’m doing fine. No additional side effects so far. Day 4 starts tomorrow and I am back to work which should make getting through the day easier as I did nothing all Labor day weekend to learn my new body routine. I start back to the gym tomorrow, but just light cardio. I’m feeling great.
Jim
Angie,thanks for your comments, but I’m sure you’ve seen people wanting to do this for weight loss only??? A litte background. I have the gastric band so I can never eat iver 4 or 5 ounces max at one time. I’ve reached a plateau probably becauee the little food I do eat is all bad.
Anyway, I just heard about a book called “Master Cleanse Secrets”, does anyone have it? Evidently there is a section on ranping up weight loss and also things you can eat on the cleanse without effecting the cleanse. I think cucumbers is one of them??? Going to buy the book this friday. Will post on Monday and tell you what it says.
Oh, yea I plan one doing the cleanse for 37 days (4 days before my birthday). I started all over a few days into it because I cheated. To date I have lost 8 pounds. Wish me continued success!
Day-9
Not attending any Labor Day functions tomorrow. I don’t dare mess this up after coming so far. Sweatie, I would like to suggest that you read the book before doing the cleanse. You should plan to do it right. That’s important. If you want results, you must do it right otherwise it is pointless. Oh, and by the way, welcome to the blog. I am glad you found this site. If you do not want to buy the book, then just ask someone here for help before you start the cleanse. Good luck to you!
JimBoston, welcome to the blog site. It is true, this does become easier after day 3. It gets easier and easier as the days go by. I don’t know why laxative didn’t work for you but keep at it because that will change, I can guarantee it. I hope you are only doing this for the cleanse because it sounds like your weigh and height are fine. Good luck to you!
Now, back to my day-9.
I am or was a BIG meat-eater but since reading the book, I may very well come out of this being a vegetarian. The book mentions meats as DEAD ANIMAL FLESH and my stomach turns now when I think about steak, beef, pork and sometimes chicken. I have always loved most any vegetables of any kind but was also a lover of chicken too. I am still going to eat fish and shrimp but I won’t be doing much of the other meats. The whole food store has what was described to me as fake meat. I may even try that out. One thing this cleanse will do is make you want to eat healthier.
My throat is cold is almost gone, and I am feeling better than I have felt in many years. I use to feel stuffed and even if I ate a small meal. I could eat 2 or 3 crackers with summer sauage and I will feel soo full. I can’t believe the amount of old waste the is in our bodys. I heard John Wayne had 40 lbs of old waste in him when he died. Most of you probably won’t even know who John Wayne is but he was a big guy who played in a lot of western movies. That’s a lot of waste. I don’t want that garabge in me and I am so thankful for this cleanse. I will do this at least 3 times a year now that I know about it.
Well, that’s about it for me. All I can tell you now is that today was even better than yesterday. So good luck to you all.
CocoaCutie
Day-8
I wasn’t able to post on day 8 because I was away from my computer, so eventho this is actually day 9 for me, I am going to tell all about my day 8 and post day 9 separately.
My headache was completely gone however I did develope a little small cough and what seemed like cold in the throat. However I think it was a part of the detox. I energy level skyrocketed on this day. I did many things while out and about. My biggest mistake was going to a new whole food store to pick up some more syrup and organic real lemon juice in the bottle. Healthy food samples where everywhere including hot foods. I didn’t tough a bit but my daughter who was with me and who is not doing the cleanse at this time had the time of her life. The tasted EVERYTHING, and expressed to me how good all the food was. Now remember this was HEALTHY foods, (some vegeterian, and some prepared with healthy meats). I didn’t touch a thing and the aroma was good. I guess you could say prayer whip the heck out of temptation.
I’ve never gone to a whole food store to purchase anything before now, but you can bet your bottom dollar that when I am done with this cleanse, I will be revisiting quite often. For those of you who have never gone there before, make sure you have your fill of lemonade before you go. lol.
When I got home, I started preparing my lemonade. I drank 32 oz and then followed with the tea. The tea relaxes me so I look forward to having before I go to bed. If I drink it at 8pm, I will wake up around 2 or 3 a.m. going to bathroom. So to those of you who are new at this, drink the tea laxative around 9 or 10 p.m. if you don’t want to wake up running to bathroom. You will experience small stomach cramps before going to bathroom.
So all in all, TODAY WAS A GOOD DAY. I am very proud of myself. What I experienced today has made me want to carry on to 21 days. Initially I was only going to do this for 10 but I am really enjoying it. I have a burgundy outfit that I haven’t woren for 5 or 6 years and I am determined to get back into that little outfit. Kind of remines me of the Itsy, Bity, Yellow Polka Dot bikini commerical. Most of you know what I am talking about. lol. I will never be able to were that bikini, but I am determined to where my burgundy outfit. Wish me luck!
CocoaCutie
Day 1 and 196lbs.
Jim from Boston here. 5’11 and turning 42 this month. A cup of herbal laxitive tea last night. No effect. I used one tea bag. Tonight I will use two tea bags and steep the tea for 15 minutes. Salt water flush this morning was ok. I gagged once and finished it. No rush of elimination at any point today. However, three movements throughout the morning. I am hungry but ok. Some spring water and more lemonade should curve that. I’m planning ten days at this point. From the blogs it seems after day 3 it becomes easier. I will wait to that point before deciding if 14 days will be in my future.
Good luck to all…………
What foods have some of you gone back to on the 4th day? I am curious to see what you all have done for your “go back to your regular diet” routine? I am a cereal eater for breakfast and sometimes will have eggs and bacon. Don’t know if any of these foods are good to go back to right away or if I should start slowly by going back to fish first, then eggs and/or chicken (maybe in a salad)? Is the Mayo okay for egg or chicken salad? What about a breakdown of a daily meal plan? I think that will help many with their goals. I do not eat much red meat as it is, however ground meat and bacon and occasionally pork are a few of the things I like to eat, aside from chicken, fish and shellfish (shrimp and clams). Oh and cheese, I love cheese as a snack. What about dairy (milk and cream) and sauces like cocktail sauce, salad dressing, tomato sauce and alfredo type sauces? Oh one last question I wanted to know the answer to, are we drinking the laxative herbal tea plain, without any sugar or honey? what do you do for flavor ~ add lemon?
It seems to me that anyone mentioning pains, or sickness after starting the cleanse diet, are just simply experiencing toxin release symptoms. Your body is ridding of the toxins that are stored in your body and joints. For some it will be worse then others given the choice of foods and lifestyle you’ve lived. I have yet to read any reports of someone getting terribly ill and dieing from doing this cleanse. In fact, its been quite the opposite. Those who have stuck to this diet have seen drastic results. Some even choosing to go as far as making this a yearly routine. Good for you. My main goal with this cleanse method is to regain my energy, guide my mind into remembering that food isn’t for every commercial break, helping introduce a new way of eating right down the road and ridding my body of horrible toxins that are making me sick (migraines, aches and pains in my neck, wrists, hip, foot and digestive system issues). I also have allergies which I hope (after reading from those of you posting about feeling no symptoms of allergy after starting the cleanse) that I will eliminate those symptoms as well. I too hope to continue posting my progress. Have a BBQ this weekend and don’t want to be rude by not eating. So I plan on starting my Herbal tea sunday night and will begin the cleansing process on monday. I hope to stick by it for the next 10 days. I will ween off the cleanse and then starting back up should I see the results have improved my health, energy, eating habits and weight. I will post back and let you know how I did. Good luck to all!
Day – 7
I realized what I was doing wrong. Not drinking enough water of course.
My girlfriend told me that she didn’t drink any water while doing the cleanse. She doesn’t need to lose any weight so she was simply doing to cleanse. Different strokes for different folks.
I am actually doing for both to cleanse and to loose weight. Since I caused my own delay in weight lost by not drinking enough water, I have decided to extend the cleansing process for 21 days versus my initial goal set for 10 days. I like to test my WILL POWER.
My headaches are almost completely gone. It gets lesser and lesser as the days go by. I suspect that was a part of detoxing. My tongue looks a little better too so that is a plus.
I have been smelling things like crazy. The building where I work is a new recently built building and for some reason, I can smell everthing. Like when I go into the bathroom, I can smell odors of others where were there before me. As I walk through the building, it seem like everybody is a drinker. I can smell the breath of folks without even getting close to them. If I am standing in the hall talking to someone, I can smell their breathe eventhough I am at a distance from them. Whewww! Enough about that.
I have never had a problem with doing the SWF. I like the salt water, and its probably because I never put salt in my foods. I prefer to cook using natrual herbs and I enjoy the taste of my food but so does many other people.
Marcelle, I am glad you figured out what was wrong. So keep up the good work, and let us know how you are doing.
Angel, my question to you is: Did you do the cleanses back to back? You mentioned you did one in July, and 1 in August. Aren’t you suppose to allow for a 3 month break?
CocoaCutie
Hi,
I started out for a 21 day cleanse but completed 15 days. I am not disappointed because I’m happy with my results. I came down from 153.5 to 127 by completing total of 2 Master Cleanses: 1 in July and another in August. I could’ve lost much more weight without giving any excuses chose not to do the swf. But I did do the laxative tea every night which gave good results for me.
I know I should have followed the instructions as in Stanley Burrough’s book which I had intended to but did not so I can’t expect the same results. But the best part is I did not cheat with food at all this time. I did all of 15 days on the lemonade & water.
I noticed that there is questions about not losing weight and gaining weight. I will say it again from my experience that:
1. As the book states the number of glasses of lemonade drink is 6-12. The lower number of glasses for those who want to lose weight i.e. 6 glasses. Read the book for exact info.
2. I personally faced this problem & read comments from 2 more women that if you are near that time of the month, one gains weight and not lose weight until its over. I began losing weight after it was over… so Marchelle & CocoaCutie something to think about if thats the case with you too.
I plan to do the cleanse again in December to lose the last 5-10 lbs to meet my ideal weight goal. In the meantime, I’ve continued with exercise which might get me to my goal before December:-)
Good Luck to you all… stay strong!
Angel
I’m sad no one responded to my gain weight question but that’s ok. I started drinking a little more water and finally lost 3 pounds. I have decided to put the scale away until I’m done. I have lost a few inches so I know something is happening..Lol I think I need to buy the book so I can experience the success that you all have! GOOD LUCK TO ALL!
Good Luck Ebony!
hey yall i just stared tonight wish me luck
Day -6
It’s 4:00a.
I woke up to go to bathroom this morning. I did a #1 but no BM. My headache was not as bad this morning so as soon as I am done in the bathroom, I go straight to the kitchen to mix the SWF. I don’t have an cravings for anything at this point. I can tell you my energy level is fantastic. Absolutely unbelieveable. I feel so good until I will attempt to walk up 4 flights of stairs today when I get to work. I’ll be back to let you all know how I am doing.
CocoaCutie
Day – 5
I went to the scale this morning and became depressed after weighing in 1 pound heavier. I think I am drinking too much lemonade. I am going to cut back to 8 cups a day versus the gallon I’ve been drinking.
Someone told me that I could drink as much lemonade as I wanted or drink it everytime I am hungry but, I guess that is not true. So for the record, I woke up with a bad headache today but am not going to quit. I don’t crave any foods right now so that is a plus for me. My tongue is white and it looks awful. BM’s are still dark so I know I am still detoxing.
I hope I don’t gain any more weight.
CocoaCutie
Day – 4
I had a small headache this morning.
This is a first for me since starting this cleanse.
I wish I had weighed myself when I started 4 days ago because then I would be able to give a total weight loss. I couldn’t weigh in until I returned to work on Monday. We have a gym at my job so I am going to work it into my busy schedule.
I am happy to report that I have lost 3.3 lbs since weighing in yesterday.
That has really made my day. I drank WELL OVER A GALLON of the lemonade yesterday. I ran to the bathroom a lot while at work. I am still doing the SWF on a daily basis, and I am having my tea at night. This cleansing process is going well for me and I am going to continue this for as long as I can. Don’t worry, I know I am not suppose to do this for more than 40 days. I will not go over that amount of time.
I am loving the cleanse because I am one of those ladies who believes in taking a lunch to work with me every day of the week except on Fridays. I was running late to work every morning because of trying to make my lunch. Since I don’t have to do that anymore I am getting here on time and I find it easier to make the juice versus making my lunch…..
My daughter is very proud of me and she plans to start the cleanse after she returns from vacation.
I still have a long way to go so I am going to pray and cleanse, pray and cleanse, and pray and cleanse throughout the process.
Good Luck to everyone else, and please keep me in your prayers.
CocoaCutie!
Ooops I meant til my body tells me Im done detoxing.But you really should detox every season so guess you really are never done. Have a good day all!
Started this cleanse last night. Not my first cleanse, but my first Master.I usually keep a log to keep track this will be the first public log. Mainly thought we can help each other just reading that we are not alone. So far nothing I haven’t expected. I want to say Im loving the lemonade. Am I the only one? What I am not thrilled with is using the maple syrup since it is not raw. I try to eat only raw foods, mostly fruitarian is what I tell eveerybody just because it seems to be easier to understand. My goal is to lose weight cleanse and help with cravings. I plan on at least 2 weeks but Im goig to stick with it till Im done detoxing.
I’ve made it to day 3….Hooray for ME!!!
I know its probably too early to tell right now but I strongly believe this is going to work for me. I didn’t weigh myself when I started on Saturday however I just weighed at work. I hate scales….They are always wrong or at least thats what I would like to believe. I think I need to loose more weight than anyone else on this site. My goal is to drop at least 80 lbs. Anyone out there looking to do the same? I need a partner. Anyone willing to partner up with me?
Today, I will start the countdown by posting my weight loss for the week on every Friday.
Please keep me in your prayers.
Hello,
I’ve read most but not all. Has anyone gained weight on this diet. I am on day 6 and have gained 4 pounds. I ‘m not sure if I need to do more exercise than my 45 minute evening brisk walk. I did gather from reading the posts that I may not be drinking enough water so I drank 64 ounces today. HELP!
Hello Sal Gal and everyone!!! I fell off the wagon. didn’t make it to three days. I was so lethargic, foggy and becoming really disoriented… so I made some leek, cabbage, a little carrot, steamed them in a touch of butter, added chicken broth, one chopped hot pepper and I’ve been staying vegetarian since. I sadly didn’t have the stamina and I’m quite surprised at myself because I’m normally very strong… well, two things happened since. First, I went to someone’s house who owns a scale… NO COMMENT. Then, I met up with a friend today who also desperately needs to lose 15 pounds and wants to cleanse, fast and exercise…. so, I may be back here again soon. In the meantime, I’m rooting for all of you, God bless you all and I’m going to try and do this again. I can do all things thru Christ who strengthens me. I went about this relying on my own strength and not my Lord’s strength. Next time we will succeed!!!
Hello Everyone!
I am starting the MC tonight, August 28th, 2009.
I heard about the MC from a man I met who owns a chicken place. He makes the best fried chicken wings. I don’t recall how we got on the subject of the MC but I am glad we did. He gave me the book, and told me to read it. That was 3 or 4 months ago. I returned the book last night and told him that I would see him in a month. He told me, “No, you will be back in 2 weeks,” to show me your new body. I was surprise to hear him say that.
I want to do the MC to clean out my colon and to loose so of the weight I picked up. I know this won’t happen over night but it will happen. This is going to be a BIG challenge for me because I love sweets. But I am going to pray on it.
I also have hillspurs and had to take steroid injections in both hills to ease the pain. I’ve had the injections twice this year along. It eases the pain but I am not happy with the weight it brings. Also, I’ve always had ulcers and now they are starting to flare up again. I went to my doctor and he gave me yet another prescription for the ulcers. I am not going to take anymore medicine. I read here where this is suppose to help rid me of the ulcers. In addition to that, I am taking blood pressure medicine once a day but I take 2 pills. One is to control my blood pressure, and the other is a fluid pill. I am going to try to refrain from taking the blood pressure medicine as well.
I am 5’8 or 9 so I consider myself rather tall for a woman. For many years I was able to maintain a pretty decent weight. However since I am getting older its getting harder and harder to keep weight off. It seems the older I get, the bigger I get. I am tired of the diets that only work for a short time. I have for the most part been eating healthy since I was around 40 years old but the medicines that these doctors are giving us is slowly killing us, and I for one am not going out like that. So, it is time I do something about it. This sounds like the ideal thing for me at this stage in my life. I am going to pray and cleanse, pray and cleanse, pray and cleanse. If and when I feel hungry, I will pray about it. If and when the headaches start coming, I will pay about it. Whenever food aroma crosses my nose, I will pray about it. When temptations arrise, I will REBUKE THEM in the name of JESUS!
I will come back to this site to update everyone with my progress as I have made up in my mind that this has to be it. I watch the late night shows where you see people talking about cleansing your body and I have always wanted to purchase the colon cleansing kits however, they are much to expensive. Thank You Jesus for making a better way.
CocoaCutie!
i have a question, is the laxative tea and salt water required for the master cleanse, i mostly want to use it for weight loss?? thank you!
Jamie, I heard that the heavier detox symtoms will show up later in the cleanse and that is why you shouldn’t quit. You’re getting to the ‘good’ stuff and that is exactly what you want happening. It means that your time and effort have been worthwhile. I have a raging headache this morning (from coming off of caffeine) and I want to quit, too, but I really believe in this. Without our health, we have nothing. Billionaires who are sick would give anything for health We are blessed to have the brains and courage to do this BEFORE things get out of hand in our bodies. STICK WITH IT!!! YOU CAN DO IT!!
I also confess to licking a Golden Graham cereal piece…..
Hi My Partners in Crime!
Well, last night I got so hungry and irritable with the ole family, that I ate a little. I had really sharp hunger pangs and ate a small amount to knock that off. My husband grilled chicken and I almost fainted at the smell, then I played a hidden object game on the net and guess what every picture wanted you to find??? huh??? just guess. That’s right, loads of food items. I was almost licking the puter screen. I couldn’t find this site yesterday to log on, but this morning it was on my bookmarks (not yesterday for some odd reason). I missed my pals and needed to be on here and couldn’t. ARGHHH!! This morning I have a splitting caffeine headache and pretty pronounced nausea. My skin (which is never broken out) has a few bumps showing and some on my back. My tongue is white–heard we should do this cleanse until our tongues are pink again–so, believe me, every morning what is the first thing I do? Check the ole tonguegeroo. I can’t wait for pink!. Love you guys already. I’ll check back here later and see if you are here or have been. Lets stick with it. I almost quit after I ate last nite, but really want to do this thing. I believe that I will eat a handful of raw veggies every nite to be able to follow thru on this.
K, G and SalGal
I started the MC on Monday and so far I have lost 1lb (down to 153llbs and am 5’6 tall) better than nothing I guess. This could have something to do with me drinking two cups of senna at night without doing the salt water flush which, on this occasion strangely enough, I find really difficult to get down so can’t face it! I will try to do it tomorrow.
I seem not to think about food much during the day but as the evening draws in, I can think about little else! It is really frustrating – yesterday ate a few slices cucumber and 120 cals of crispbread to kerb the hunger. I think I will go to the gym for the next 8 evenings and return in time to drink my senna teas, hit the shower and go to bed!
I hope all is going well with you
8 days to go!
God bless…
Done!!! I complete my day 7th. A whole week!!!. Yeaaaahhhh. Im happy. But i will miss my Lemonade honestly. I was thinking a few hours ago that, even it is only a diet and a Lemonade, it taught me a lot of myself. It wasn’t easy, it was really hard and i decided that i will do it once a year. Now will continue with my life.
Good luck to all the brave people to dare themselfs doing this. It worth it and i Love it!!!!!
God Bless you all!
By the way I only lost 6 pounds. Its Ok. I Made it.
Gio
Just about finished with day 6! I really wanted to last 10 full days but tonight I’m starting to feel a dull headache and quite lethargic. Can anyone tell me why I should make myself go the full 10 days….will majority of the weight come off or larger amounts of toxins expelled over this 3 day period? any advice would be greatly appreciated!!
Cheers!
SalGal, you made my day!!! I’m hoping to stick it out for 10 days. Im going crazy today, however, I need something to chew!!! tree bark? lol
Do we do the SWF every day regardless or do we stop when what comes out is clear? I’ve been reading previous posts and I’m psyched at the progress! I don’t have a scale, either, so I’m going to have to rely on how my clothes fit. Two years ago I was 160 lbs at 5’4. I weight trained on my own 3 days a week for 45 mins each time but the thing that really blew the fat away was cardio. I walked twice a week, doing 5 miles each time. Of course I had a willing partner at the time, so it was fun and easy. In 6 weeks I went from a size 12 to a size 5 juniors jeans! I was down to 132. At 42 I was ecstatic. However, since then we moved, life got crazy, and I got lazy. I’m like a stuffed sausae in my size 9′s!!! Waaaaah. I live in a gorgeous area too with plenty of hills and long roads. If only I was motivated to get on muy bike ang go for an hour each day. Maybe tomorrow. Today, the SWF really wiped me out. I’m so foggy.
How are you doing today? Catch you later!
k, G, in for a penny in for a pound! How many days do you want to detox? Let me know. I thought that 7-10 was good for my first one. I am normally not hungry until later in the day, but the pepper seems to have kicked off an appetite….hum….well, doo doo delight is over for now. I think that I am going to burn the two containers on the counter after all this. There they are, waiting for me to ingest their contents. They seem almost sinister in their benignness. JK, hoping we can all make this loads of fun and get healthy meanwhile.
Waitin’ to hear from my pal G…..
hello fellow cleansers! it’s DAY 2. Wow, that SWF last nite was quite disturbing yet amazing! lol It took about 2 hours for my innards to settle down, but I slept like a baby!!! It was wonderful. This morning, no matter how much I brushed it, my tongue was white as can be. So, I’m happy to report that I’m detoxing. This morning I woke up with what seemed to be kidney soreness, upper back pain and some shoulder pain. I’m hoping that’s part of the detox process as well. Several hours later the only thing that’s sore is my lower back region. Maybe all the aerobics getting to and from ze toilette? lol My head feels like I’m in the clouds, so I’m hoping this goes away in another day or so. Did the SWF late morning to get it over with. It’s 97% liquid with little thingees… how groce. Sorry! But I really don’t wanna drink that stuff every day of the fast.
Well, I’d be happy to be cleansing pals with anyone – let’s commiserate together! hahaha. Cmon, for us mommies, we’ve had children – that’s tough enough. We can do this and it’s for our health!!! Let’s go gals!!!! catch you all later. keep busy, take time to rest and examine the beauty of nature! Later – G
today I started the cleanse! I quit smoking seven months ago and figure that this will be a bit of a challenge as that was. I always think that a little bit of discomfort now is nothing compared to the discomfort of chemo or all the other ailments and procesess of being ‘treated’ for some disease. I drank the saltwater and half of the first 32oz. of lemonade. It has taken about two hours, but I have had two trips to DooDoo land and feel okay right now. Has anyone else started today—want to be my buddy in cleansing crime?? I’ll post more tomorrow. Good Luck to us all!!
6Th Day.
Wow a lot of new people here!. Welcome.
Today was OK. I went to the mall for 6 hours doing some shopping for my company and i forgot my Lemonade. So o walked, walked, walked, smelling the donuts, the burritos, the popcorn, and who knows what else more…and I was literally dieing. It’s my fault I forgot my mealemonade. It was bad, I was at the point that I was ready in line to get a bag of pretzels. But, I Left them and continue my route. My energy is good, my mood is good too. I’m at the point that i don’t feel different at all, just hungry lol. But I have to confess something, tomorrow is my last day. I only will do this cleanse for a week 7 days. At the beginning I wasn’t sure if I wanted to do 5, 7 or 10 days. But we are moving to New York Saturday and i want to have some dinner and mojitos with friends in Miami. I don’t know how much I loose until today, I’m waiting for tomorrow my last day. I been exercising but not how i usually do, I try to be gentle with my body.
Anyways. Good, good luck for those who are starting the diet. is not easy at all, and I’m still amazed for each person who can go through this even for 3 days. Its crazy but it worth it. We are saving months and months of diets with this secret. It took me 1 year loose 20 pounds, exercising super hard and dieting, If i would knew about this before i could save some time and money.
Emily. When I started the cleanse I thought I would be exhausted and tired all the time and didn’t happen. Only day one because i was feeling so sorry for me because i was putting my body thought the MCD, like if i was sick, but then i realize that everything were in my mind and i was doing that for my wellness and i started treating me normal and doing everything like every day. Believe me you don’t gonna feel exhausted, weak if you don’t want to. Good Luck!
See you tomorrow
Come ‘on and cleanse. Tomorrow I begin, I hope I can keep a strong mental frame, for the other fasts I have done have left me irritable and weak. Taking my laxative tea tonight. anif i can manage to undergo 3-5 days.?yone know, if your body cant handle the ten days from exhaustion, will the cleanse still be valueable? talk soon, Emily
Hello all, I’m desperately in need of a serious fast and detox! I’ve been eating as vegan as possible over the last week to prepare for this. I know from experience that if you prepare correctly, you won’t get headaches.
I’m ending Day 1 of MC and it’s mind over matter at this point. I took a colon cleanse tab last night to start the process of elimination this morning. I’m going to do the SWF this evening. I’ve done juice fasts before – up to 21 days and they’ve been awesome; I’ve water-fasted during those 21 days for 3 days at a time as well with absoloutely no side effects. This following a seminar and reading the book Fasting for Health by Dr. Joel Fuhrman. More energy, better sleep and fat loss culminating in a healtheir immune system and body. However, this time around, I’m aiming to cleanse the bowel, then do a parasite cleanse using food grade diatomaceous earth. After that process I’m going to do a liver cleanse and rid my body of remaining toxins and gallstones.
I’m so sick and tired of feeling toxic and havcing so many food allergies to boot. I believe that all this junk has once again accumulated and it’s time to be set free! Also, I have two small cysts in my breast which I’m ready to cleanse as well. My prayer is that they will shrink thru this process which may take up to a few months, but I’m patient and I want them gone! Altho benign, our bodies create c cysts to protect itself from disease invaders. I rebuke cancer and I’m determined to try everything to get healtheir and thereby help others.
OK. So, to keep my mind off the fact that I’m strangely craving puffed cheese balls… and that it’s almost dinnertime for my family, I’m drinking the 32 ounces of salt water. You know, I kind of like it! I added a little lime juice and I’m pretending it’s a marguerita. hahaha. At this point, I have to laugh or else I’ll eat!
Oh dear… I can hear and feel the rumbling in my stomach – this may work!
I walked 2.5 miles today and felt really great. I’m hoping to walk again tomorrow morning. Hm. I’m going to hang out upstairs and do some chorse near the bathroom…. have a great night everyone and catch you all tomorrow!
Hi All
I started my 2nd Master Cleanse today with the tea (first taken last night) at night. The last time I did the MC was in mid-April of this year I only lasted 7 days and cheated with small bits of food. However I did manage to lose 12lbs (must point out that I worked out 1 hour everyday followed by sitting in the steam room) which was great! However I do not advocate cheating on this diet as it led to a downward spiral for me and I am now sure that had I stuck to the 10 days, without cheating, I could have lost more weight. This time around, I will do the MC for the full 10 days, without cheating!
I currently weigh 154lbs and would like to lose 10-12lbs. Will need some moral support here and I see a number of you are good at giving. Of course will be a source of support.
Wish me the best, as I do not want to do this again until the New Year when (possibly) once again, I will be seeking to lose some pounds.
P.S. Anyone got any tips for keeping the weight off once goal is reached?
RJ
Day 9:
Days 6, 7, 8 and today went very well. I have not felt hungry at all but out of habit feel like chewing some food. On Saturday, I had to eat 1 tablespoon of lemon rice not because I was hungry but for a religious reason. Energy wise I am feeling great. I still continue to have weirdest dreams and most of them are nightmares:-)
I definitely plan to continue till 21 days… will keep posting…
Gio: I know the cleanse is not easy but like you said if you can handle 5 days then you can try little more… Good Luck!
Angel
5Th Day.
I’m not gonna lie. I’m starving. I can’t wait for this cleanse ends. I’m really hungry, but if i handle for 5 day by now, I can keep doing it for few more. I’m still fine, I have the same energy as always, my mood is the same. I feel lighter. I lost 3 pounds in this 5 days. Little slower for me comparing with other people, but that’s fine I’m cleaning my body and that was one of my purpose when i started it. No regrets. Something that I been doing and I forget to mention is that I’m putting 2 laxative tea bags instead of one. I always had digestive problems, so one it wasn’t enough for me even before, and they are working pretty good.
Good luck for all those who are doing this diet too now.
See you tomorrow.
Day 4Th.
Today it was hard. Like day 1st. I don’t know why. Probably because I was around food more time that past days. It was horrible when i had to prepare food for my husband I didn’t try anything, that was a huge test for me, i had my doubts about that to tell you the truth, but at the end i was clean and no food in my mouth. The funny part is when i went to puppy class with my dog so we have to give them different types and flavors of treats, oh my God!! they smelt so good, like beef jerky and blueberry cookies. So it wasn’t an easy day for me. We stayed in on a Saturday night, we never do that, I’m not craving any alcohol, what i crave is fruit, peanut butter, cookies.
This diet besides helping me to feel better in a future is helping me to know more about myself and my will power. I never thought i could be this strong mentally. Heading to a day 5Th. I can’t really explain how i made it and it just feel so nice.
JOY. Thanks for sharing with us your experience and your life. I really wish you the best and keep being positive as now. The world needs people just like you, with love for life, for other humans. Seeing life how t is a perfect and wonderful experience.
God bless you.
I started to do the MC today and had to look something up online and found this site. I have Lupus and I am on 30 mg of steroids. I couldn’t find anything where it said that it was dangerous to take on the MC with steroids, specifically. After only a couple of hours of the detox, I noticed I was very dizzy and HAD to lay down. I don’t know if it’s because I take steroids and calcium (have to take calcium and Vitamin D when you’re on high dosage of steroids) mixed with the concoction andwas causing some problems.
As I read on this site about the life and death of Mr. Burroughs, I noticed that it is stated that he died of acute pneumonia. Now, I don’t know about you, but I find it pretty peculiar that he died of something like that. The bilateral leg fractures AND urinary tract infection says to me that he couldn’t walk very well, didn’t have much help and couldn’t make it to the bathroom often, which is one good way of getting a tract infection, at least for women. I am definitely taking a hypothesis and say that the infection, with lack of proper diet, can lead to more infections throughout the body. Not treated properly AND not a proper diet, can and/or will lead to death. Old age doesn’t make it any better. And yes, he did live to be 87 years old, but I know of people who lived to be 100 and over AND had what we would think is a crappy physical diet. The few elements that was in their diet was prayer, happiness and forgiveness to name a few. Determination to live happily and fearlessly gave them not just longevity but quality of life. Being as sick as I am, I know that having a positive attitude is definitely keepme alive and LIVING!!
So I nicely got off this detox and decided to take a more holistic approach. Like, drink more water, eat more vegetables (raw), start juicing, exercise and use natural laxatives, like senna tea. I know that using too much senna and making it too strong can cause gastrinominal problems.
Prayer and meditation is factor to consider, because EVERYTHING starts in the mind…
I wish the best for others doing this detox. And I pray and wish you get the desired results!!!
Stay blessed!!!
Hi everyone,
Today is my 5th day on the MC and I am actually surprised I didn’t throw the towel lastnight. It is true that after the 3rd day things get better but boy! did I have a hard time yesterday, I was starving all day and surprisingly I only drank like 4 cups of the lemonade, just seemed i couldnt keep it down, so I was starving and very upset, I started getting depressed but the thought of quitting and losing all these days of starvation would have been worthless, so I sucked it up and decided to continue. My girlfriend keeps me motivated and cheers me up. Today (saturday) I feel much better, just the usual hunger feeling that goes away after drinking the lemonade and thats all. I am shooting for 14 days, we will see how that goes. I havent weight myself since I started, I just want to wait ’til the day I’m done with the cleanse ans I hope I’ll be happy with the results…
Good luck and keep strong!!
Hola
Day 3. Haven’t loose anything yet, I’m 127 pounds, i used to be 126 lb. I haven’t add anything else to the diet only the orange juice a glass a day and that’s it.
Going through the day 3 were easy because i got distracted by the fact I’m not loosing any new weight. It was pretty simple day. I also drank mint tea no sugar. But i feel fine, I’m not hungry and I’m not tired. What happens with me is that after drinking the salt and water concoction, I get very dizzy like if I’m drunk, and i can’t do anything fo a little while.
Besides everything Im always a very healthy girl, never eat pizza or hamburgers, pasta, anything with high cals. or carbs., no junk food , so what i think is probably my body is storaging water and then will release it is the only explanation I can have. Im doing the cleanse for 10 days so will see how will end up.
My husband is back from a trip so i will start cooking mexican food to him(because im mexican and he my food). That will be a completely hell for me, I will be preparing stuffed poblano peppers today and i will not be able to try even if they taste good. Good luck to everybody.
3 Day Preparation for the MC = – 7lbs
Hello everyone and thanks for sharing all your experiences.
Prior to starting the MC i decided to do a preparation period of 3 days, just to test myself and see how it goes. My main reason was doing the PREP period is because i had to continue taking my medication for gastritis (we’ll see how that goes with the MC) but also because i didn’t feel confident i can actually do this. As most of you i enjoy food, a lot :)
So here I’m on the end of day 3 PREP period and suffering from joint pain, which is quite severe, especially in my knees.
I will definitely try taking a bath with the epsom salt to relieve the pain and maybe encourage the detox process.
So this is what i experienced so far:
NOTE: prior to starting these 3 days, my stomach problems were quite severe, i was bloated, experiencing very tight pain in the upper abdomen and problems with acidity for over a week, which left me sleep deprived and in poor shape.
- I prepared the mix as instructed
- SWF: i use only 1 teaspoon of salt
- natural laxative tea before bedtime
- a LOT of water
In addition: I take a big bottle in which i mix dietary supplements, vitamins, minerals and i used a natural appetite suppressant during the first 2 days, which i took around noon.
In the evening, after i drink the natural laxative, i re-use the same tea bag by adding some water on it and i drink it again before going to sleep.
Day 1:
Did the SWF. Throughout the day i had 10 glasses of the mix. All in all Day 1 was quite easy, it’s only in the evening that i experienced the headache (which is something i’m really not used to). Managed to avoid temptation although i had a dinner scheduled previously, i did however consume 1 Glass of kiwi juice. My mood has improved a lot, slight euphoria noted.
Results: Lost 3lbs
Day 2:
Did the SWF. Throughout the day i had 6-8 glasses of the mix. I CAN control food cravings, but the headache is persistent and somewhat distracting. Also i feel a bit light headed. Again i continued taking my medication for my stomach issues and i drank 2 glasses of pineapple juice. Great mood again except for the headache.
Results: lost 2lbs
Day 3:
i had to SKIP the SWF in the morning because i had a few early meetings and couldn’t afford any unexpected effects. This resulted in a poor detox :)
I’m surprised by how easy it is not to eat, very SURPRISED! i really expected this to be much harder.
At the end of the day i had to attend the opening of a Restaurant owned by some friends of ours, so imagine the temptation there :))) I did make it through though, BUT i drank a few glasses of freshly squeezed juice, and for the FIRST time in my life i experienced a sugar rush :) it was quite weird.
Results: lost another 2lbs
Downside: my nicotine cravings didn’t go away, as a matter of fact they got worse, which makes sense.
Anyhow, at the end of my 3 Day Preparation Period i can say that i’m glad to know that this is something i can actually do, contrary to what i thought.
I’ve noticed that my overall MOOD has improved, the stomach pain i experienced prior to starting my ‘test period’ is now completely gone, only slight acidity issues at night. I really hope that the joint pain goes away as i START the MC Tomorrow!!!
Hey, I really want to do this thing and I think I can handle it. The only problem is the constant toilet use. I’m gonna be going back to school so I don’t think I can do it while in school.
i’m on day 16 and for some reason i’ve hit a wall. twenty pound weight loss and i can’t seem to go any lower, despite following the instructions. i’ve actually had trouble drinking my daily allotment of lemon aid as well. i’m getting some acid coming back up. i think my limit on this fast was 20 days max, which would be next tuesday, but i’m thinking of ending it sooner. i also think that my period is approaching and it might account for the lessened weight loss. i usually gain about 4 or 5 pounds of water weight in the week before it starts and don’t lose it until after it’s over. the loss has been steady up until now and the timing is right for the usual water weight gain to have kicked in. other than that i can’t really think of anything else it could be.
the acid is really uncomfortable and i’ve had some insomnia. for the first time, i’ve started to feel faint. so maybe it might be time.
gio, are you following the diet to the letter? that’s the only way the weight loss will work. if you are adding things that are not part of the diet that would likely explain it.
Im so upset. I haven’t loose a pound yet. This is so weird yesterday i was in 127 lbs and today I’m 129. Im getting so frustrated.
Hi everyone!
Im baack! I actually decided to stick it out and do this for the full 19 days. I am on day day 5 and have dropped 10 pounds! Amazing.
I have lots of headaches, but I am not sure if this from my TMJ or not.
The salt water is pretty awful, but I think the cramps from the senna are even worse. I do one or the other, but when I do both it lays me out. I figure as long as I am eliminating lots regularly… that is what counts.
I was reading above that Sammy you were asking about the importance of the lemonade vs just using the laxatives and senna…
From all that I have read, I have learned that the lemonade is what makes this “fast” do-able. It gives us a tolerable caloric intake (lower then my ideal…but at least this isn’t a water fast… no clue how people can do that) Lemons are highly alkalizing and help to flush out toxins, – I read this in a book on alkalizing the body, the grade b maple syrup has a host of minerals in it, namely potassium which is important for the body. The cayenne heats things up and helps with circulation.
Ginny, if you hate the taste of the syrup, I have read that you can substitute molasses (which is less expensive too) or agave juice. I would stay away from chemical sweeteners like splenda or equal. I don’t think you will be achieving much detox with those.
Angel, I have read that mint tea helps with digestion and flatulence…but isn’t for everyone. I am not sure if I read that in the Burough’s book tho… The different types of mint are quite different tasting … spearmint vs peppermint… and there are even medleys out there. Maybe another type of mint would taste better to you. Think about what type of gum you like spearmint gum or peppermints? This may give you an idea without having to buy a few boxes and have it go to waste.
One thing I am finding yesterday in particular is that I have no desire to drink anything at all and normally I drink about a gallon of water a day. I have to force myself to drink anything. That is probably why I am experiencing so much weight loss. I may just be dehydrated.
Well, I wish everyone the best, I hope my non-expert 2 cents worth were helpful. Anyone planning to Somersize when they finish?
be well!
Day 2.
I love it!. Im fine. During this diet there is a lot of mind self control. After yesterday i thought i will be super hungry and desperate but no. I feel better, now that i realize that is not easy and really requires a lot of control, I was expecting to feel like day 1 but it was easier than yesterday, so it wasn’t that bad.
Tomorrow will be 3rd day so im looking forward to see if is true that after 3rd day everything is easy. I dont feel sick from my stomach and im not bloated anymore. I went for a run/walk around 50 min., I reduce the speed a little bit, dont want to over work my body. I dont have apple cider for the salt conconction but i put red wine vinegar (a chep one), and it helps a little bit, or at least for me it was just a little bit easier than yesterday, but i dont know because it taste a little bit better for me or because i really was expecting the worst. I drank a glass of orange juice and man that helps a lot.
See you tomorrow!
Day 1 for me!
Let’s hope this work :)
Does anybody know how the lemon juice + syrup + cayenne pepper combination works? From people’s experience, it seems like the salt water & laxative tea by itself is enough. Do we HAVE to drink the 6-12 glasses of the mixture?
I have tried to do this cleanse before but the syrup taste makes me nautious. what can I do about this?? I really want to do this all the way.
Hello everybody.
Is my day 1. Im feeling fine. The salt water taste horrible, horrible!!. But it works pretty well. I went to the gym for about an hour. I did 50 min. cardio. I feel sleepy and im craving food, but not hungry. But nothing impossible to handle. Will see tomorrow. But I have to confess that I thought several times about giving up. My stomach has a lot of gas, so when i check my weight today it was 4 pound more than yesterday, that is confusing because i hadn’t that weight before. My stomack feels like if i were sick. But i think is part of the process.
Thanks everybody for share your experiences with us. We are alive, and as much we have life and energy to do this or anything that we can be better I think it worth it. See you tomorrow!.
Hello everybody.
Is my day 1. Im feeling fine. The salt water taste horrible, horrible!!. But it works pretty well. I went to the gym for about an hour. I did 50 min. cardio. I feel sleepy and im craving food, but not hungry. But nothing impossible to handle. Will see tomorrow. But I have to confess that I thought several times about giving up. My stomach has a lot of gas, so when i check my weight today it was 4 pound more than yesterday, that is confusing because i hadn’t that weight before. My stomack feels like if i were sick. But i think is part of the process.
Thanks everybody for share your experiences with us. We are alive, and as much we have life and energy to do this or anything that we can be better I think it worth it. See you tomorrow!.
Day 4 & 5:
Both yesterday and today have been good days. I guess I am so determined this time that it is keeping me going strongly. Its good as long as I don’t get over confident:-) But seriously, I am feeling so much strong from within except for day 3. I am following the tea, the swf and also drinking good amount of water too. I tried the peppermint tea but did not like the taste at all. The laxative tea w/senna taste really good. There are still few more breakouts on my face but not bothered. My tongue is not as white as on day 3 but still white.
Gio, i’ve read in posts that cleansers exercise after day 3-4 on this cleanse i.e. once they feel strong. Exercises like, walking, stretching, yoga, one guy mentioned about going to gym and one lady did kick-boxing. But each person’s tolerance level is different. In my opinion, hour might be too long but again thats just my perception. Hope this helps.
Good Luck!
Angel
day 14, almost threw in the towel last night but got back to doing the SWF and felt better. not sure if i will go for 20 days, but that’s a decision for tomorrow.
Hi again!
Thanks angel for your congrats!
Boy did I mess up. I am doing a 6 day fast at a retreat the first week of Sept. It was my plan to fast for 7 days prior. I started a week early!
Well, I think I will break my fast now, but I will join you all next week.
Somebody can tell me if i can still working out. Im in good shape, but i dont know if it will be too much for my body working out for an hour and do the diet at the same time. Somebody help me pls!
day 13. like i said, i gave my self a rest from the senna tea and the daily SWF enema. weight loss is progressing at a slightly slower pace, but it could just be my lame scale. i wasn’t really very hungry at all yesterday and endured my boyfriend’s breakfast of fried potatoes and eggs with cheese with a minimum of drooling. i’m going to evaluate on thursday, day 15, if i want to do this for another five days.
Going on Day 3; Not really noticing dramatic changes but I did noticed myself that my cravings for sweets, junk food, and typical “human” food is dying. I am still having my daily afternoon naps since maybe my body is still adjusting the fact that I have no digested any solids for 2 –> Going on 3 days now. It is currently 8:38PM on the westcoast now.
For the 2nd straight now, I conjured enough energy to go outside my house for jogging/running/power walking. Did the same yesterday for about 40-45 minutes and I also had the energy to do 100 pushups while finishing up my 2-1/2 miles. The salt water was very hard to digest the first day but this morning I managed to finish it and race to the restroom in about 1 hour later. No big problems though, drank 4 cups in the afternoon and am planning to fulfill the daily 6 by the end of the night.
Wish me luck!! GOING ON day 3! My friend that introduced me to this claimed that by the 4th-5th day, your digestive system will “shut” down which means that your cravings and hunger will def. supress! I’ll keep this updated!!!
Day 3:
Woke up feeling like I could’ve used little more sleep but then had to wake up so I could give myself 2 hours, for the swf, just in case before leaving for work. I noticed that I felt a bit depressed since morning for no apparent reason. My face has some breakouts and tongue is like a white carpet:-) which is a good sign that my body is getting rid of toxins. I am using an all natural toothpaste w/out any chemicals and its 1000 times better than my last painful experience with tooth sensitivity due to the lemons.
Today was a very busy day at work so time just flew by. Last hour of the work day, I got a slight headache but I think it had more to do with me staring at my computer all day than the cleanse:-) But as soon as I began driving back home listening to nice music, it gradually went away. I think 3rd day was a bit difficult for me not in terms of food, but just mood wise.
I came home and exercised for 25 mins. even though my body ached and am feeling better now. I have finished the lemonade drinks throughout the day and some while in bad traffic so now some distilled water… followed by the tea at night.
Mike From Maine: You’re correct, it’s all mind game. I am going to win it this time!
Mariam: Wow! Congratulations! Your weight loss results are amazing.
Amber and Gio: Congratulations to both of you too for completing the cleanses successfully.
Continued Good Luck…
Angel
Day 12, and my last day….
I thoroughly enjoyed the cleanse, I feel fantastic, and it is now time for me to wean myself back into healthy eating and avoid the processed foods that filled my body with toxins. I feel so much better, and I am glad I did this….my son has been doing the Tao cleanse, and he too is finished so we are both happy with the results. I look forward to my yummy veggie soup tomorrow.
I wish you all luck with your healthier lifestyles and finishing your cleanse.
Amber
Day 1
Hi All!
So delighted to have found this site and to read all the words of wisdom here. Thanks to all of you for sharing.
This is my 3rd fast and second MC fast and I am really excited to get things rolling. Last Feb I did a juice fast for 12 days and felt great.
As for me, I am 40, 5’4″ and weighed 150 last night but oddly 146 this morning after the senna tea. (on day 4 of cycle) I exercise a lot. I live at high altitude and normally drink about a gallon of water a day so cutting my water intake down so much seems worrisome to me. It is so dry here… my nose bleeds every day and I have horrible allergies. Any thoughts?
I did the salt water flush this morning and it had no effect at all. (yikes!)I finally just went and did my errands. I found a bottle of Grade B syrup for $41.90 almost fell over.
So far I feel okay… Thanks for letting me join the journey. I am sure there will be more to come.
hello everyone,
Started on 12th august … must say itz not easy at all but trying hard as i have a long way to go …..
on day 4 – lost 8lbs
on day 5 – lost 4lbs
still going on ……
day 6 – NOW
angel, what i did the first time around was to join my family at the dinner table every night. that way you’re there and you can show yourself you don’t need to eat. you are full with what you have. most of all of this is a mind game.
you got this.
day one – LOVE salt water. i think it has to do with being on the beach a lot and body surfing. all that water i ingested when i’d do it had me prepared for this. the salt water is actually the fav part of my day. no gagging, no nothing. just sippin on water that slightly resembles chicken broth.
Hello everyone, well today is my first day of the cleanse. As we speak(type) I’m drinking my salt water solution and its not that bad. I had the impression that I would be puking once the water hit my mouth and its not (unless its just the first day excitement). I’ll keep you guys posted on my cleansing process. Good Luck.
I am going on day 5 of the cleanse. I did try a little mango sorbet that a friend made) she basically forced it down my throat). Is this gonna cause any problems?
Some CLOSED MINDED poeple think I am “starving” myself… Uggg. Read the frickin’ book before you talk about stuff you have NO IDEA about!
It is nice not worrying about eating, but I cook so much it’s rather hard to not want to EEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAATTTTTTTTT…
Day 2:
I am doing great on my 2nd day. I don’t have food cravings at all except that when I smell food it triggers the natural temptation but I was able to overcome it. I felt full of energy throughout the day & did not feel sleepy like yesterday.
I am constantly motivating myself with different ways so I don’t cheat with any food this time. I find the posts from all of you very motivating too.
Stay strong…
Angel
hello all! just finished up the “poo tea” as i call it. i’m wicked pumped for tomorrow. i’ve done the cleanse once before but had to stop short for reasons beyond my control. the first time i did it i got to day five. i had no problems whatsoever. i think i craved cheez-its once…hehe
hmm…a little bit about me. my name is mike. i live in maine right on the beach. i’m doing this to detox and also to lose weight so i can join the air force. i’m also pumped that after i finish this, i’ll be able to construct a healthy lifestyle for myself to keep those pounds off. september 1st will be my last day of the flushies and the lemonade. this is because i’m heading down to jersey to visit my girlfriend on the 5th. i’m very excited and i know everyone will do/is doing great!!
I’m 19, 5’5, weighing in about 150 lbs. I consider myself a moderate to an almost constant active person. I play basketball about 10-12 hours of basketball a week and any other time i spend it on weight-lifting/jogging/running.
I’m doing this just because not of the detoxification myth but because I honestly believe I’ll perform better on the courts if I was at least 10 lbs lighter. I have follow almost all of the directions above but I have made some slight modifications:
-Everything that I have is organic.
-Because of the timing; I started the diet @ 12AM Sunday morning 8/16/09.
-In the morning I drank IODIZED sea-salt because I could not find uniodized salt at the moment.
-I still had my morning “runs” at the restroom and everything flushed out smoothly.
-As far as the ingredients go, I did my measures in teaspoons but I am currently using a typical summertime drink pitcher instead of cups as suggested.
-First thing I noticed when I swallow a gulp amount is the spicy running through the end of my throat, is that normal?
I am just getting through my first day and I’ll admit THIS IS SOMETHING DIFFERENT, I am even craving mcdonalds! I am on my 5th cup as of 6:38PM WESTCOAST. I’ll def. keep posted with my progress!
If anyone knows if I am doing anything wrong? Please feel free to add tips/notes!!
thanks, angel. it’s day 11 and i am giving it a day by day try. also had to give myself a rest from the daily enemas.
Day 11….
It is the wee hours of the morning, but still the beginning of day 11. Yesterday was truly unremarkable, which I guess is a good thing. I still have a cold, and my face is still breaking out, but my spirit is strong. I made home made chili last night, a huge pot for my son to eat on this upcoming week…it smelled awesome, and I will freeze some to have later on when I can eat real food again. We went to the movies and the buttered popcorn was calling me, but I stayed strong, and am doing quite well. It is good to see more people commenting, but I am still wondering what happened to Ralph and HC? Thank you all for your encouraging words….I am going to bed now, back at ya in a few hours….
Happy Cleansing,
Amber
Day 1:
I did the tea last night and the swf in the morning. As soon as I had the 1st sip of the salt water, it brought back memories from my 1st cleanse:-) The taste is not good but I will have to manage it. The elimination process worked much better than it did during last cleanse. I did not feel bloated! Now, I am pretty sure, at least for me, that because I started my 1st cleanse during that time of the month, I felt bloated throughout the cleanse. I mean today, I felt no bloating at all. Lets see in the days to come…
I did not feel hungry at all all day today. I took care of some chores in the morning and around mid afternoon took 2 hours of nap which was very relaxing & I guess thats why I m still awake at this hour:-) In the evening, I picked up 6 gallons of distilled water and some more maple syrup. Organic lemons is bit tough but I found a store 30 mins. away which offers it.
I will try to post as often as possible…
Tania: If you have come this far and if your mind & body are cooperative/strong try to go the extra mile. You can do it! Good Luck!
Angel
this is my tenth day and i am trying to decide if i should continue. my tongue is still coated, although i will admit i did this for weight loss and not for whatever detoxification benefit it might have. i’ve lost about 16 pounds, which is good, but i am wondering if i could slug this out until i am a lot closer to my target weight. it’s not been very difficult, to be honest. based on the stories i read here, i thought it was going to be ridiculously hard.
it would take about another ten days to get to a weight loss amount that would make me really happy. while i do get hungry, it’s mostly the tedium of drinking lemonade and doing the salt water flush everyday that get to me. other than that, and the senna tea, it’s been remarkably easy.
also, it concerns me that a couple of frantic posts have popped up about not having to do the salt water flush and laxative tea every day. i haven’t really eliminated much in days, very small amounts of misc objects, but i’ve read the pdf of the book and the instructions seem to say to using the laxatives and salt water flush daily.
I did this diet earlier this year for 10 days and lost 15 pounds. I have restarted this diet again and have lost 3 pounds in 2 days already. I am in the US Army and find this an effective tool for my already rigorous occupation. I know people who have used this diet to make weight to enter the military also. I just felt so great while on the fast and might try it longer than 10 days this time. The first time on the diet I went from 192 to 176 and resumed a healthy diet, and only gained back 2 or 3 pounds. Time for day 3 of round 2 on the MC.
Day 10…
Well, despite my cold, this has been the best morning yet, I woke at 6 am after sleeping peacefully…I have been cleaning house all morning, waiting so that I can go out and mow lawns without the neighbors wanting to kill me for making noise on a quiet Saturday morning.
This is the best I have felt yet since I have been on the MC. I am definitely going till the end of the week, doing 16 days total. I think the bit of Miso soup helped a lot with giving me a bit of break from the lemon aid and it made me feel better too.
All of you struggling out there– this can be done…it’s not easy by any means, but you can do it if you focus.
I will check back in later today or tonight….
happy cleansing :)
Amber
Day 0:
I have been looking forward to and am very excited to start my Master Cleanse journey by drinking the laxative tea tonight. I am very determined to successfully do the cleanse for at least 21 days. This blog and comments posted by so many of you is what motivates me along with the youtube videos which I continue to watch.
My main goal is to lose weight and glad about the detoxification aspect of this cleanse too. I will be checking my weight throughout the cleanse but I also know that sometimes a person can lose more inches than weight. So either way, I will happy. As I did with my 1st Master Cleanse, I took my “before” pictures and measurements around waistline to compare it with “after” my cleanse is complete.
Good luck to all of you and me…
Angel
Day 9 update….
Okay, I went to kickboxing this morning…you know how I swore I was not going to weigh myself? Well I did, and I have lost 10 pounds in 8 days….I am very happy with the results so far, and I measured my waist, and I have lost 4″…my arms and hips are not all that different yet, but that is a big jump for my waist.
My cold is really bad, I have the sorest runniest nose ever…and I am developing a cough. I made a slight change to my plan and had 2 cups of miso soup tonight. I made it myself with Organic veggie broth that is pure broth, no additives of any kind and some miso paste. I tell you, I thought I was in heaven. It was so good to taste something other than lemon aide….it was just what I needed to keep me doing this another 7 days….
For those of you who have not read the book, you can find it online in a pdf format, just google Master cleanse. There are some good recipes for the transitional veggie soup, and other really good information. The book is about 30 pages and an easy read.
I am going to bed now, and see if I can beat this cold.
Night, and happy cleansing.
Amber
I’m seeing a lot of misinformation and or interpretation of the original diet. It makes me wonder how many people are actually following the books (Peter Glickman’s or Stanley Burrough’s). How many have actually read the books?? One says you only have to take the SWF flush and laxative teas on the first two/three days! Please, you are doing yourself a disservice if you don’t strickly adhere to the rules. If you were never a rules person, fine. I think it is dangerous to just listen to anyone on the board instead of reading the book yourself! PLEASE FOLLOW THE BOOK!
Day 9….
I am drinking my salt water right now. I went to bed last night and forgot to have my laxative, but I think the flush will work anyhow this morning…I still have my cold, and I did not go to my kickboxing class last night, but I am going this morning.
Yesterday I was debating on whether to stop at day 10…but I ordered some clothes from Spiegel and they came yesterday….after trying them on, a few were a bit tight, so it is motivation to stay on the cleanse the full time I had allotted until the 21st, which will make it 16 days on the cleanse plus the additional three days weaning off…I think I will be happier with my results both as a cleanse and the weight loss that comes with it.
My energy levels are good, I am going to kickboxing, then coming home to mow two lawns and do yard work…It has been at least 100 degrees every day since I have been on the cleans and I have been sweating more, which I welcome as it removes more of the toxins from my body. I just have to remember to drink more water to compensate.
I am excited to read so many success stories, and thankful that so many of the experienced cleansers are leaving comments too–it is encouraging.
Well, happy cleanse everybody!
Amber
ps. I don’t think I have left any information about ME. Okay I am 46 year old single mom of an eighteen year old boy. I am 5’2″ and I weigh 180 lbs.
I am very curvy, and I used to be 155 and wear a size eight, which looked great on me as I am really busty (34D). Stress at work caused me to eat processed foods, and soda….I was laid off from work in March, and have been attending kickboxing 7 hours a week for the last three months. For the month prior to the cleanse I quit all coffee, soda, and processed, and fast foods, eating roasted chicken, fish and veggies only. My son has been bugging me for years to do a detox, so we researched and came across this site. Unfortunately he chickened out the first day…so, here I am and I am glad I am doing this….
I have a question, I have been reading several different stories and I was wondering if we could substitute the salt water drink with the laxative tea in the morning? Thanks and good luck to y’all. I am starting tomorrow. =)
First, I’ve really enjoyed reading everyone’s posts. It’s interesting to see so many different perspectives. I am wrapping up Day 9 of my fifth Master Cleanse. It’s gone really well. I’ve really upped my drinking of water this time. I have consumed about eighty ounces of lemonade daily, and I couldn’t even track how much water. I can turn up a twenty ounce glass of water and it’s gone in seconds. It feels great. It runs right through me, all day long. I do a salt water flush every morning. I bought some Spanish sea salt for this cleanse, and it’s been much easier to get down. It’s much smoother. I do not know why this is. Reading this article first, I find it funny the author states how hungry one will be. Hunger is not the problem here. I rarely get any hungrier than I normally would any other day. I just keep my lemonade with me all day. There are no problems. I’ve always found it most difficult to just not eat. It’s so strange not chewing food. The cravings have gotten much better each time, though. I’m to the point now where I can taste any food I see, smell, or even think about. It’s comical how long I can go on about meals I’ve had or plan to have. To me, this is all not a bad thing to focus on. I feel strengthened by dismissing what I feel I ‘need.’ It’s refreshing each time to realize how unimportant ‘eating’ actually is. I’ve done this every three months, so I don’t see the necessity of going beyond ten days. Tomorrow is the end. This time was much different though. I just moved to Honolulu, HI. I know NO ONE! Cleansing and purifying has brought about much introspection (as it generally does). It’s been a quiet and simple nine days. Oh, by the way– I work at The Cheesecake Factory in Waikiki- the busiest Cheesecake Factory. I serve tables and carry hundreds of huge plates of food and cheesecakes every day. Mind over matter!!! If anyone has any good phase-out soup recipes, please share. Don’t believe everything your doctor tells you. Happy cleansing!
Day 8
I am still doing the salt water flush each morning, and have not reached the “clear fluid” stage yet. I keep wondering where all this stuff is coming from..lol!
My cold is bothering me a little so I am sipping an herbal tea, sweetened with a tablespoon of the maple syrup. I am not finding the cleanse hard to do, but my body is definitely reacting to it, I am glad I have no place to go to this week but the gym as I look pretty haggard. I am hoping by next week to look a bit more healthy. I feel good, I do have a bit of a sinus headache, but that is from my cold…I am past the hunger part now, and yeah, I will be glad to eat whole foods again, but I am not having the crazy cravings I had before. I know I have lost inches, I will post where I am now in contrast with my beginning inches later today…I am curious as to how much smaller I am….weight is relative to water loss and whether you are working out and building muscle mass which is heavier than fat. So, I don’t care much about what the scale says.
Okay, I am going to go and get some chores done, a special thanks to “daylightfulday” for her post, it is helpful to hear from someone with experience share her wisdom.
Happy cleansing everyone!
Amber
hi guys so last time i only made it 5 days i lost like 10 pounds tho which is a lot for me… i was only 128 but i later realized it was pretty much all water weight… it did however help me with portions i seamed to have “shrunk my stomach”
this is day 1 for me in fact its almost over i drank my tea last night and was 124 this morning ive drank only 2 drinks but had 2 tbls of syrup as my dinner. i plan on loosing 15 – 20 pounds knowing i will gain at least half back…. does anyone have any suggestions to not gaining it back once your off…
oh and also what about blueberry juice instead of orange juice… (fresh blueberries juiced at home)
Thanks guys…
i would also like to say that at first i was rethinking doing this cleanse because i can just maintain a regular 400 calorie diet and exercise daily with plenty of protein (egg white) and no carbs or sugars (except for green veggies) and loose 15 – 20 pounds in a month no problem but hearing how you were all feeling so great made me continue thanks to all of you i will do it for a min of 15 days max will be 30. :)
Day 7…..
Okay, I am doing great as far as not having cravings, and I have been able to keep the hunger at bay. I have developed a cold, and a cold sore…my skin is a bit irritated and I have puffyness under my eyes each morning….
I know this is the toxins leaving my body, so I am okay with it all. My energy levels are great, I am still doing kick boxing, and like today I have two one hour classes…between them I just took a hour nap and I am fine. I am still cooking for my son, and am around food all the time…so I feel pretty good about making it this far. I never thought I could go 7 hours without food let alone 7 days…
My clothes are definitely looser, I am not concerned about losing weight, more like inches…so I will post the difference in loss in inches instead of pounds.
I am still doing the salt flush and am amazed that there is still something to flush at this point….lol!
If things stay as they are my last day on the lemonaide will be the 21st which will have given me 16 days on the plan, and then I will do the three days of weaning off with the OJ and soup :) I have made my soup already and it is in the freezer–I can’t wait.
Now to answer a question….
Nice girl— others have used agave syrup, you can find it at trader joe’s…you will have to read through the comments here to find out how much per lemonaide, I don’t think it is the same amount as the maple syrup. Have you tried it with the maple syrup? You really don’t taste it, it just sweetens it a bit, and gives you the nutrients you need to stay with this.
Happy cleansing everyone
If you want the best results possible, yes.
Hey Master Clenansers.
I am thinking about starting this cleanse soon, I have been delaying it for a little while now because I wanted to have my period first, I hope I will do as good as Amber or Angel or Vicki.
I do Have a question though: is it really necessary to have the maple syrup? and if not can I not use it at all or replace it with some other ingredient
Thank you
Happy Cleansing all of you
It’s best to strickly adhere to the diet per Burroughs for the full ten days. It takes about three days to begin to eat solid foods again. If you can’t do this, don’t start the cleanse yet.
I am about to start the diet, just about to go shopping now. I am very worried though because on the 17th I am going on holiday and want to stop just then. Is this sudden stop to quick and dangerous or should i wait until i come back from holiday i really need HELP!!..?
Day 6….
Wow! I am doing really well….let’s see…I have noticed quite a few things while on this cleanse…I have had some skin breakouts from the toxins, and a bit of bags under my eyes…but my eyes themselves are super clear, no capillaries and the redness that is usually there is gone…I have lost weight, I am not weighing myself until this is all over, but my clothes are definitely looser. I feel lighter, and I am less stressed than normal, even though I have gone through a few stressful days in the last few days.
I am occasionally hungry, and still have cravings…I took a nap yesterday between my kickboxing classes and dreamed of Carnitas…yummy bronzed pieced of pork….ahhhh….
My energy levels are good, I did two hours of kickboxing yesterday, and I am keeping up with my regular house chores, if I get a bit tired, I just take a short nap, and I am fine.
This is a lot easier than I had anticipated it to be….yeah, there are things I don’t particularly enjoy…but overall I have enjoyed the lemonaides and find them filling.
I have some errands to run today, then I have another kickboxing class tonight….I will write you all later on my progress. It is so good to read all of your comments, they keep me going…
I am waiting to hear how Ralph and HC are doing, I have not heard from them in awhile…
Happy Cleansing!
Amber
Hello Everyone,
I am starting my 2nd Master Cleanse on this Friday August 14th with the tea at night. The last time I did the cleanse in 1st week of July for 9-10 days, I managed to lose 5 inches of off my waistline but I ended up cheating while I was on the cleanse. This time around, I will do the MC for at least 21 days. I am highly motivated and believe I can do it!
I have been watching lots of MC success stories on Youtube and it is so motivating to visually see the weight loss results, the healthy difference in people who post their videos everyday throughout their cleanse.
There are some tips which I have learned from other Master Cleansers:
1. Follow the cleanse as the book says if I want results.
2. I used regular lemons last time but I will go for organic lemons this time.
3. I developed lot of tooth sensitivity, it was hard to even touch the toothbrush to my teeth. I read about using toothpaste without flouride in it, natural toothpaste is ideal. I will get that.
4. Drink the lemonade with straw also helps.
5, If weight loss is main goal, which it is for me, I will use half the quantity of maple syrup after day 4, i.e. instead of 12 tablespoons of maple syrup for 60 oz., 6-8 tablespoons.
I did feel bloated whenever I did the SWF, don’t know why? If anyone knows a way around to that then please let me know. Other than that, I am looking forward to starting my Master Cleanse journey.
Good Luck and stay strong!
Angel
I am on my ninth day of the master cleanse, and Yay! I made it this far!! But when is this extra energy supposed t kick in?? I sure don’t have it! I am really going to try and do it longer, like maybe 16 days. Or until my tongue turns pink. I read that 2 and 3 and seven were suppose to be the hardest. For me it was 4, and 5. Day 7 wasn’t really a problem…I still haven’t had a solid bm yet, that concerns me a bit…Before the master cleanse, I did suffer with irritable bowel, I wonder if that is why. I had some seriously bad headaches while doing this, I hope that I don’t see too many in the future. So far, I’ve only lost seven pounds, that was very disappointing! I’m really going to try and stick it out for another week… I also haven’t reached that point of serenity or centeredness either, I was kind of looking forward to that.
im thinking about starting this tomorow. school is gonna start in two weeks and i want to loose some weight. im not sure sice m 16 its unnhealthy but im going to try because of all the success that ive been reading about this cleanse. my only concern is that i will gain all the weight right after i loose it but im willing to take that risk. im about 5′ 6′ and i weigh around 160 lbs and i want to be down to at least 140 lbs by two weeks. im really excited about the next two weeks and im hopefull this will work. i will hopefully post more comments about how im doing and i will keep updates. :D
Day 5……
It gets easier and easier as the days go by….went to watch “Julie and Julia” yesterday, probably NOT the movie to go see when you are on the MC!!! I came home, and just had to cook something, forget about eating, I just had to COOK! I made fresh Marinara sauce, and you know, it felt good and I was not tempted at all….I am around food all the time with an eighteen year old, and I am doing okay…
I go to kickboxing this morning, and have another class tonight….let’s see how I feel at the end of the day :)
Happy Cleansing!
Amber
Alright guys, day 2! AWW i got through day 1! YAY! :D
Now let’s just see how the rest of the days go… wish me luck.
Day 19, I am doing orange juice today. yesterday 18th day was my last. I woke up and just knew I was done. I struggled through yesterday and I have to say the OJ is heavy in my stomach I am watering it down. I lose 20 pds and feel great. I am going to go on a 1200 calorie diet and workout daily. I hope everyone does well and I will do a 10 day in October. So I will be back. Good Luck! Happy Cleansing!
Hey all, Today i just started the cleanse!
And am very excited and pumped. I really honestly can’t wait until the 19, that’s when i will be done with this cleanse. Today i went out and bought all the ingredients and MAN talk about lemons.. i bought 50 of them! They were quite expensive too… i spent about $50 for everything. So the lemons are really motivating me. LOL. Cause if i stop now, what will i do with those lemons and what a waste of money right?!
I hope everyone the best of luck!!
Goodluck.
Good morning, I just have a few minutes before I have to leave….I am doing great!!! It is day three, and I did my flush and have my lemonaide made and ready to go…I will touch base later…
Happy cleansing!!!
Thank you HC…I probably won’t be able to find it here, unless it is at Trader Joe’s too…we don’t have a whole foods here….the closest one is about an hour and a half away….I am going to see if there is an off chance there might be one in Sacramento….I have to drive there tomorrow….I hope so :)
So far today I have had about 4 lemonaides and about 16 oz of water…I get hungry as I usually do, nothing out of the ordinary, but I am having some crazy cravings….I really miss Middle eastern and Thai foods….I had to make a pot of soup today, and then my son wanted Hummus….it killed me to watch him eat the hummus. I know what I am eating first once I can eat solid foods again..HUMMUS!!! Next would be some yellow curry with Tofu…..ahhhh… I am torturing myself :)….Otherwise I feel great, a little fuzzy every now and again, but otherwise my energy levels are fine, and I am not having headaches….
Tomorrow I am going to watch a MMA competition in Sacramento, and I will have to bring my Lemonaide along….
I will check back in here tonight….thanks everyone for your support!!
Hi Just Amber,
No, it’s coconut water. The brand that I am drinking is ZICO. I found it in the Whole Foods Market in town. They market it as “natures sports drink”. I think I found it in the same isle as sports bars and things of that nature.
I usually consume 6 l-ade drinks a day, but when I incorporate the water, I cut back on a l-ade drink. At this point I only drink about 2 glasses of the coconut water a day. I plan on drinking more when my work outs get more intense. I personally think that it helps after working out.
I hope I cleared some things up for you.
HC: are you talking about coconut MILK? please advise, how are you using this?
Ralph: congratulations!!! Stick with it, I am now following you and a few others, as my son has dropped out….I need the encouragement….it’s hard doing this alone, and still cook for others….but it is halfway through day 2…I am going now to make a pot of veggie soup for my son…
I will check back in later for sure..
I am only doing this for weight loss, since this is my 2nd time in 2 mnths.
I incorporated coconut water into the mix.
It has a tremendous amount of electrolytes, and other nutrients. I figured since I’m working out hard I need something more than calories to get me through the day.
It doesn’t change the results at all. I woke up this morning 4 lbs lighter.
Day twp…
Sorry, I didn’t check in last night…I was exhausted, hungry (for the first time), and by 11:00 I was in bed. My kickboxing class went fine last night, I did not notice a big difference in my energy….I slept well over night, woke ready to do my flush, and my son tells me he is dropping out…his friends think it is unhealthy, and they talked him out of it…lol! I think it was the cravings for him…well, I am a bit peeved–yesterday I threw out a whole fridge full of food..anything the dogs couldn’t eat…so, now I have to do grocery shopping, and cook for him too…which will make the next few days really hard.
I have a bitter taste in my mouth this morning, and I am already beginning to have a heightened sense of smell…everything including my own scent makes me queasy…
I think I am going to get some of those sugar free wurther candies and use one this morning, to remove the bitterness from my mouth….otherwise I am fine. My energy levels are great, I went to an hour of kickboxing this morning, and feel great. I am hungry, but I have not had a lemonaide drink yet this morning, but I have had about 16 oz of water…. I am going to make one in a few minutes…yesterday I only had four of them, but I drank 32 oz of regular bottled water, so I am staying hydrated.
Alright, I am off to make up my lemonaide…I will check back later…
only 20 days to go….
Day 5…and it is the weekend. I can tell my tummy has gotten flatter, LOL! I hope that is a good thing. I am experiencing cravings, too. I find myself daydreaming about where I want to eat once I can get back on the real food diet. I hope to be able to eat at my favorite places but, in a sensible manner. I hope everyone has a good day! Stay strong!
Hello Everyone,
I am on my 1st day of my second time. I did 10 days last month.
I had a great experience. I lost a total of 16 lbs.
I didn’t mind the SWF at all. The only problem that I had was with cravings.
I wasn’t hungry but I wanted to eat every “bad” thing. I was craving things that I never even cared about before.
I did feel more clear and had more energy. There were some days when I was irritable and cranky. I found that if I exercised I felt 100% better.
I did gain back 5 lbs, but it was my husbands birthday and I drank and ate like I wanted to gain weight.
So I’m back on it and hoping to loose another 15.
I say that this is absolutely worth doing.
Oh yeah, the other thing that bothered me was realizing how much maple syrup I have consumed.
Good Luck. To us all.
Thanks for the encouragement!!
Ralph…it has been a good day, but riddled with crazy cravings…I made my dogs their food– boiled chicken breast, spinach, and mashed potatoes to bind it all together….and my mouth was watering…lol! I am craving Peanut butter…I am not really hungry, I love food and cooking, but thank goodness I am okay with the lemonaide–I really like it.
Now, my son is a bit of a short fuse today…he usually eats all day long, at least every two hours…so he is a bit angry…lol! I am hoping he gets over this quick or I am ordering him a pizza, and I will do this on my own..lol! I leave for kickboxing in a hour so I will give you all an update when I get home. Energy wise I feel fine, but the hour class can be rough even when I am feeling my best.
I live in California, in the Central valley….this is my first time trying anything like this, but I am pleased so far, and my intentions are to take it to day 18, with the additional three days of breaking back into real food…Thank you all for your support, I look forward to following your progress, as I know I will be there shortly…
I will check back tonight and let you know how I feel before heading to bed….
Welcome, Tish! Good luck with this time around. yeah, i agree that day 3 was pretty rough. I have to say I am looking forward to the end. Tomorrow will be day 5 for me so, half way through the program I set for myself. Yippee! I, too, have enjoyed reading the comments of others. It is an inspiration. Now I have you and Amber and Gio to help encourage ;-) That will help me, to. I went to the gym at lunch today. I felt well afterwards. On my drive home I get really tired and sleepy. I have a meeting tonight so I will be distracted with that and then will come home, get “tea-ed” up and hit the sack. Then it will be…DAY 5! Can’t wait to read more comments! By the way, where are you all located? I am in the Charlotte NC area.
Okay day one—morning…
I am so excited :) I slept well last night after taking my first tea…woke up this morning at my usual 7:30 and immediately went out to make my first flush…after reading so many peoples opinion, I was a little nervous thinking I would be gagging and having a hard time…but it was easy. I am using bottled water, so I heated the first 16 oz and used the first two teaspoons of sea salt, and drank it down fine, I just carried it around with me for about 5 min and finished the mug, like I would my usual tea. Then I took the second 16 oz bottle and squeezed 1/2 a lime in it, and drank this through a straw…half way through this, and I was off to the bathroom..(no details here), I finished the rest and then for the next two hours used the bathroom another 6 times….each becoming clearer as my system was flushing out…
I just fixed a gallon jug of our lemonaide…and we are drinking it out of the emptied 16oz water bottles, that way when I finish three bottles I know I have done the minimum for the day….and can drink additional water to make up for hunger pains if I have them….I am really excited, I know it has only been a few hours, but, already I am enjoying the “flush”, and the lemonaide is yummy and refreshing….so, I will check back in later this evening after my kickboxing class…it will be interesting to see if I can feel an energy difference…
only 21 days to go…
hey all,
I’ve done this a couple of times and only gotten through day 3. It was only hard late at night which is main eating problem in the first place. It would be amazing if I could do 10 days. Today is day 1 and so far so good. I’ll post progress. It really is pretty cool to read y’alls comments.
tish
Oh, Amber, that is fabulous! Good luck to you and Gio! You are definitely doing the right thing with incorporating a work out. Once you have completed the program pay particular attention to diet and exercise.
I have to say, I had a rough time yesterday afternoon. I began feeling weak. I went to the gym and did cardio, nonetheless. I don’t want to let up. I decided that I would get a Swedish Full Body massage last evening which helped tremendously. Massage, as you know, helps to move toxins out, too.
Not to be gross but I have started eliminating more than I was in the beginning. This is my 4th day. It is nothing but clear liquid, though. I did not have any substances that you see in the internet pictures that some people have. I hope that is a good sign. I hope I can hang on. I am down 5 pounds. Weight loss is a nice side effect but detox is my main goal. I hope to get on a better diet regimen afterwards and keep up the exercise, too.
Wish me continued luck with this…
Day 17, Wow I cannot believe I am almost there. I feel really good and this has just become part of my routine. I am not hungry at all and kind of scared to start eating again. I want to make sure I only put good things in my body.
I am glad to see everyone doing so well. Keep up the good work! I will weigh tomorrow and check in.
Happy Cleansing!
Hi, I have been reading the comments here over the last few days…My son and I are starting tomorrow….we have been seriously working out for three months now, and I have been without alcohol and fast foods for over a month, eating mostly chicken, veggies and fruit smoothies….I am hoping to go about 21 days on MC while my son has committed to 10 days…..I am 46 years old 5’1″ and weigh about 175…I would like to get down to 155, and clean out all the gunk in my system from over the years….My son is 18 and weighs 160…his goal is to lose some weight, but definitely detox :) We take our tea tonight, and I am excited to get started. I will stay with our kickboxing classes throughout….so wish us luck. You have all been a real inspiration :)
Hello,
Well, Julia, it sounds like your experiences mirror mine. Good luck to you and your sister! Please keep us posted on your progress!
Hello… Just started on my 2 day. my sister and I are both doing this together so we have each others support. However i have to say that the salt water is the hardest part of the diet… It is not true you have to be near a toilet at all times maybe just a couple of hours after the salt water… I work in the O.R. and don’t have access to a bathroom at all times and i still managed… however we all have different tolerance… my sis says she only had to go in the morning also, but was urinating alot… I was really hungry yesterday, didnt think i could make it, but i feel alot better today… hopefully i dont hurt my digestive system =(… but from all the comments i feel like this is the right thing. Plus Beyonce did it why cant I! jeje =)… Ill keep posting my progress… Oh and i find the pepper really tasty in my lemonade… mmmm the best part!
Hello, All!
I hope everyone is doing well! I am officially on Day 3! I weighed this morning and am down 3 pounds now. I am excited with the results although I know it is probably water weight. This morning I am having many more eliminations than usual. It is all liquid. There is nothing else in there, LOL! I hope that checks itself in some way. I experienced a little hunger last night but remained strong. I also had an episode of dizziness. I try to keep myself busy so as not to notice it too much.
Faithe, How are you doing today?
Janet, yes, that’s right about Beyonce. That inspired me as well. If youread my initial post, I was at dinner with someone I had not seen in about 10 months. One of the first comments was, “you’ve put on some weight…”. That really did it for me. I started searching and found this. It is not only good for the weight loss but, more importantly, the cleansing factor that we all need for other benefits.
You all check me out at http://www.1280wsat.com for some inspirational tunes during the day. That is the radio station I work at. I am in sales and every now and again you will hear me on a commercial (Mid-South Tractor, Grand Ole Opry, etc.). It will give you something to pass the day quickly :-)
Happy Cleansing!
i was in a book store when i read about this in a magazine.
Beyounce had done it and lost 20lbs in two weeks! i was amazed.
i just had a baby almost a year ago.
and everyday i tell myself i am going
to start a diet but since food is
my passion, it doesnt work..
i did some research and came upon this site.
i planned to start today. but failed when i ate a
beef patty. Tomorrow will be my official day!
wish me luck!
Ralph, a friend was doing it with me last time but not this time so hopefully, I will be as successful as last time. It seems so hard but if you just take it day by day, moment by moment, it will fly by and you will be so proud of yourself! You can do it!
Faithe, good luck with this time around! It sounds like you met with a lot of success in your first 10 day run. I hope I can do as well! Thanks for the encouragement! Keep us all posted!
Tomorrow will be day 1 for me. I have done this once before for 10 days and I lost 15 lbs. I am pretty excited. I plan to do it for 14 days this time and then raw for 7 days and see how it goes from there. Keep up the good work, Vicki and Ralph!
This is day 2 for me…I woke up at 4:50am and began the salt water wash. I had a few more eliminations over a 2 hour period this morning than I had yesterday. I am down a pund, now weighing 212lbs. I know that is a liquid pound ;-) I have not really experienced the hunger that I thought I would. I get the feeling like I want to eat but then I just have some more of the lemonade concoction.
Vicki, thanks so much for your encouragement! You are the only one that has responded. I hope that my comments are helping someone else. I think it is important that folks share experiences for those in the process or contemplating it. Thanks, Vicki! Keep up the great work!
Day 14 feeling really good. Starting the count down to next Monday. I am excited but scared to eat again. I want to make to the right choices. I weighed in 17 pds I have to say I was a bit disappointed since it was only 2 pds over the weekend. But I know it is still really good. I am hoping for 25 pds by day 21. I will check in tomorrow.
Ralph keep it up you can do it. Just take one day at a time.
Happy Cleansing!
Hi, Cleansers All!
Well, I began the regimen last evening at 10pm EST. I drank the Smooth Move Herbal Laxative Tea about 2 hours before bedtime. I awoke at 4:30am this morning so I could be assured that I would have enough time to perform the salt Water Intestinal Wash and feel the effects before my journey to work. I was drinking the luke warm solution at approximately 5:10am. By 5:40am, I had my first elimination and experienced another at approximately 6:10am. So, for me it took 30 minutes to an hour to get on track. At this writing at 8:15am, I am sitting at work enjoying my Lemonade concoction. I find it to be quite nice. The cayenne pepper really gives it a nice kick.
All, I need the encouragement. I am 6 feet tall and weighed in this morning at 213lbs. I would love to be between 190lbs.-200lbs. Let’s keep each other on track. I love reading everyone’s stories.
Have a great day!
Avare, is it that time of mth 4 ya?i read msgs on da site that it “might” affect some pple due 2 that.i m readin in msgs here so i could start this diet
Avara, Dont give up give it more time, everyones body reacts different. Keep going and it will happen.
Day 13, I didnt check in yesterday because Saturdays are hard with the family home my husband and I always ate out on Sat nights when the kid went to bed but instead I am cooking him nice juicy steaks. Oh well I got through it. But today I easier and I have decided I am going for the 21 days. I can do it. I will weigh in tomorrow and see where I am at. I do know I feel wonderful healthy etc…. However my tongue is not the pretty pink yet so still waiting for that. Stay strong and Happy Cleansing!
Controversy surrounds this diet, although the basic principles of fasting are generally tolerated, if not embraced by the medical community. I think there is a place in a healthy lifestyle for fasting, like the Cayenne Pepper Diet. Moderation and a reasonable understanding of how it works is the key, along with a healthy dose of realism about the results of the diet. And remember, we once scorned chiropractors and naturapaths as charlatans.
Day 4….gained 1 lb!!!
I am following this cleanse to the ‘T’ but I’m not losing weight! I’m drinking the organic Smooth Move tea. Drink the SW every morning and drinking the lemonade WITH the organic Grade B maple syrup. I’m also working out like a fiend! I don’t understand. I’m 5’5 and weigh 170 so it’s not as if I don’t have any weight to lose. Any suggestions?!? I’m ready to quit.
Thanks!
Day 11 down 15 pds and feel really good. I have to say I feel a bit hungry today nothing I cannot handle but really looking forward to eating again. I have already decided I am not going back to coffee everyday or ever since I have no more cravings for it. I am also going to eat good food and do the same as MM and save junk for special occasions only.
I am still shooting for 21 days I am hoping I can do it. I really believe I can and I will. I want to start a new life eating good and working out. I did do 1 hour walking on my treadmill today.
Everyone keep up the good work Cleansing.
Day 2!
This is so much fun! So I’ve been writing all of it in my “journal”. If anyone wants to read it, here’s the link http://raspberrynights.xanga.com/weblog It starts on July 29th, what’s written before that is sweet nothing.
Hugs!
Nico Lily
6 lbs lost
This would be the beginning of day 4, but have decided to stop after 3 full days. I was hoping for more, but proud that I made it this far. I was really wanting to get a little jump start, as my diet went out of sorts the last two weeks, and I think this did it.
Good luck to everyone,,,,,FEEL GREAT !!!
On day 3!!!
Yesterday was kinda rough, I haven’t had the nerves to do the SWF yet though. I think I’m going to do it on Sunday so I can monitor it while I’m really close to a toilet. I feel great today, my skin is looking clearer and my tummy is looking leaner… I don’t weigh myself because I don’t believe in reducing myself to a number so I don’t know how much I’ve lost but I’m feeling great and that’s all that matters!!! Yesterday I was home and it was really difficult to stop myself from perusing the fridge but I didn’t cheat and I’m proud of myself :) People keep tempting me with food but I’m standing strong!!!
Just keep taking one day at a time!
Day 7
Today was the first day I felt a little sluggish. This is following 3 days of incredibly high energy, almost euphoric. I was mainly tired in the morning, but started to feel better as the day went on.
I will make it to day 10, no problem. I am starting to looking forward to eating again, but I will be eating more healthy on a regular basis. More fresh vegetables, and less meat. I will save the “bad” things for special occasions, and make them less frequent.
I have started running every night after work. I have never exercised on a regular basis, and this will also be a part of my regular routine.
I have not felt any physical signs of releasing toxins. I’m not saying that it is not happening, but I have heard some people get headaches or other symptoms as the toxins get released.
Some people have commented on the bright, almost “neon” color after the flush. I suspect a part of it is from the maple syrup, just guessing.
Anyone have any ideas about what to eat during the three days you work your way back to solid foods again?
Keep it up Everybody!!!
Nico, Drink another lemonade and drink lots of water. It will get better. Hang in there.
Saida, not sure about the oranges, someone asked me that also please post it when you find out
Omg I’m hungry, does anyone have tips on how to stop the hunger?
hi everyone i had a question is there anyway were i can drink the lemonade wit orange juice and would i have to squeeze it????
Hi Everyone, Day 10 I am so excited I made it to double digits. I have not weighed myself since Monday I am thinking I will tomorrow. I feel so good today energy is back and feeling strong. My stomach has been rumbling but I dont feel hungry. However I did see a sign for a hamburger and my mouth watered. I could go for a big juicy burger with cheese, mushrooms and onions. Sorry I just need to get that out. I am happy to see everyone doing so good too. Keep it up and I will let you know how day 11 goes tomorrow. HAPPY CLEANSING!!!!!! <3
I’m back again.
the energy is rising, but the most awesome thing – my eyes.
It is my 3rd day.
Today my eyes aren’t red. I don’t think they were too red before, but the whites are so clear, almost blue with no redness and I got 3 compliments how “radiant” I look. (Well, one friend was curious if I got a new “passion” in my life as I looked very “sexy”)
That is really awesome and my not-much-to-write-home-about weight loss of only 3,5 lbs is compensated by my clear and shiny eyes.
Has anybody else noticed that about yourself?
It is getting to be more fun.
Thank you and much love to all here!
Hello all –
I’m on day 3 and I have lost a total of 5 lbs. I am excited about the weight loss but have decided that today is it for me. I really just wanted to jump start my metabolism, which I think I have, and now I am going to go on a 1600 calorie diet. I still want to loose another 30 lbs but I am going to try the diet thing. I think I would have been able to stay on it longer if I wasn’t such a coffee addict. The last two days I have been pretty much useless and moody and loopy.
Anyway just some feedback to help eveyone out….the tea at night really made a difference for me. Day 2 it made me go at about 3am and today I woke up at 5 and went about 6 times. So I say, stick with the tea. The salt water flush was also awesome, although disgusting to do. Unfortunatly the lemonaid started to taste nasty to me after day one, that is partly the reason that I am going to orange juice today the other reason is my addiction to coffee! :-)
I have to say that my alergies are gone so it was definatley worth it, plus the 5 pounds is really awesome. Hang in there everyone, it is very difficult but worth it if you can stick with it.
Okay this is my Day 1 — Yay!
I tried the salt water-it was okay but I tried drinking it with some lemon but it tasted worst so it ruined the whole thing. So on my first day I only drank about 15oz of salt water. But tomorrow I’ll drink the full 32oz.
The maple syrup is sooooo good! So the lemonade is no problem. Although I didn’t put the cayenne pepper because I took the supplement. I’ll try doing the shot glass thing it.
Hope I can do this.
Hugs!
Well, I met with a friend last night that I have not seen in 10 months. One of the first things he said was “You’ve put on a little weight haven’t you?”. That was very disheartening, especially since I knew I had. My clothes tell that story. I have been thinking of what I can do to improve my health, weight loss, etc. for the past few days. The comments last night was the turning point and my motivation. I began an internet search this morning and ran across this diet, of which I have never heard…not even from Beyonce’s view ;-).
I have enjoyed all of the comments-pro and con. It will help me get in the right mind-set, motivate me and, hopefully, keep me on track. I will post on here as I make steps toward my goals.
Thanks all! Good luck in your efforts!
4.8 lbs lost
Beginning my 3rd day and feeling better. I was still tired last nite, but not as bad as the 1rst nite. This morning feeling more energized. I am excited about the weight loss and am trying to complete at least 10 days.
The flush works but sort of gross, you become amazed at whats in your body, and not sure about the bright colors. Anyone else have the same?
The only thing is that I havent been able to work out the last two nites, because I have been so tired. Hopefully tonight will be better.
Everyone have a great day,,,,,,WE CAN DO IT!!!
3rd day for me today. 3 lbs down – surprised not more;
Energy level was low yesterday, especially mid-afternoon.
But not too bad. I am working from home and didn’t go out anywhere.
Came here to get “recharged”.
Thank you all for comments!
hey every one
ive been reading everyones response of the MC. im only 18yrs old i weight 121 pounds i know its not alot but im short im 4’9 and i was a soccer player my stomach started growing out like if im pregnant.when i was in 11th grade i had the perfect 90 pound thin body but idk overtime i gained alot of weight and well im planning to do the MC starting sunday im kindda nervouse and well the salt water is making me more nervouse. i want to know if mayb while on the MC can i atleast have fruit or blueberries. some plz respond back thank you.
Mamba –
Debbie and I are doing it together and we both experienced the same affect from the SWF. We have one other girl in the office doing the flush tomorrow morning so I can let you know how she does. Debbie and I both went 5-6 times in about 2-3 hours. I did not feel like I had to run to the bathrooom though. I don’t want to discourage you because I really think that the flush is key.
Day 9, very very tired today, no energy I am thinking it is due to starting my cycle yesterday. I am so sluggish I dozed on and off all day. Thank god my kids were good today and played nice. I really struggled yesterday with how long I will go and today feeling the same way but really want to go 21 days. I will just keep taking one day at a time hour by hour. That is the only way to get through this. By the way my nails have grown so much and look really awesome. Anyone else notice that? Happy Cleansing everyone! Also the SWF does get easier the longer you go hang in there.
Well, I finished last Friday and it was so much harder this time! I wasn’t completely focused as I was the last time. I lost 9 pds but I struggled this time from day 3 to 6! And I did more salt water flushes and only went one time after the flush! Oh well! Now it will be a yearly thing for me! Thanks for this site!
Belle,
The SWF really makes you go that much? My bathroom at my office is about a two minute walk away from my desk but it feels like an hour when I’m on the cleanse…. I’m afraid I won’t be able to do the SWF because I’ll be running to the bathroom all the time?
Day 6…
Yesterday was pretty rough, but today I feel really great. I have a lot of energy, feel extremely happy, and am confident i’ll be able to make it to day 10. Yippee!
153 today…total 0f 8 lbs pounds so far, although this weigh in followed an epic bathroom session due to the effects of the tea!
Happy cleansing everyone, so proud of all of us
Hey Everyone -
Begining day 2 – lost 3.2 pounds.
I am a HUGE coffee addict so this has been really hard for me. Major headache and fatigue last night but I am feeling better today. I did notice that I am moody and a bit unfocused. I am contributing that to the lack of my coffee. But am looking forward to this clarity and energy that everyone is talking about.
The SWF is pretty bad but I have to say the results were awesome. I was not stuck on the pot all morning but I definatley was going every 1/2 hour for the first hour after the drink and about 1 time an hour after. It’s strange, but the more I go the better I fell. Must be getting all of those toxins out.
I am taking it one day at a time.
It’s nice to know that you are all doing this thing with me. Good luck!
2.6 lbs lost
Beginning 2nd day. Last night was tough, my body ached and I felt really tired. I did the flush this morning, a little hard to handle but it worked. My body doesnt ache this morning, but I am still missing my coffee.
I am really excited with the 2.6 lbs lost….whoo hoo!
I am going to take it day by day and see how long I can go.
Everyone have a great day !
Starting today!! Just tried my lemonade…I think I put too much Cayenne in it… how much are you supposed to do? I don’t have a measuring spoon that’s 1/10th haha… did the tea last night and it wasn’t bad at all… in fact nothing happened and again this morning with no results…. I wonder if I got the right kind? I’m looking forward to the process and to be able to get some motivation from everyone.
Day 1 here we go…
I am slowly working my way to a total cleanse. I will start Saturday. I have been using the swf and it is killing me. I throw up every time!!! I finally got it down when drinking it like a shot (as advised on this site) and chasing it with acai berry smartwater. I don’t know if I can do the swf for 10 days. Has anyone substituted the tea for the swf???
Vicki,
I felt good today but found myself to be a little scattered and moody as well.I’m sure tomorrow will be better, like you said one day at a time.
Day 8 feeling clear and healthy. I started my cycle and tired today. Not sure if I will see a difference the next few days. I will weigh myself later this week. I really want to go 21 days today was the first day I was thinking 14. I guess I will see how I feel at day 14. I am not hungry and feel hungry but really really moody today. One day at a time.
Day 5
The clear mind and more energy level is real. I didn’t expect it either, and its real for me. I think going into you think that not eating will make you tired, but we probably underestimate the lemon drink and how it provides you with the nutrition you need.
I could see how if you are a regular coffee drinker or soda, that coming off of it might make you feel worse or have headaches at first, while going through withdrawal.
I never work out, and I felt the desire to go running the past two days. Eating the wrong diet everyday actually gives you less energy.
175lbs – lost 9lbs
Day 5
Just did my SWF, so figured I’d pop in here while I wait…
Avare, I think you should stick with the maple syrup. You’ll need those calories to feel normal and not weak or tired. I think that exercise while cleansing is huge. Especially for those interested in weight loss.
As far as the clear mind and energy. It’s definitely real, ’cause I didn’t even know to expect it. It makes sense though. After a night of boozing, you always feel rundown, tired, negative, etc. Once the booze gets out of your system (usually the day after that) you feel better, healthier, more energy and clear headed.
It’s the same thing with the toxins being flushed from your system. As they go, your mood elevates and your mind isn’t distracted by how crappy you feel.
Then again, everyone’s different. I would say to go into it with no expectations, just be open to whatever’s gonna happen. That’s what I’m trying to do, but it’s not always easy.
Not smoking again today, it’s gonna hurt…
Hang in there everybody.
Okay this is my first day and feeling okay. I am really missing my coffee but thats okay. I didnt know about the salt water thing, but will get going for tomorrow.
I am glad I found this site, gives great information and most ofall the boost of comraderie.
Good luck everyone, WE CAN DO IT
Have a great day!!!
I am so happy I found this place – I wouldn’t want to tweet about it to the rest of the world! Today is my first official day on this cleanse, although I’ve been easing into it during the last 2 days – drinking lemonade, eating only raw – red peppers, apples, grapes, berries – lots and lots of them.
Glad I read about Salt Water effects – worked as you described – x3! I love the taste of lemonade. I think I’d want to drink more than 6 glasses of it… My starting weight was 162, Energy level on the low side.
Day 5…
Feeling pretty good today. Avare: I think part of the clear mind is due to feeling good about making an accomplishment, but I really feel its not only a placebo effect. My friends are convinced that i’m faking my energy because they don’t really support the cleanse…but really I feel more energy!
Good luck
Down 154 lbs…Total of 7 in all
Hello everyone!
I’ve tried the MC once before, but gave up after only three days. However, I’m determined to see results this time!
A few questions: I am motivated primarily by the weight loss potential of this cleanse. I bought both dark Agave nectar and Grade B Organic Maple Syrup. I’m tempted to use the Agave if only because of the calorie content. Which should I use?? Also, I’m reading all of your comments wax on about a clear mind and lots of energy. Is this truly how you feel? It seems like this experience will be a hard one, and I wonder how much the “placebo” effect has on the state of mind in this context.
Anyway, I officially begin this morning. I drank the tea last night- not horrible, but it has a wicked after taste. Dreading the SWT. I think I’ll get my run out of the way first.
Keep the comments coming! I’ve found you all very encouraging.
Hey all,
I’m near the end of Day 4 and I feel great. Not nearly as difficult as I thought it would be. HOWEVER – My main reason for doing the cleanse was to quit smoking. It ain’t working so well. I smoked at the end of Day 1 and thru Day 2. Then did NOT smoke at all yesterday (Day 3). Started with the ciggies again today around 8:00 pm. But have not veered in any other way from the cleanse.
Gonna try to go smoke free again tomorrow. I’m making a video journal on my quitting process and putting it up on youtube and facebook as extra motivation.
Hope it works. Smoking is the one area of my life where my will-power seems to play dead.
Every other part of the cleanse has been a great experience. I’ve even been able to keep to my daily workout routine – 1 hour of Gilad’s Total Body Sculpt. It’s awesome.
So, apart from the cigarette pitfalls, my plan is to do the cleanse for 14 days.
Good luck to everybody and quit-smoking tips are welcome.
Wheeler
Day 4
Jay Po – You can work, just give yourself about 1.5 hours after the salt water in the morning to be near the bathroom, and you should be fine. Set your alarm and wake up early if you need to.
I will be halfway done tomorrow, and it seems easy from here on out. Once you train your mind to not want to eat food the first 3 days, it becomes easier.
I feel better than I do eating my previous diet. I have much more energy, and I wake up in the morning ready to go. There is no normal morning grogginess. People at work told me I seemed more energetic, and someone else commented that my skin looked good. It’s also contagious; people at work are curious about it and seem interested in doing it themselves.
Still at 178lbs – lost 6 pounds
Hi Guys!
Been wanting to start the cleanse for about 2 weeks now.
I brought my ingredients and everything – but kept loosing hte nerve.
But, as I read everyone’s posts – I’m going to go for it – starting tomorow morning.
Pray for me!!
Will Update tomorrow!!!!
Day 4…Feeling really great. Had a job interview this morning and my mind was so clear I think i did better than I would have if I hadn’t been cleansing! I’m thinking getting to 10 days isn’t going to be bad, i’m excited for it.
At the same weight as yesterday: 156 (total of 5 lbs lost)
Day 7 I feel so so good. I am down 11 pds not hungry at all. The mind is clear seeing food is not so bad anymore. JayPo I find after the SWF in the morning it stick around the house for about 2 hours until it has cleared through. After that I am set for the day. Hope all goes well.
Here I go, I am starting the cleanse for 3 main reasons. Detox, weight loss, and to test my will power. I have read alot on this page and it has really helped, but I have on main concern. I work in the restaraunt industry and have to run around to tables and such alot, is this cleanse possible to do while attending work? I mean I can’t be running to the loo all of the time.
End of Day 6 I had so much energy today I feel great and I understand what you guys are saying about the mind. I am focused. I am excited that I am at day 7 tomorrow. I want planning on 10-14 days but I would really like to do 21. I might try we will see. I will weigh tomorrow and she how much I have lost.
Happy Cleansing !
I just bought all the ingredients today and will drink the tea and start tomorrow. I’ve been thinking about doing the cleanse for several months and finally going to do it. Nervous and excited at the same time.
Bruce
Wanted to do the master cleanse for years now. Finally decided to do it as I have off an entire week from work. Today (Sunday) Im going to eat my last big meal and shop for products. Will start tomorrow! Lets see how this goes!
Jill
Day 3.
MM, I completely agree with you. My mind feels much clearer. I have been doing some light yoga as well which has pushed my focus even further. I expected this to just be horrible but I feel like it is such a journey…I’m feeling more excited with every day.
One question…I drank the senna tea around 9 pm last night and woke up at around 2 am with awful awful cramps. I was up for about an hour and a half in pain. Eventually this morning I had some activity on the toilet but it was definitely painful. Have any of you experienced this? Do you think I should go ahead and drink the tea again tonight?
I also have been hanging around the house this weekend, it will be interesting getting back out into the grind on this diet. I agree that I will probably need to be drinking much more lemonade to keep my energy up.
156 lbs (5 lbs lost)
Day 3.
Overall it’s easier than I expected. It’s not that you get hungry that makes it hard, it’s just getting used to not eating. I think I will be able to go the entire 10 days.
I have been able to hang around the house all weekend, so I will have to be doing the cleanse while working next week. I have been having 6-7 glasses of the lemonade per day, I suspect that I may have to have a few more since I will be expending more energy at work.
This does more than just cleanse your body. I feel it cleansing my mind also. I think much more clearly, I’m able to make decisions about myself and my life. In cutting out all the “bad” food, it tends you to want to cut out anything else “bad” in your life. Since stopping eating food is such an all-encompassing endeavor, I feel much more aware of myself, mybody, and my surroundings.
178 lbs – (lost 6lbs total)
Day 5 midway through. Hard day today it is the weekend and I want to eat. I am not hungry just a mind thing. I am going to stay strong and get through the weekend.
Happy Cleansing !!!
Day 2:
Down 3 lbs today (now at 158). What brand of herbal lax tea are you guys drinking?
Yesterday really wasn’t bad, it’s not the hunger it’s just the want to eat! I think after day 3 it will be a lot easier.
Happy weekend everyone
Day2:
I’m glad to see I started this on the same day with someone. It will help ensure that we both get through it.
The first day wasn’t so bad. The lemonade seems to curb the hunger pains well, and it tastes pretty good. The tea in the evening makes for a less than comfortable night of sleep.
The salt water this morning seemed harder than yesterday, I think my mind was so into it the first day that I noticed it less. It doesn’t sit calmly inside you, by any means.
180 lbs (4 pounds in one day)
Hi,
Nico the capsules are not good because you have to digest the capsule part. I open them and put a little water in a glass add the power and do a shot much easier.
I’m starting the cleanse very soon-but I just wanted to know, do capsules of cayenne pepper work as well as the pepper alone?
Hi there!
I also started the cleanse today. I am starting a master’s program in a few weeks as well as hopefully a new job. So, I figured a clear head and body would be a great way to start this new chapter of my life!
I also am the maid of honor in a wedding in mid september and would like to lose 15 lbs by then. If I am able to lose 5 lbs of fat on the cleanse that would be amazing! I did do it one other time but only reached day 6. Just when my body was really starting to cleanse!
I do have a question, I have a job interview on monday and tuesday, which will be day 4 and 5 of the cleanse. Do you think my head will be clear enough to handle these situations?
Day 1…161 lbs…Happy weekend everyone!
Day Four down 8pds I am so excited. I feel great walked an hour on my treadmill, cleaned the house and other stuff. Ok here is what I found out, the cayenne capsules are a NO NO so instead of adding it to my lemonade I open a capsule and empty it into a shot of water and drink it like a shot. I like the burn! Then drink my mix. I will mix the lemons and limes together it is very good. I figure 3 capsules a day should be good since it is about a half a teaspoon each. I make my mix one glass at a time. I am just taking one day at a time.
Day 1
184 lbs
I have done the Master cleanse three times since being introduce to it about 3 years ago. It works wonders. It isn’t always easy, but it is worth it.
It is a cleanse first, but if you have pounds to lose, you will lose it. I went from 215 lbs to 185lbs and I owe it to the cleanse. The longest I’ve been on it is 14 days.
I will be starting Day 1 tomorrow, because I have put back on about 10lbs since December, and have gone back to some poor eating habits. I have decided to nip it in the bud early, and hopefully lose more weight.
My ideal weight for my 5’7″ large frame is about 143-161lbs. I am aiming for 160lbs. 10 days and at least 10lbs should give me the headstart that I am looking for
Happy cleansing everyone!
Day 1
I drank the herbal tea last night. Noticed some stomache rumblings while sleeping. I drank the salt water this morning, it tastes bad but, you can get it down. It tastes like you swallowed ocean water. About an hour later the bathroom called and it was pure water. Be careful if you think you have to pass gas, it’s most likely not gas!!!
I plan on going the whole ten days. I have off all weekend, and I think it is good to start when you can relax and stay around the house while you get accustomed to what your new routine will be.
I’m 32 and have been skinny my entire life, and have been able to eat anything I want. Since I’ve turned 30 I’ve noticed the stomache starting to get a pot belly and rounder in my face. I’m doing this to drop a few pounds, and to cleanse myself.
I will be making my first lemonade mixture today. I have heard conflicting things, some say you have to make each drink individually, and others say it’s ok to make up a gallon of the mixture for the day. I’m not sure of any other way to do it while at work all next week. Anyone know?
Anyone else starting this at the same time? It would help to be along the path with someone else.
Day 3 late afternoon, went grocery shopping with the kids. It was not as hard as I thought it would be. I bought Limes to mix it up a bit and also went to the health food store and bought the cayenne in capsules I cannot drink it in the mix. So I will take those instead not sure if that is ok. If anyone knows let me know. I like the drinks now. I have to say I am still not hungry and no headaches from not having coffee.
I am however avoiding a pampered chef party tomorrow night I dont think I can handle a BBQ at my sister in laws on Saturday. Oh well hope they understand I cannot be around it right now.
Good Luck!
Hi,
I am on my third day and the SWF was hard to get down I tried the apple cider vinegar in it and not better. I have lost 5pds so far so that is good. Cath yes bright yellow is what i am having too. I think that is the norm from what I have read. Willpower is the key here I am not hungry at all which is great it is just the mind wanting to eat anything. I smell of food and my son is doing a cooking class all week so I go in and smell the food they made and watch as everyone eats it. OMG very hard but I cannot give up I do not want to fail. It is how bad do you want it I feel so much better already. So I know I can do it and so can everyone else doing it here. Good Luck !
Hi all,
I am on my 2nd day of the MC & I feel normal so far. Pardon me for asking on such a gross topic, but I am wondering if those who have gone thru the MC would share with me what color was the outcome of their bowel movement? And does it change during the detox duration? Does the color or texture show stages of the cleanse? I didn’t do the SWF on my 1st day but drank the laxative tea before bed. As the laxative tea usually takes 7-8 hours, the timing was just right after a good night sleep. It was watery but brownish in color. Had my 1st SWF this morning. Worked 1/2 hour after, the outcome was a watery & very bright yellow. I am wondering if this is normal? Thanks!
I’m attempting this diet for the 2nd time soon, I failed miserably the first time around. I was wondering if anyone knew if it was okay to do Bikram Yoga (hot yoga) at the same time as the diet since the room is heated to 105 degrees when you do it I didn’t know if maybe it was bad to combine the lack of nutrients and high levels of heat. Also does anyone have any suggestions on maintaining will power? haha thats my biggest downfall, I’m hoping to lose 20 pounds. Any advice would help! Thanks
End of day 19. Haven’t stepped on a scale yet but am noticing my clothes are not as tight. I went 28 days last year, trying for that again.
I’m worried. I am on my very first day, and also on my 3rd day of my cycle.
Why would there be different results and how are they different. It’s taken me a while to work up to starting this and now I’m concerned that I won’t see the results that I want b/c I’m on my cycle. Does anyone have any advice or information for me? I’m through the morning flush and I’m feeling pretty good and have been feeling excited that this is going to work. Now I’m feeling a little discouraged.
Thanks everyone!
Day Two I managed to get down the salt water. Drinking the lemonade mix now have heartburn, trying not to throw up. I mix it with cold water and alot of ice.
Afternoon time and having my second glass of lemonade mix. Have been gone most of the day just drank water. I have to say I am not hungry. Can I just drink the maple syrup and then make the lemonade with the pepper and drink that???????????? Anyone know? I really dont like the maple syrup in it. Staying strong. But boy I want to chew on something may starting eating ice.
Day One 9am eastern time. The tea worked wonders. I got the salt water all done it was rough at the end. I think I put to much pepper in the lemonade mix I have heart burn now. I have been in the bathroom most of the morning wow I am cleansing,. Hope I can make to trip to bring my son to camp and get back before another urge comes on. LOLOLO. Good start so far just taking one hour at a time. I know I can do it.
Hello,
I completed 10 days of MC last week and managed to lose not more but good 8-9 lbs!! I could have easily and wanted to stay on the MC longer but had to stop earlier. I am very glad I did this cleanse. Not only it helped me lose the weight but also changed my eating habits for good. Even though, I did not lose too much weight because couple of days, I did not do the tea and the SWF but there is noticeable difference. More than the lost weight, I lost lot of inches and layers of chubbiness around my face and inches off of my waist line.
I am off my starbucks addiction 100%, no longer crave for sugar the way I used to (i eat a small 1/2 inch square of dark chocolate after my lunch because I crave for something sweet after lunch which is fine), I can now finally drink water! I used to hardly drink a glass of water/day but now can easily drink at least 12 glasses of water per day:-)
Not sure if anyone else who completed the MC feels this way, I am actually craving for the Maple Syrup drink:-) I am also craving for something with lemon flavor.
This diet is not easy but not difficult either once a person can make-up their mind for it. The thought of not eating anything may sound crazy to most people but what about all the extra or unhealthy food we eat? I think thats far more dangerous. Food should be eaten to live but we tend to live to eat. At least, I lived to eat:-)
Anyone who is contemplating about this diet, I would suggest that do your own research 1st and find out the facts, read the book available at Barnes & Nobles store. I read these blogs for almost a month along with other +ve & -ve internet articles. Also, TIP for women – do not start this cleanse around your that time of the month, results will not be the same. I plan to do the MC again and I know 2nd time around I will be better prepared.
Wish you All Good Luck!
Angel
By the way my goal is 10-14 days would love to do 21 but we will see. We are leaving for Disney Aug 19th. So want to lose and be adjusted for it.
I spent the last two day reading all these comments. I went and bought my stuff and I am ready. I am 5 7″ 215 pds. I need to lose weight and lost 35 pds on Jenny Craig but put it all back on. I am an emotional eater. I am ready and that I have all of you to read about and support me to do this. Of course I ate everything I really wanted today but will drink the tea tonight. Wish me luck and good luck to everyone here.
I’m on day 1. Feeling okay at this point. Tired tho becasue I was so excited I couldn’t sleep last night! I stayed up until 3 am and had to be at work by 7:30am and was! lol I don’t feel hungry. I do have a slight headache tho. I am actually craving the lemonade tho. Crazy! I did have a cup of the mint medly tea to ease nasea and it really did help. I am already so proud of myself and feeling better! But for some reason I’m craving a steak! Yikes! Oh, well, wish me luck and I’ll be back!
Crap okay so we’ve been buying bottled water to use on this because our tap water has fluoride and we didn’t even think that our bottled water would have chloride so the days we’ve been doing this has been for nothing! I’m so depressed and i don’t want to start eating solids yet i want to finish this, any ideas on easiest access to filtered water?
Hey so me and devin have to start again, a big moment of weakness showed up with the name of moolattes and burgers (what we’ve been craving among other things). I couldn’t even finish anything though it made me so sick, I got a giant headache and my stomache felt awful, I threw it up and then this morning my bf threw up his, we’re starting again today with a lot more strength to do this than before! we’re also getting more friends to do it with us.
Jessica, a lot of ppl do this who arent overweight so they can be healthier but I still think you would lose some weight it depends…this diet is exactly 1200 calories a day if u do the 6 servings so it sounds like more calories than u normally would have. The salt water has to have un-iodenized salt which makes it stick to the water so you wont retain it, it will just flush out with the rest of the water. hope that helps!
Hey. Im thinking of trying this and have some questions..
I was wondering if anyone who was not overweight has done this? I want to loose another 10 pounds that ive gained but I usually dont eat much more than 350 calories a day. So would this even work? And doesnt salt make you retain water meaning you would actually loose less weight?
Thanks!
hi all,
i mainly have been a lurker i appreciate everyones post i have been on cleanse now for 4 days i cant believe i made it this far and its all with your help thanks all i have had no major problems but i have noticed that my skin is breaking out its kinda like heat rash bumps is this normal has anyone else had this problem i have never had a acne problem but these past couple days my face has broken out any thoughts ??????
Day 1
Its the end of the 1st day for me and my boyfriend! I haven’t been hungry at all but I do feel weak and I’ve had a headache for 4 hours now. Devin my boyfriend is acting differently than me, he says hes starving and he is MOODY lol, I hope he sticks to it with me! I love reading all these comments so inspirational! I don’t mind the un-iodinized salt water in the morning i’m taking 32 oz of that and it def does its job! im taking the tea at night too which is yummy! were taking the cayenne capsules we got from the health food store and its sooo much better this way! we tried the lemonade with the powder in it and yikes its got a kick, with the pills u can feel your stomach burning with cramps so i know its still working! i’m really excited, I don’t have a weigh er at my house but my parents do so i’ll check it in like a week or so when I see them, I just had a baby 3 months ago and I want to fit in my jeans again!!
Day 4:
I am a little sad that I am having the same digestive problems on a total liquid diet that I was while eating solid food. Still a lot of pain in my upper abdomen and some bloating and cramps. Also my kidney infection feels better in the morning after I eliminate my toxins…but then after drinking the lemonade all day it feels really bad and painful again.
Wow when do I start feeling better? :( I’m so discouraged today. I hope the next few days show signs of improvement.
Day # 1
I started the cleanse today, and like a moron, decided to start with a bang. I ate 2 sausage mcmuffins at about 5am. Here I am now done with my first day, and boy do I wish I could take another shot at those greasy circles of saintly goodness.
I started off with the Salt Water rinse (which tasted like I was drinking out of an ocean runoff drain) and nothing happened. I downed the whole quart in about ten minutes, and still no movement. Nothing. From everything I read, I was expecting nothing short of Hiroshima in the bathroom. I’ve been doing the cleanse now for about 15 hours, along with 3 glasses of juice, and still no movement. Im scared that it’s going to creep up on me sneak-attack style and destroy my pants while I’m at work (as a waiter, so I’m sure my tips would suffer slightly). Any advice? I’m walking around feeling like I have a bomb waiting to go off in my stomach.
Oh, and did I mention I would sacrifice a family member for a sausage mcmuffin? God, that sounds amazing…
This better help get me back into hockey shape.
To Barbara in Phoenix:
Hey Barbara! Way to stick it out! Keep going! I think it’s fine that you don’t do the Lax tea and just the SWF. As far as your supplements go, I have also been taking cranberry supplements to help my kidney infection heal faster. Burroughs gives a good suggestion in his book for people with diabetes to start slowly seeing if they can take less and less insulin as the MC continues. Maybe you could start trying to take just a little less and gage your pain?
Also I’m sticking to his suggestion that a good way to know that your body is done detoxing is to watch your tongue go from coated with semi white stuff….to a nice pretty pink.
Hope this helps!
Love this site and the honest comments. I’m hoping that if I share my journey here that it will help keep me inspired.
I just started today – I kind of jumped in the middle of the process. I didn’t have the tea last night or the SWF this morning, but I began with the lemonade @ 2:30 Eastern today. Not bad at all. My local stores do not have Grade B maple syrup, so for now I’m using Grade A – gotta get to the “big city” to locate Grade B I guess. Anyway, I’m really really really hungry right now and trying hard to ignore the rumblings of my stomach. I keep telling myself that 10 or 12 days is such a tiny little drop in the bucket. I can do this. 10 days flies by, right? I hope so!!! Good luck and good health to all of us!
I am on Day 5 and I seem to be “lagging” according to the results I am reading about. I am following the lemonade recipe to a “t”. I am not using the lax tea, but am faithful with the SWF every evening and it seems to be doing the trick elimination wise.
I am only down about 3 lbs, and my headache keeps occurring around noon (developing as I type this). I have a double scoliosis and have been continuing to take my liquid glocosomine/condroitin, white willow bark, and fish oil. I am afraid to stop these for fear of the return of my pain. These “meds” keep the barking dog at bay. I participate in a yoga class once a week and otherwise I am feeling energized, but I am curiuos if the supplements are what is keeping me from reaching the maximum benefits. Any thoughts?
I’m on day 3 of the cleanse. The past two days have been what I would call health hell! I started the cleanse because modern medicine cannot seem to figure out why I have been having unexplained and severe digestive problems at 26 years old. I’m hoping the cleanse gets me back to neutral.
Immediately after starting the cleanse, a kidney infection that had been lingering in my body came forward with full force. OOOUUUCH! Then on top of that yesterday, due to all the toxins being released in my body I had flu symptoms and kept vomiting! This thing is INTENSE!
Luckily I stuck it out and had a great night sleep last night. I can feel my body eliminating lots of junk and I think I will be able to kick the kidney infection just by being on the cleanse!
Good luck to everyone else and I hope we can try to see this journey as a cleansing of not only the toxins in our bodies, but the toxins that surround us in life.
Beginning of day 3.. I feel fantastic.. I haven’t stepped on a scale.. Today I think I might. This a.m I added a cap full of apple cider vinegar to the SW.. Waaay better.. Kinda reminded me of ramen noodles w/o the noodle.. I usually take my ring off at night before going to sleep because I puff up while I sleep.. I haven’t taken it off.. Pretty cool..
I THINK WE’RE DOIN” IT!!!!!!!
I’m back. Day 4. Doing very well. I’ve only done the SW twice and I do it in the morning. I was under the understanding that tthe SW was only in the morning. It does not make me retain water at all. The only thing I do at night is the smooth move tea. I did drink sparkling water and I would not suggest it. It gave me a little haeadache. Not the headache I had on the second morning. This was a little different. I have stopped all vitamins. Down 8 pounds but I am doing this more as a health cleanse for some medical problems. The weight loss will just be a bonus. Good luck everyone.
I’m curious….i was told no vitamins during this process. Is that correct?
I do the SWF at night…Does anyone else retain water? I wake up in the morning with puffy eyes.
Hello Day 2,
Headache.. Wow.. Woke me up last night. Ended up taking some advil. This morning is o.k. But I can almost feel anohter lurking about. I thinking my body is letting me know that I haven’t been very nice..
On my way to work. I work at a cattle sale barn.. All day on my horse in 100′ temp.
These are the days I hate being heavy. And unhealthy..
Hurray for hte cleanse..
Have a great day everyone..
day one is done. salt water is horrible. im tired of sqeezing lemons… can i use lemon juice in a bottle? and i have pre made my drinks for the next two days to make them easier as i force myself to do this bc i usually fail diets in the first 3 days.
First day almost done.. Woo!Hoo! Not to shabby.. I had a head ache when I got home.. Then I had to make dinner.. Soooo hard not to taste test.. But… Not even a lick.. :-) I got real grouchy after dinner.. Then I mixed some lemony goodness.. Ahhhh.. That was better.. I’m off to finish my book with a hot cup of tea .. Sweet Dreams Everyone.. Hang In There..
I am starting tomorrow and it will be different this time. I did the cleanse last October and didn’t do the salt water but on the second to the last day. I lost so much weight! And the clarity was amazing! I am so excited to get the clarity back! The weight I gained back, yeah, I’d love to take it off again too! However, the clarity is my goal and I appreciate this website so much!
Thanks,
Bea
Hey all… I started the cleanse yesterday but didn’t know about the SWF until last night so I am planning to do it this evening. I really hope to lose some weight and detox so that I feel less sluggish. I hope to have some results soon. I will keep you posted!
The SWL wasn’t that bad.. Although I have to admit that I was pretty paranoid to venture too far from the loo. :-) Before today I ate too much of everything. Drank DT Dew… Go figure! Drank at least 2 drinks or glasses of wine each evening. Kept busy during the day on the ranch.. I always knew the eergy I did have was nothing compared to what I knew I had lurking somewhere inside..
I just mixed 32oz.. of this spicey, sweet lemon goodness. Now I’m going to saddle my pony and be gone for the day.. I feel very empowered..
Thanks..
Also first day on the MC. Good luck Elizabeth!!!
Should have woken up a little earlier than I originally thought. I had to go several times and so I made it late to work. The SW flush was not cool at all…I did this cleanse about 5 years ago, skipped the SWF and lasted only 6 days. This time I plan to do it correctly. As I drank the SWF this morning, I had continue telling my self it was soup and that seemed to, mentally, help me get it down without gagging.
This morning is my boss’ birthday and there is a giant chocolate cake sitting next to my desk. Weird thing is that I am actually not craving it…guess cuz I’m full of the SWF, water and lemonade. :)
First morning on the cleanse.. SW not awful but definately not good. Can’t chug it though.. It’s like drinking salty broth.. More later
Just read through the article and the post. Also read and article “Drop 16bls in 4 days”. The open the magiazine and it was the Mater Cleanse! I’m going try it tomorrow. I have to go out and purchase everything today. I’ll keep you posted, I hope it works for me! – 226 lbs 5’10
Is it safe to be on Birth Control while doing the Master Cleanse? I am just worried about lack of effectiveness.
This is my first day. I didn’t do the SW this a.m. because I worked out. I’m doing a modified form of the MC, because I didn’t buy the kit, and have a weird schedule. I do have a couple questions, though. We were out of maple syrup and lemons, so I left out the syrup and used limes instead. Is it bad if I don’t do the SW in the a.m.? Also, I couldn’t find any senna tea at my grocery stores, so is it okay if I use ex-lax instead, or is the senna mandatory? My husband is concerned that I won’t have any energy while on this cleanse, but I think if I do it for ten days, I should be fine. I’m mainly doing it for the de-toxifying aspect, but some weight loss would be nice too. I clocked in at 158 this morning, so in ten days, hopefully, that’ll have changed!
I finally started… Thank you for all the great tips. Day 1, first 30 minutes. I started my first sip of sw at 7:57 am CST and finished it at 8:17 am. (I was putting a turkey in the oven at the same time). Somebody suggested putting some apple cider vinegar in the salt concoction.. I really believed that was a life saver. I drank it and had a BM before I finished. That could also be because I have a small BM in the mornings, this was a little bigger. I look forward to more soon. HAHA This is weird blogging about BM’s, but if it helps someone like you guys have helped me. .. I’m in.
Hi everyone,
I read like a 100 comments so far and i am more convinced to start MC as soon as possible. The problem I have is with the ingredients i need, I don’t live in the US and it’s pretty hard for me to find maple syrup, and I think i am gonna have to make the laxative tea myself.I am a big girl and i need a kick start to lose weight.
But I am really excited about this MC and i am determined to do it for at least 14 days.
I have a question though: I have had surgery in my knee(a biopsy) and the incision didn’t heal completely, so should I wait or is it not gonna affect me in any way?
PLEASE answer me.
Good luck for all those who are on MC and keep up the good work all of u!
Hi everyone,
I read like a 100 comments so far and i am more convinced to start MC as soon as possible. The problem I have is with the ingredientd i need, I don’t live in the US and it’s pretty hard for me to fin maple syrup, and I thik i am gonna have to make the laxative tea myself.I am a big girl and i need a kick start to lose weight.
But I am really excited about this MC and i am determined to do it for at least 14 days.
I have a question though: I have had surgery in my knee(a biopsy) and the incision didn’t heal completely, so should I wait or is it not gonna affect me in any way?
PLEASE answer me.
Good luck for all those who are on MC and keep up the good work all of u!
I tried the salt water drink. It is gross. Does anyone have any good ideas on making the drink more tolerable. I also want to know how important is it to have the salt water? Can the MC be done without it? I drank the salt water hours ago and nothing yet. I have read nothing but success stories about the MC and i really want to loose the weight and quickly, but i’m not sure i can handle the salt water. So anyone with experience from this diet could you please give me some tips. PLEASE. I have a wedding in a couple of weeks and i want to look fabulous and start having energy again. Tired of being tired. I really want to succeed at this.
I am beginning my cleanse tomorrow. I was going to begin this morning but I didn’t know the salt water drink was the first thing I was supposed to do. So I plan on eating very light today and begin a new tomorrow. Its great to know that this is here to help along the way.
I would like to start the MC, but i’m not sure where to find Senna tea, sea salt. Can someone please let me know. could someone let me know how the diet is really done. I have read all the testimonials and they are all very different. Do you drink the tea morning and night? How long does it usually take for the salt drink to kick in? I want to do this right and so i need help. PLEASE any good tips.
Hi everyone,
Well, I did 3 full days of the cleanse, on day 4 (yesterday) I added organic liquids from my juicer, today, day 5 a few whole fruits and veggies (just 3 servings). I have a detox book that talks about a different method of reintroducing foods as opposed to the oj version – may not have been a good idea….either that or my body is way out of whack still…
I started this to for many reasons, one being the intestinal issues I was having. Hoping to clear it up – well, I find that adding back the whole foods today just sent me back to having those intestinal issues so I’m not sure if it’s leftover detoxing from the cleanse or I have a bug.
Luckily, the cold went away in just 3 days – so the cleanse helped with that which is nice.
My energy has been great the whole time until today when I felt like I was crashing and even had some nausea.
I lost 6lbs so that is good.
I wanted to do this longer and maybe my symptoms are a sign I should have, but I have the least understanding husband out there who was constantly complaining about what I was doing, and the lack of being able to eat out….that on top of being tortured because I still had to cook all 3 meals for him and my children.
Anyway, I am thinking about doing 1-2 days a week from now on, I have heard that the effects are cummulative. Has anyone else heard this as well?
Anyway – good luck to all of you. I have enjoyed reading your experiences!
Thanks for your well wishes Angel! (I think you were just fine to eat the organic blueberries – I would guess it wouldn’t set you back that far – its not like you ate oreos :)
Starting Day 2
Went to Hannaford today and found “Smooth Move” Woot!
Ok. Now for day 2. :-D
Day 6:
Today was very tough day but I am hanging in there. I ended up eating 50 organic blueberries. I felt guilty and hope it does not do much harm. I still continue to feel extremely cold. I can tell from my face that I am losing weight but also feel bloated. Hoping the coming days might show more improvement.
I am moving to day 7 tomorrow..
TamTam – thank you for answering the question. I wanted to be sure that I am on the right track. Sorry about your cold. Hope you feel better…
Hang in there… Good Luck!
Angel
Thanks Olive. I’m actually aware of how Grade B is more nutritious. I read the book through and through, hehe, but I thank you for the lookout. I was looking for it at separate stores but could not find it. I also read that Grade C is even more nutritious. Grade A is WAY too expensive, lol.
DAY 1 – COMPLETE :-D
I went back to the store today to look for “Smooth Move” from Traditional Medicinals but no luck, so I’m going to stick with the “EveryDay Detox” until I can find it.
I must admit, this is quite a challenge, but I do feel it’s within bounds of my power to maintain. Shooting for 10 days.
Ya know what’s not fair? EVERY other day I come home and there’s nothing cooked and I have make a quick meal or do take out. YET, on Day 1, I come home, there’s a grilled chicken meal on the stove. Of course I resisted, but I hate that… Anyways, thanks for your continued posts guys. It’s real encouragement. Never give up!!!
Lets do it together!
-Shy
Ok I am done after 4 days. 11 1/2 lbs lost is nice. I went to the gym tonight with a personal trainer and it is NOT a good idea to be on this diet and go to the gym. I was dizzy and hungry so when I came home, I ate a small bowl of vegetatble soup and a grilled cheese sandwich. So far no side effects which is good.
Good luck to those still doing this
Shy- make sure you have Grade B maple syrup-it has more vitamins I hear.
I’m on Day 11 ease out, treated myself to some Odwalla fresh squeezed OJ, had a glass (watered it down by half). It tastes pretty good! I actually find myself a little reluctant to go off the cleanse. But I’ve run out of maple syrup, and judging by my decreased BM’s this morning, and the tongue clearing quite a bit (not totally but much better), I feel like I’ve accomplished my “mission”. My weight drop has stayed the same more or less 8-9 llbs. I definitely feel better in my clothes.
Also, I’m really looking forward to having veggie broth tomorrow! Any thoughts if the soup should just be veggies or can we put rice and beans in too?
cheers, keep up the great work!
Hi everyone,
I am starting Day 6 along with Angel. So far so good. Once my headcahe was gone, the rest was easy. Still *LOVE* the lemonade, but for the first time yesterday, I did not or could not finish all of it. I have reduced the cayenne a bit though, it was too strong for me.
Not too crazy about the tea and the SWF but I still take them for medicinal(!) purposes and boy.. do they serve their purpose! I can not always make the SWF to the very end, but I figured that whatever I can get in should be ok for now.
Positives: Improved skin in only 5 days, increased energy and better sleep than ever.
Negatives: In the first 3 days I have dropped from 191 Ibs to 185Ibs – yeah, I am a big girl, but the last 2 days the scale does not seem to budge. Also, I feel very cold in the evenings although our TX home is at 79F.
I do strength training with a trainer 3 times a week, and go for leisurely neighborhood walks the other 4 days. I have not experienced any problems or lack of energy so far. Also,every other day, I make 2-3 different dishes for hubby & daughter. It did not bother me much soo far, but 2 days ago I did snuck in 1/3 pint of Ben & Jerrys. Honestly, it did not taste as good as it used to before. Maybe my sugar addiction is going away?
My initial intention was 14 days, but after looking at the you-tube videos Angel had suggested, I am really inspired. Who knows … maybe a bit longer?
Best of luck and will power to everyone :) And thank you so much Angel for hanging in there with me via posts and e-mails :)
Selen
Day 1 (Beginning)
Ok, so it’s 827am, I just had the salt water. Honestly, wasn’t as bad as most have complained. I just thought of it as chicken soup and downed it with a straw. Made the lemonade prior to that. I personally think it tastes fabulous, and the cayenne pepper adds a nice kick in the neck, LOL.
Well, day one begins.
Lets do it together!
-Shy
angel – i would think it’s normal because the swf is making your bowels move, because the lemondade won’t because there’s no fiber or other item making it…. so that’s why you have to do the swf to get rid of stuff, otherwise it wouldn’t come out. so basically, i would think that would be the normal time for most people to have their only bm(s).
anyone ever do the detox with a cold? this double sucks.
Howdy guys.
Yesterday I felt like complete crap and did not begin the cleanse or take the tea the previous night. This past 4th of July weekend I took in a lot of food I don’t normally eat. Lots of beef and and a high amount of carbohydrates. After reading the book about how our bodies reach a certain point where the toxins must be absolved in some fashion, it made clear sense to me about why I had a headache and scratchy throat after the weekend ended. I really FEASTED, and took in lots of alcohol as well. My body hated me.
Today I made up my mind to gather all Ingredients necessary. Although, I was surprised to find out how pricey the Grade A Maple syrup was, lol. Anyways, I have been able to get Organic sea salt, Lemons, Organic Maple Syrup, and Traditional Medicinals “Everyday Detox”. I had forgotten about the “smooth move”, but I’m sure with the salt flushes I will be fine. I also got cayenne pepper, which was surprisingly hard to find. Lastly, I got peppermint tea, since I’ve seen on various posts that it helps to ease hunger and is good for the stomach. (Also from Traditional Medicinals)
Tonight I will take the Detox tea and then do the salt flush in the morning. Also over the last couple of days I’ve had lots of mixed veggies, since they normally aide things on the colon side (if you know what I mean).
I’m ready for the challenge and all the benefits.
Lets do it together!
-Shy
Questions –
Besides the morning SWF, is one supposed to have bowel movements throughout the day? Because the only time I have BM in the morning after the salt water, is that normal?
Angel
Day: 4 & 5
I am glad I am doing this cleanse. I am not checking my weight on scales now but I can see the difference when I see my face in the mirror. My skin is better than ever, appears clear and stress free. Except just today, I got cold sores and never had them before.. ever.
Olive – Congratulations on your successful completion! One thing I can agree with you on is the fantasizing food part. I don’t crave for food anymore but just think of my favorite food and feel the taste and appreciate the value of it. If I had not overeaten each of my meals in the past which I can recall, the starbucks drink everyday or twice a day I would have been a healthier person. Regardless, this cleanse is teaching me a disciplined approach towards food.
I had planned to do the cleanse for 10 days + 2-3 days post cleanse but am really considering to do it for 14 days + 2-3 days post cleanse. Lets see…
Stay on track and do not deviate…
Angel
3 days down and 10 lbs lost already. Not sure how it could be that much after reading many posts here but I am happy with it. Started at 200 lbs.
Hi everyone-
Doing the MC has been a great experience, though not easy. As I’m not working, I have had the time to take it easy. I meditate, rest, read and have been going to the gym. I notice I have less energy, but that’s okay. If I get tired, I take a nap. Overall, I haven’t felt too hungry, although I am fantasizing about burritos and ethiopian food!
Day 10 is today, I’ve dropped 9 llbs, which is really jump starting things on the weight loss front. I feel confident that if I stay on a mostly fruit/veggies/beans/non processed food from here on out, I will continue to drop weight.
I can’t bring myself to fresh squeeze OJ for 2 days, so am planning on drinking regular OJ-do you think this will be weird? On the soup front, I found a recipe that includes rice and beans. Would it be better to eliminate the rice/beans?
Cheers and good luck to everyone
Thank you Shy and TamTam. I really appreciate your insight! :-)
GL Mike! I hope it goes well! :-)
MarineMamma, I also read about this cleanse in a magazine (I think it was “First”), it did not say that I could eat anything (like organic, raw veggies or fruits), but I have a husband and 2 young daughters and I just couldn’t have my girls asking “why didn’t mommy eat dinner with us? why is she only drinking that stuff?”, so I did eat a light, veggie salad, no dressing, no cheese, no meat last night. It was just raw baby spinach, tomatoes, bell peppers and cucumbers. That way they saw me eating healthy and didn’t really notice that I didn’t eat anything all day besides my salad. I wonder if it will still work as a weight loss plan for me though. I also can’t find any laxitive tea here (we’re in a small town), but I did buy sea salt to do the flush this morning. Have you noticed a weight loss in your 2 days even with eating fruits and veggies? I can’t say I was really down any weight this morning, but again, I just started it yesterday and I am hoping for only 10 pounds of weight loss (got a class reunion in 4 weeks!).
I did not do the SWF this morning b/c when I woke up this morning, the tea laxative took care of that for me. Was I supposed to do the SWF as well. If so, what would be the benefit. I can certainly see the benfits of not doing the SWF(if you know what I mean).
Mike – you asked if it’s important to do the post cleanse regimen – I would highly recommend it after reading a bunch of web-sites and blogs, only because you may get serious cramping and digestive disorders if going from that to heavy cruise food. I would just stop it earlier and do the full 3 days of post cleanse. I think 10 days is obviously ideal, but any amount is super helpful.
I am at the end of my first day. I plan on doing 7 days, plus 3 post. I feel fine, except that I can’t decide if I started the process with a cold or allergies, so that is bugging me. Hope whatever it is will be gone shortly. I also have been having digestive issues for over a week (normally I am clockwork textbook in that area) so I’m hoping the cleanse will help with that too. I won’t gross you all out with tmi.
CALORIES: My question for anyone – I added 3 tbsps of maple syrup to my lax tea tonight for fun – think there’s any problem with that? I feel like I need the extra calories. With only 700 or so from the lemonade, it just seems you need more – when everyone preaches you shouldn’t go below 1200, plus I am training for a 10k in Aug….thoughts anyone?
HEADACHES: I have done other methods of detoxing and just thought it might help some of you that are having headaches to add other detox methods to help ease symptoms – I dryskin brush 1-2x a day before bathing. I also take at least 20 min hot baths with 1cup of baking soda and 2cups epsom salts. (don’t go too hot or too long if you’re not used to it) The soda alkalinizes you, and the salts draw more toxins to the skin and you perspire them out from the temperature of the water. (I add 10 drops of essential oil of lavender if its before bed to help sleep) Also, if you have the energy to exercise to a good sweat – do so as this expels toxins also. And finally, make sure if you are only drinking 6-7 glasses of the lemonade that you are drinking additional water (besides the salt flush) because you might be dehydrated! Hope this helps!
I have to admit that I REALLY want to lose weight on this, but also to detox toxins that may be keeping me fat or keep me from losing it normally. Will keep posting….so nice to hear about everyone’s experiences!! (susansaga where are u?)
For Cheryl and Mike.
I just read the book today. I enjoyed it thoroughly.
To answer your question about the Grade of Syrup, the book goes on to say that Grades A, B, or C may be used for the diet. It just makes clear that you should make sure the syrup has no formaldehyde as a preservative. Some producers use this. The reason for this is quite obvious as formaldehyde doesn’t belong in our bodies and it would quite defeat the purpose of a complete cleansing, although I’m sure you’d still see a massive reduction of other toxins. Also, as you go further from A to C, it states that you get more nutrition from the syrup and it costs less. So try grade C if you can get it.
As far as the organic lemons, the book does specify organic. But I guess it really depends on what you’re doing the cleanse for. Some do it for weight loss, others do it for the remarkable cleansing properties. I, myself, am doing it for the latter.
Actually I will begin my regimen tonight, just wanted to get a clear understanding by reading the book first. Whats even better is that the book also has a variety menu items and home healing remedies at the end made for various ailments, I would definitely check it out if you get the chance.
Tonight I’ll be starting with the tea. As far as tea or salt in the morning, I have yet to decide. We’ll see
Good luck guys!
For those of you having a hard time with the salt water I thought I would share that in the past I have dissovled the salt in a very small amount of water. I took the small amount of salt water like a shot and continued to drink the remaining quart of water without any salt. hope this helps!
Hi. I had read about this cleanse last week in a Women’s magazine. Decided I would try it. Well, little did I know that you’re supposed to do a tea lax at night & the salt wash in the morning. I also didn’t know you’re not supposed to eat anything while doing this. The magazine said you could eat fruits & vegetables. Well, I that’s what I was doing. I’m 2 days into drinking the lemonade. I did go out & buy the sea salt & the lax today.
The only thing that concerns me is that I need to go for bloodwork either this week or next week, so I’m just wondering if I should quit while I’m ahead & start & do it the right way after getting the bloodwork done.
I did not buy organic lemons nor did I buy Grade B maple syrup and so far in one day I have lost 5 lbs. I started at 200 and this morning I weighed 195 so I don’t think it matters. Unless it does matter and I would have lost more weight.
I just started this cleanse today. My one concern is that I could not get Grade B maple syrup at my Whole Foods store. They were completely out. I had to buy organic Grade A. Do you think this will make a difference in my cleanse and weight loss? Thanks!
If you need motivation to get started, stay on track then CHECK THIS OUT on youtube!
search by keyboard: BBShabdpreet
And start with her 1st link – Master Cleanse Intro 31 Day “2009 Transformation”
She did a 31 Day Master Cleanse and posted a video update for each of the days. Just look at her transformation from Day 1 to Day 31. WOW!
This is really amazing!
Angel
Day: 03
I continue to drink the Organic Smooth Move(Senna) herbal stimulant laxative tea by Traditional Medicinals. I love the flavor fragrance this tea has. I actually read and then mentioned in my earlier post too that avoid drinking tea which contains Senna in it IF you have Headaches, Cramps, etc. I found this tea very soothing though that too during that time of the month.
I woke up at 5 am so that I get to work on time. I usually have to set 5 alarms to wake me up on time starting an hour ahead. I shut each one of them off while sweet dreaming:-) Today, I woke up at the 2nd alarm without feeling lazy or saying to myself like everyday “5 more minutes”. Instead I got up with full of energy.
The SWF is working as supposed to. I added some Apple Cider Vinegar in it today and it was cruel to me. But, if I can drink the warm salt water than i can drink this too. I made the 60 oz. recipe and took it to work for my breakfast and lunch. Honestly, I had cravings today. I could smell food a mile away from me. There are approx. 30 restaurants around my office. But I am proud I controlled myself and drank the recipe drink whenever I craved/smelled food.
I can’t believe that I am heading for Day 4… this blog keeps me strong and motivated along with Selen.
Don’t Give Up On Yourself…
Angel
Day 3
Ugh today i think was the hardest so far! i dont know if i was hungry or what but i really wanted to eat. i was being the biggest b*tch to everyone around me all day today (kinda pms x10) i was just so moody that i almost wanted to say forget it and eat. but i didnt. i took a walk to clear my head drank my lemonade and calmed down a bit. my friend who used to model said most models do this mc before a show/ which was encouraging if they can do it and get results so can i/ as far as the salt water goes, i put two tablespoons of salt in a cup of water and just pinched my nose and jugged it and then immediately drank 28oz of clear water afterwards . it does the job, i dont know if its any easier but try it! i was having trouble with the maple syrup in the lemonade but since i started using ice water i can barely taste it. im also only puttin a spoon, sometimes a spoon and a half. i am happy i dont have trouble with the lemonade anymore like i did on the first day. now im finishin my 5th glass of lemonade and going to drink the tea and retire myself for the night.
ps. lost 5 pds so far.. pretty good for 3 days. but im not going to weigh myself until im done!
best of luck everyone!
Howdy guys.
I was told by a friend during a cookout this past 4th of July weekend about the master cleanse. I have to say it’s really encouraging to see the posts, and I will be posting here on an almost daily bases when I start the cleanse tomorrow.
Said friend says he’s already done it and we discussed the many benefits of a detox of the body. I go to the gym about 4 to 5 days a week and I eat very healthily. Weight loss is not a factor in my decision to start, although a nice bonus, I’m prettymuch satisfied with my current weight. I just want to be in the best possible form of health that I can be, and this is a great stepping stone in doing so.
I LOVE the natural taste of vegetables so the post-cleanse diet recommended is also an encouraging factor for me. I’m also considering going vegetarian or, at least, non-beef/non-pork, post cleanse. (LOVE chicken/turkey and seafood). I suffer from daily/random hives rashes based on an allergy I do not know the culprit of. Since reading about this I’ve seen many reports of allergy dissipation. Lastly, the psychological effects are a nice plus. A “balancing of the mind” (and therefore, the body) is something I’d like to obtain ultimately.
So along with actual detox, I have a few other reasons to start the cleanse. I look forward to more encouraging posts from you guys as well as posting some myself.
We’ll see how it goes!
hey guys!! my name is ebony and i am starting the MC today i did my tea last night and woke up and drank that death trap called SW man that stuff is sick, and i almost craped on myself i though i had to pass gass and i had a nother thing coming. so i think i started out on the right track i just finished my secound glass of lemonade its pretty good to me not bad…lol but
SUMMER- what i would do if i were you is i would either add a lil more lemon juice and just enough cayenne pepper that it fit’s on your pinky finger like just a lil bit thats what i do i was worried that i did put enough because i could not taste it…lol :) ! good luck
i dont think i will have that hard of a time not eating food, befor this diet i was on a diet called acia berry and nuracleanse there pills that you have to take togeather 2-3 timed a day and they realy craved me app..
oh and one more thing guys does it realy matter if you have regular lemons or not cause i went to my local store like 4 time and they still did’t have organic lemone so i just picked up some regular ones…. i hope it still works i realy would like to lose some wieght cause after haveing me son i gained about 20 pounds so i would like to lose about 20 pounds
oh and does anyone know how to lose brest wieght i went from a size 38 c to a size 40 tripple d because i brestfed …..lol i know i talk way to much but i have questions well ill be updateing every day a couple of times a day
EVERYONE GOOD LUCK! AND IM PRAYING FOR US ALL!! :)
Ebony,
207 lb day 1
Can you continue to take prescribed medications while on this cleanse?
Asthma meds and BCPs?
Mike, I’m not sure, I’m in the same boat, well actually I’ll be on a plane.
But since I have IBS, I decided that I am going to only do this for 5 days, and then ween off for 3 so that vacation will be enjoyable. I might even still take the smooth move tea with me so that I can make sure to stay regular and on my schedule incase anything disagrees with me.
When I get back, I want to try at least the 10 day one. I do feel better already… altough that whole SWF did NOTHING. boooooo.
So here is my big question. I didn’t realize the amount of time you need to be following this cleanse after the initial 10 days and I am wondering what to do. I started today but I have an upcoming cruise one week from Friday and based on 10 days of following this diet, I should end on Thursday. So what should I do? We all know that going on a cruise, people eat, eat and eat which is what I plan on doing. So how do I follow this plan with only 1 1/2 days of post cleanse? Do I stop it a few days early? How important is the post diet portion?
bbear, thanks! I am getting really discouraged because I think I put way too much cayenne in this batch and I am only on glass #3 and it is already 2:30 in the afternoon! I made one huge batch for the whole day because I have two small children and don’t have time to stop and make every glass so I am having to suffer through this very, very HOT batch! I pray I don’t give up before tomorrow!
Summer, I used the 2 tablspoon lemon and 2 tablespoon maple syrup with a pinch of cayenne… but I used more water…. I used about 16 ounces, so instead of being concentrated, it was more like flavored water… it was very refreshing and awesome.
So this is Day 1. I have done other cleanses (colonix and isagenix) throughout time, but have heard a lot of great things about this one through friends who have tried it.
I’m actually look for a way to start fresh. I’ve had three migraines in the past 6 weeks… I hate taking medicines as they kill your organs, so I figured the best way would be to eliminate the variable, cleanse the system, and add variables back in one by one.
I’m really sad that ANF stopped posting! I’m also a smoker and took my last smoke on the 4th. Yesterday I just vegged and had one last bad meal before today. :) I’m not moody, but I really do think I’m fairly jittery… I’m not sure if it’s lack of nicotine or if it’s because i just have an oral fixation?
SWF: not too bad, couldn’t down it quickly though… and no results from it.
Lemonade: I actually hate maple syrup… I was the kid who always put jelly on their pancakes because they hated syrup… but this has the right mix, you can’t even taste it… it just tastes light and refreshing really. Unlike the SWF, I downed the first lemonade in about 3 minutes, it was DELISH!
Day 1, and a friend called right after I started and wanted me to go for dinner and drinks in memory of a friend… so far so good, i’ve talked her into coming over and watching girly movies instead!
I figure if I can knock the cig habit, and clean out my system, I can add back in food slowly and see if it’s a certain food or if it’s processed food(at a restaurant) or if it’s wine.
Glad this is here!
mike- i am drinking water because i have to use it to chase the lemonade! I can’t stand the taste of the lemonade! How am i going to do this for 10 days when i am only on my second glass today and I am about to throw up every time i drink it! Does anyone have any suggestions to offer? Good Luck to everyone! All I know is if i go through with this and I don’t loose alot of weight I am going to be soooooo….dissappointed! :( I can’t wait to drink the tea tonight so I can tast something different!
I think it is the cayenne i am having a hard time with it is burning my throat! Has anyone out there taken the pills instead of mixing it in with the lemon juice and maple syrup?
I am confused as to how much regular water I can drink. There are some websites that say only drink the lemonade during the 10 days and some sites say water is okay to drink.
I’m on day 7 and have decided to wean off it today. I lost 7 pounds in 7 days which is good for me. I stuck to the lemonade and tea. Only did the SWF twice.
I was never hungry- I just wanted to eat food to unwind. My skin feels good, and my energy levels have been normal– except for today, which is why I’m deciding to go off the MC today. I anticipate gaining at least half the weight back. But if I can keep 3 or 4 pounds off that’d be great!
I started MC today. The salt solution was ok. What was a bit tough was the resistance to not eat anything. I get hungry every 1.5 hours. I try not to think too much about food and keep myself busy. It does really help when you are determined to finish the 10 days successfully.
I’m more worried about easing out of the diet after the 10th day and the effects afterwards. This is a big sacrifice and I hope I won’t gain back the pounds I’ll lose.
So I started last night and drank the tea and nothing unusual happened. Everything was “solid” if you know what I mean. So this morning I woke up and drank the SWF and again everything was “solid” for me. Is this normal? I was expecting to be in the bathroom several times but I have not. It has only been twice and everything has been the same. Now I am off to drink the lemonade. I couldn’t find Grade B syrup near me and didn’t feel like taking a trip into Manhattan for it so I am going to use Grade A.
I just started the MC this morning and so far it is pretty rough!!! I started with the tea last night, which I loved! I woke up early so I could do the salt water bath and be close to a toilet before i have to take my son to his one year well visit. I think for me it was easier to get the salt water down than it is to drink the lemonade! :( I think I need less of the cayenne pepper it is making my throat burn. I only plan to drink 5-6 glasses of this today, I hope! It is really gross I hope I make it through and don’t give up! Selen- I was worried about headaches myself seeing as how I was an avid caffeine drinker! Thanks for your help with that! I was really worried about the toilet issue and for my first morning it wasn’t as bad as i thought. Anybody out there taking the cayenne pills instead of the cayenne powder in the drink?
I am starting Day 3 along with Angel.
So far so good. I do not “love” the SWF but did not die from it either. I love the lemonade and both days finished all of it. I have it along with crushed ice from my fridge and it is cooling and refreshing when it is a steamy 100+ F outside. In addition to the lemonade I also drink 5-6 additional glasses of water.
I was 191 Ibs going into this and lost 4 Ibs in two days. I would have loved to lose more, but still not bad.
The bad thing for me was that I got a headache in the afternoon of Day 2. It was really bad and persistent yesterday. I am not sure if it is from hunger or is it a side effect of detoxing. Either way, it is bad. I have heated one of those little therapeutic baggies in the microwave and rubbed my head with tiger balm. The combination eased my pain a bit, but it is not totally gone. I do not want to take pain killers though. Anyone else out there experiencing headaches? How soon do they go away?
Angel, sorry to hear you do not lose weight but hang in there.
Best,
Selen
Colie i’m starting it tomorrow morning as well. Post evrey day so I can see the comparisons.
Good Luck
Hello everyone!
After a few failed attempts I decided to finally stick to the MC starting tomorrow morning*monday*. Last month I was able to do the cleanse for about 3 days then quit since I needed to really mentally prepare. So here it goes!
Question to everyone, since I know the SWF is the worst part of the cleanse I was wondering if anyone found any ideas of how to get it down easier? I’ve tried adding lemon juice as well as lime juice but I just cant get all of it down! That’s too much gross liquid!!! lol. So please let me know if you have any suggestions!
Day: 02
Getting to Day 2 was not that bad. However, the bad news is I am not losing weight! It could have a lot to do with my starting this MC right around that time of the month. And I read in some posts that it could have a lot to do with it because water retention issues. I am disappointed but not giving up. I will stop checking the scales that way I can avoid feeling bad about it.
Other than, i am following everything to the T. Will continue with posting my updates…
Jen, E.C. how are you both progressing?
Good Luck to all…
Angel
mike- did you try whole foods? the whole foods in manhattan (97th street) has the exact grade B one shown in the pic. i assume all whole foods have it but if not you can go get it at the one in on 97th
I am going to start this tonight by having my first tea. My question is concerning the maple syrup. I live in Brooklyn, NY and went to 2 grocery stores and both sold only Grade A, not Grade B. Since Grade B is preferred, I was wondering if anyone knows where to buy this somewhere in Brooklyn.
ps. angel i ended up starting on friday night too! so we’re on the same day! keep blogging on how you’re doing!
dj- good advice about the salt water.. i’m going to try that tomorrow!
Day 2
So the first day was kinda tough. I wasnt very hungry or was craving food much (probably because i was home all day alone with no temptation), the tough part was the drinks. The salt water in the morning wasn’t pleasant but okay because i only have to do it once in the morning. But the “lemonade” ugh sucked!! i dont know if it’s the maple syrup or the pepper but i had to pinch my nose and just drink it as fast i could. i was drinking it warm yesterday. today i work up and did the salt water – bathroom routine and was dreading drinking the lemonade. I mixed it with cold water today and only put one tablespoon of maple syrup, i dont know if its the cold water, of the cut on the maple syrup or me just being hungry, but it tastes WAYYY better then it did yesterday. i read up there somewhere that we can’t alter the amount of lemon juice but we can alter the amount of maple syrup so i think one tbl spoon is enough for me (if anything its less calories ; D ) well thats how its going so far. i hope everyone is being strong and doing good. it was soo hard for me to turn down cookouts and parties last night but i had to make that sacrifice
Day 2
So the first day was kinda tough. I was very hungry or was craving food much (probably because i was home all day alone with no temptation), the tough part was the drinks. The salt water in the morning wasn’t pleasant but okay because i only have to do it once in the morning. But the “lemonade” ugh sucked!! i dont know if it’s the maple syrup or the pepper but i had to pinch my nose and just drink it as fast i could. i was drinking it warm yesterday. today i work up and did the salt water – bathroom routine and was dreading drinking the lemonade. I mixed it with cold water today and only put one tablespoon of maple syrup, i dont know if its the cold water, of the cut on the maple syrup or me just being hungry, but it tastes WAYYY better then it did yesterday. i read up there somewhere that we can’t alter the amount of lemon juice but we can alter the amount of maple syrup so i think one tbl spoon is enough for me (if anything its less calories ; D ) well thats how its going so far. i hope everyone is being strong and doing good. it was soo hard for me to turn down cookouts and parties last night but i had to make that sacrifice
Day: 01
I made it so far!
I had the laxative tea last night but nothing happened. In the morning, I had the salt water and it was not good but I drank it like good medicine:-) I added some lemon to it and was easier to drink.
Btw, is it really important to have filtered water?
I picked up some water from one of those water stores. I drank only 4 glasses of the cold maple recipe drink throughout the day. Could not drink more. I have always been less of of a water drinker. Usually drink maybe 1-2 glass of water per day. Doing this MC I think is finally improving my water drinking habits.
I have done fasts before but never felt like this. I noticed today, that how much I think about food. This diet will help me realize the importance of food and eating the right food. Even though I am a vegetarian, I tend to eat unhealthy foods, Starbucks addiction being one.
Anyways, I will be back with my updates for tomorrow.
Good Luck and Happy 4th of July to you all…
Angel
I started the MC last night. This will be my second time. The first was a year ago. I did the MC for 28 days plus 4 days of post MC. I don’t drink the tea. I drink my salt water 1 1/2 hours before bedtime. I use 1 TABLESPOON with 1 liter of warm water. I’ll hit the bathroom in 45-60 minutes. The amount of sea salt one needs depends on the person. I started with 2 teaspoon and that didn’t work for me. I’m 47, male, 6’2″ & 236 lbs. After that, I wash up and go to bed, never having any accidents. I expect a slight headache to come around day 2 and be gone by day 4. I know this cleanse works. I feel better, my skin looks better and my tongue will lose that white film. That’s when you know you’re cleaned out. A couple of weeks after I ended my first time on the MC I tried drinking a beer, it was disgusting. I lost 24 lbs gaining 8 lbs back, some weight gain is expected. I did not do this to lose weight, I wanted to cleanse by body and that’s what I want to do again. Weight lose is just a plus.
SWF…..sorry.
Hey everyone. I am starting day 7 of the cleanse and I feel great. I have lost 12 pounds already. I normally do not blog, however I am reading a lot of posts where people are hating the SWC and either not finishing it or not doing it at all. This is a really important part of the cleanse. What I do that makes it so much easier is, I put my two teaspoons of salt into a cup of 8 ounces of water and then fill a jug with the remaining 28 ounces of water. I pound the 8 ounces of salt water in about 3 seconds and then chase it with the rest of the water. It is sooooooooo easy. Just thought this would help. Hang in there everyone.
Hey all! I am on the 5th day of my cleanse.
I have not had too much of a problem with hunger/cravings.
Something I am doing (which I don’t know if it is that great for the “cleanse” aspect of the diet, but doesn’t seem to hurt the weight loss side) is keeping a bad of werther’s hard candies handy.
This is something two of my friends did. They did the MC and talked me into it. Whenever I get really hungry, I just suck on one of those. They are only about 25 calories each, and you dissolve them slowly, so It is just a small amount of liquid and not solid food.
I have had about 2-3 a day while I’ve been on the cleanse and it helps a lot with cravings. The other aspects of the diet work fine with these (BMs, salt water, all that)
I’ve lost about 14 lbs so far and feel great. Hope this helps someone! Goodluck!
Day 0:
Weight: 141
I picked up all items I needed for the MC. Organic Maple Syrup – Grade B, fresh lemons (could not find organic ones), Cayenne pepper, Uniodized/Sea Salt and Laxative Herbal Tea.
Can you believe it, I was waiting at the counter and saw this magazine called First for women. The cover page read “Drop 16 lbs in 4 Days. Me being the curious me, I looked closely and GUESS what? It was about Master Cleanse! Maybe it was a sign for me:-)) I bought the magazine too.
Btw, in the beginning of these posts by Jennifer, she gave some good tips. Adding the Apple Cider Vinegar (ACV) or the Dr. Brandt’s Blueberry Boosters (2 tspns) to the salt water so it would be easier to drink. The ACV has very good health benefits, check out on google. Also, if the laxative tea causes cramps etc, then try to switch to herbal tea without Senna.
I took measurements of my waistline and took a Before photo so I can compare it at the completion of the MC:-) In an hour or so, I will take my Laxative Herbal Tea.
I look forward to successful completion of this health cleansing journey. I will utilize full support available on this blog and of course Selen and I are starting on same day so we will motivate each other too.
Good Luck!
Angel
Hi Jen Angel and Selen,
I think we are doing this in the same period :)
I just finished my first day, July 2nd. In the morning, I only drank 1/6 of the salt water. Because I was almost threw up, so then i had to stop dranking it. After 2 hours I think, I went to restroom for almost 6 times. I was surprised, because I didnt drink all of the salt water and I already went to restroom for so many times.( imagine if I drank all of them, OMG) But I think it was maybe the Herbal tea from the night before??? I dont know???
After that, I had to pack everything in a small seperate container (less than 100 ml), because I work at the airport. During the working time, I only drank 2 cups of lemonade. Plus the two in the moning, I only had 4 cups in my first day. I dont know why, but I really dont feel that hungry at all. AND I love the taste of the lemonade and the spicy.
My goal is loosing 10 pounds in 14 days. I hope I can make it. And I will also try to drink the salt water again!!!
Good luck and stay stronge everyone:)
Hi,
Jen – I am planning to start my MC on this Saturday. i.e. drink the herbal tea tomorrow night and start the MC on Saturday. It would be nice if someone starts at the same time to keep the motivation going.
More than the no solid food I am too slightly worried about the SWF situation because I work too and takes me an hour to get to work:-)
Anyone starting Saturday July 3rd, please respond and Good Luck!
Angel
Hey so i’ve been reading everyone’s stories for the past couple of days and am really excited to try it on my own now. I just came back from whole food and am ready to get started. I’ll drink the tea tonight before bed. I am a little worried about starting today because I work at a restaurant and I am working doublle shifts tomorrow so i am worried about how many bathroom trips i will be making after the salt water. from reading everyone’s responses it doesn’t sound too bad. is anybody else starting today?? i will be needing all the support i can get! best of luck everyone!!! : )
Hello all. This is Bonnie. I had breakfast with my daughter Saturday. In addition to noticing that she had herbal tea, two boiled eggs and dry toast, I noticed was how beautiful her skin looked. It was glowing. She told me that she had been on the master cleanse. I started Sunday. Today is my 4th day. The first day was intolerable, even the dog’s food looked appetizing. Day 2 was better but I almost sabotaged myself out of reflex. I was in Cosco and started to take a sample before I remembered that I wasn’t eating. Today, I was at a nusery buying some basil to plant. I saw a new basil and plucked a leaf to see how strong the taste was. I could have kicked myself. I break the diet for a basil leaf, why couldn’t it have been a piece of chicken? LOL. I am not going to beat myself up over a leaf but boy do I feel stupid.
I intend to do the full ten days, I would like to try longer but I have some business travel coming up.
Stay stong everybody, peace
PS ssb, I’m with you
Is there anyone out there on day 3 or 4 —like me?? I’d like ‘someone’ to do this with!
I plan on 10 days, but am just lonely doing by myself!
I primarily want to lose weight and use the MC as a starting point/turning point in eating healthier and transitioning to becoming vegan. (Currently a flexitarian)
I could use some support from someone who is at the same stage. :)
Hi Rosebud,
It is wise of you to prepare mentally and set the start date after the festivities.. Make sure you have nothing major going on durring the cleanse that involves food and it will be easier.. You’ll do great !!
- Rina
Hi – Newcomer Here!
I’ve been reading all the blogs , and I feel this is the right thing for me. It’s alittle scarry, but I’m going for it. Since the 4Th of July is in 3 days I think I’ll wait until the festivities are over. So Sunday is the day. Well I’ll start with the laxative in the evening. You all have inspiring story’s and I feel I’ll have a good support system. Looking forward to being a part of the group. I just want to feel better. I’ll share more of my story with you, as time goes along. You all are very inspiring and should be very proud of yourselves! I commend your commitment and strength. Talk to you soon. Until then – KEEP UP THE GOOD WORK, KEEP THE FAITH, BE PROUD, MOST OF ALL
GOD BLESS YOU ALL. HAPPY 4TH 2009!!! BE SAFE, DON’T GIVE IN,
TALK TO YOU ON MONDAY THE 5TH,
ROSEBUD
Hello Everyone,
I have been reading the posts on this site and am looking forward to start my MC starting this Saturday for 10 days. My reason to do the MC is for 2 good reasons: detoxification and lose weight in that process. I feel this blog proves to be very encouraging and will posts my daily updates once I start.
I had 2 questions please help answer..
1. how bad the situation gets for the SWF and for how many days? Because it takes an hour to travel to work
2. Does one feel stomach growling, gas, etc since no food is going in stomach? I do fasts and the day I do, I get these symptoms.
Good Luck to you all who plan to start, those who started and those who are sticking to it…
Angel
Cori- no real benefit – the idea is to cleanse – and you need all those days together. Just wait until you can set aside 10 days…….
So I was thinking of doing this cleanse starting Monday night. However, I have a very busy social calender. I know i can still do the cleanse by avoiding dinners out with friends, or just ordering cocktails at happy hours. However, I have several occasions where i cant get away with following the cleanse. Like I will have 5 days free, then a weekend away bachlorette party where we all go out to dinner. Is there any benefit for doing the cleanse for 5 days, off one, then another 7, off one, extra?
To lee sala -
Thank you very much for the advice about holding your nose while drinking the salt water. I wish I would have read that before I drank it this morning!
I’m going to check back in to see about everyone’s progress and write about my own.
I’m really hoping that the master cleanse will be a pivotal turn in my personal fight against alcoholism and obesity.
See you guys later!
Keep it it up you all – I am on day 21 and I feel amazing! As much as I wouldn’t mind food – I love the way I feel right now and I do not want to lose this light, unbloated feeling. It is incredible and SO worth all you are going through now!!! Remember – you will always be tempted – it is a choice and YOU WILL NOT REGRET THE PAY OFF!!!
hi to all,
this is my third day, looks so easy, my only concerne is that i had to quit taking my medecin. for the issue of avoiding the bad taste of the salt flush, all i do is i close my nose with my two fingers while i drink it, this way it tastes like just water, try it folks and let me know. good luck
Good Morning All… This is my first day of the second time to do the cleanse. I did the first one for 10 days, and plan on that this time.
It was amazing last time. Really, really loved it. But, I fell back into some of my old patterns, and I want to get back on track.
The first day or two is hard. Last time I was miserable the first time, but I know that it is temporary and the effects are well worth it.
Glad to be here and share experiences with everyone. Looking forward to the journey!
Jane
One day at a time… Right now it is one hour at a time. :)
Well,
I’ve been threatening to start this diet as a jump-start towards weight loss and eliminating my alcohol dependency, and I’m happy to say that today I finally started day 1.
It’s 7:21pm out here in sunny Southern California, and I can honestly say that I’ve gone for 24 hours with no booze, and I feel fine.
I’m craving FOOD much more, though.
The saltwater solution has to have been the most God-awful thing I’ve ever ingested in my life. It was TERRIBLE!
At first, I was thinking, “Only 2 teaspoons of sea salt? That’s not so bad!” – Let me tell you, folks, IT IS!
Getting that saltwater down my throat was torturous to say the least, but at least the bad taste gave me a sense of accomplishment after I got it all down.
So far the saltwater is the worst part of the diet, but I am starting to get hungry and the 1st day isn’t over yet. I can’t get my mind off of Round Table Pizza (yum!).
I still have to try out that senna tea I bought tonight . . .
Wish me luck and blessings, everyone. I’m sick of being a fat alcoholic!!!
Day 4
Weight Loss Total – 10.2
GAINED 3.4 pounds on Day 3. :(
Hello everyone. Today I am getting more frustrated. I had had a very good weight loss the first two days but then on Day Three, my first day without cheating, I GAINED weight back! And I am still not having BMs. I did have one at the end of Day 2, but nothing yesterday (Day 3) and nothing this morning. I am doing the salt water and the laxative teas correctly, but nothing happens. I did both the salt water AND the lax tea this morning and still nothing at all. I don’t know what else I can do. How can drinking all this water and all the lemonaides and the lax and salt water not result in something coming out? The salt water seems to just make me retain water for hours and hours. Help!!
I am also super hungry and discouraged this morning with a bagel and cream cheese screaming my name. Hope I can get through the day. Not looking good right this moment. Some weird aches and pains, but no headache. Still weak but okay. Any ideas about the water retention from the salt and ways to get the BMs moving as their supposed to would be appreciated.
susansaga
I am about to start my second go at the master cleanse tomorrow, unlike last time i have been reading alot of posts and i think this is really helpful so thank you everyone! I just wanted to share a tip of my own… im not sure if it will help anyone else but its worth a try right! When i do the salt water flush in the morning at the beginning it nearly killed me, So i tried it a bit different, i would mix up all of it but leave maybe half a cup out and then use a small glass and drink it without stopping (it seems more manageable at once to me) give myself a minute of 2 maybe have a little water then proceed with the rest until i have drank it it all in manageable amounts, i found that the last glass was the worst because of the salt wanting to sink so thats why i left out a bit of water and i will add it to the last bit… like i said i dont know if this will help and good luck everyone!! happy cleansing!
Day Three
Weight Loss – 13.6 pounds! (In two days!!!)
Thank you for the note, Richard. I am doing the salt water correctly – two teaspoons in a quart of warm water. Drink it in under two minutes. Had it again this morning and still absolutely nothing happened except the salt apparently makes me retain all the water as that seems to stay in me, too. If I don’t get some positive result from it in the next couple of days, I think I will switch to the laxative tea (Using Smooth Move) for both morning and night and see if that works better for me.
I did have my first BM last night though (end of day 2). I had, unfortunately, cheated – a couple heaping spoonfuls of peanut butter (that hurt my stomach!) and some fresh fruit salad. I think that stuff actually got the BM going, but I also did the lax tea soon after. Fortunately, it all seemd to leave me since I still lost more weight again.
Today, day three, was a much better day. Getting better from the pneumonia, headache gone, still weak but stronger than over the last two days. I finally had all my lemonaides and I don’t think I’ll be cheating today. Yay! I hope to start going on my walks again soon – Was doing a couple miles a day with my dog and we both miss it! I don’t want to push myself while still recovering AND just starting the cleanse and it’s in the upper 90′s here right now (Nor Cal) so I may wait a few more days.
Izzie – Of course it’s best to do the MC 100% and you’ll get the very best possible result that way. But if you HAVE to have something, have some healthy. My feeling, for me anyway, is that it’s better to be 90% and get 90% of the benefit while striving for 100%. I “cheated” the first two days and today I was more able to do it 100%. But if I’d beat myself up over my little indiscretions and quit – That certainly is not better.
So, I’ve read that some people may have a small salad, some have high water content veggies for nibbling (cucumber, sprouts, lettuce, that sort of thing, I imagine), some recommend a little fruit like an apple or pear. You can certainly have different kinds of decaffeinated organic teas – Peppermint is supposed to be soothing to the stomach. I think the longer you go from eating food and the less you cheat, you will find that you are less and less hungry and able to make it through. So much is habit or emotions or just boredom. Watch for those impulses and learn from the signals your body is giving you. Find other ways to deal with the signals and feelings (talking to myself here, too!) You CAN do it! I know you can! I will need your help, too … Every day and every one of us is different but we can make it together!
I’ll check in with you all tomorrow! Happy bowel movements! … Er .. uh … I mean … Happy Master Cleansing!!! ;o)
susansaga
Hi,
Im on day 1! I have been reading up on Master Cleanse for days and got so keen to do it. So here I am. But day one I am soooooo tempted to have a cup of soup. I dont really want to eat, just really want soup, something salty… I dont have much of a sweet tooth.
I was just about to give up when I read about all posts about how people felt healthier, I want that!!
I just want to write on here for support and so I have somewhere to ask questions etc.
Im hungry right now. I dont really want more lemonade though…
Are there any foods you can eat or can you have clear soup if you’re super hungry, an apple or something? shouuld I not answer that? I do hope someone replies soon, last site I wrote on no one responded…
too hungry to think right now! But just need to get through the next 2 days, help!!
Day 4
I know I said I’d be back nightly but it just didn’t work out that way. Just too busy. By the time I could spare a moment for this it was just too late and I was simply too tired. One of the most important things about the cleanse is getting enough sleep at night. This is essential because that’s when most of the body’s normal detoxification takes place.
Well, the other thing is that so far it’s been pretty much unremarkable this time. No headache, no irritability, no wild thoughts of food. I feel the way I did near the end of my first cleanse: calm, light, and clean.
What is different for me this time is the way I’m doing the elinination stuff. Rather than take the laxative tea at bedtime, I take it mid-afternoon. I still do the salt water flush upon rising in the morning. My reasoning is that the nightly laxative starts to work in the morning but I’m taking the salt water then, which accomplishes the same thing at the same time. Then my bowels do nothing from then until the nest day. By doing the laxative tea in the afternoon, My bowels have something to do later in the day and are generally more active. I don’t get a ton of stuff out, but at least it’s something.
I weighed 184 lbs on the morning of the first day and this morning (day 4) I’m at 179 lbs. Weight loss is not my goal and I’m not weighing myself every day. For me it’s more a matter of curiosity. The reason that I’m doing the master cleanse is to use it as a springboard to a healthier diet. While on my first cleanse a couple of months ago I eliminated coffee, stopped snacking at night, generally ate better, and returned to a strict vegetarian diet. My understanding is that you can gain back half of the weight you will lose during the cleanse but this has not been the case for me. In late April I was at 196 lbs and my weight went down to about 184 by the end of the cleanse.
I still am doing the shopping and most of the cooking for my family. The reason I haven’t gone bonkers is that I have just given in to the process and see obsesing over food as being needlessly masochistic. I figure either I’m doing this or I’m not. If I am, there’s no point thinking about food very much. When I conduct myself in this manner my stomach behaves itself. It is the THINKING about food (or the possibility of eating food) that will drive you crazy. Just look at it one way or the other: either you’re eating or cleansing.
A quick note to Susansaga. I’m quite surprised you didn’t have a BM yet. Do you have the right concentration of salt in the water? It’s 2 teaspoons per quart of water. It goes down better if it’s warm and should be consumed over a fairly short period of time (approx. 10 minutes). The other thing is stress. That’ll slow your bowels like anything. If that is the case try meditation or controlled breathing. At any rate stick with it and make sure you drink enough of the lemonaide.
Keep it up everyone! Back soon.
Richard
Okay, I’m now starting Day 2. Day 1 was not a very good day on the cleanse, but my fault. I’m still recovering from the pneumonia so spent most of the day in bed and didn’t even have all of the Lemonaides. Will try to get them all in today.
I did have the SW in the morning and the Smooth Move Tea last night and still no BMs. Kinda strange. I’m going for the SW again right now and hope that gets things going.
I wound up with a really bad headache starting last night. It went through the night and I still have it, although it’s better now. I didn’t take anything for it, as hard as that was. Just used ice packs on my forehead and eyes. Hope that goes away soon.
The good thing – I lost about 8 pounds! Don’t read anything into that. I had lost 50 pounds over a number of months, then gained back about 20 over the past couple of months and had been eating a lot the last few days before the fast, so I no doubt had a bunch of kinda “loose” new water-weight to drop. Still, it helps with motivation to keep at it. I did think of eating a number of times – More emotional than anything – and I cheated a little and nibbled on a little chicken. But I know me and know I sometimes nibble a bit going into a diet, then settle in and am good, so I’m not going to be hard on myself over it.
I had trouble with heartburn from the lemonaides … Any ideas welcome. Can I drink some water with baking soda? I drank some peppermint herbal tea. Guess that helped. Other ideas would be great, though.
Talk to you tomorrow! Keep up the great work!
Susansaga
Hello All,
What a wonderful forum! I have been reading your comments, months and months worth, and have begun the MC this morning. My goal is to lose 20 pounds this go around and to detox to get more energy, sleep through the nights, feel more positive, get rid of mental fog, severe allergies, some aches and migraines, etc. I had become very overweight because of stress, depression and meds for that. I had dieted about 50 pounds away but plateaued for months, then gained about 20 back. So I hope to use this program to jumpstart weightloss and confidence again, then eat well and exercise to keep losing, going back to the MC periodically to keep progressing at a good rate.
A little about me – I’m a single mom, 48 years old, in a terrible 6 year divorce battle – the ex decided to burn my son and I, doesn’t pay support and dumped over half a million dollars in HIS separate debt on me (long story, but he’s crafty). Been through many court trials – I always win in the end but am now over $120,000 in debt to attorneys in addition to my ex’s debt! Then I got laid off last October, still no prospects in sight. I’m 6 months behind on my mortgage, still fighting to save my home (been here 20 years) and keep my son’s life together. Fun enough, right? Now – Just getting over having pneumonia, too and, of course, I no longer have medical insurance. So … hey … a little success with my health and weight would be nice. Depression has been a constant battle since this evil divorce battle started (was married 21 years) and caused me to gain all the weight. God has been good and He and family and friends have helped sustain me through all this. But I’m still determined to come out with the victory (and hopefully a little justice!). So that’s where I’m coming from. How great to have a physical/health/confidence transformation with the help of this cleanse. One step at a time.
I didn’t know to take the Smooth Move last night, but started this morning with the SW. I didn’t mind it that much, but nothing has happened, not even a rumble, and that was five hours ago. I bet things will start moving tomorrow. And I’ll check in daily to report my progress and look for support from all you brave, determined cleansers! Thank you so much for this forum!
Susansaga
I’m just wrapping up day 15…Dan if you’re out there- I wondered what you observed the last few days of your 18 day cleanse??? My tongue still is not pink!!! Also, I keep having the occasional dizzy spells..I have no hunger and otherwise feel great! I don’t believe I have lost any weight these last 5 days. I do the lax tea every night and the SWF every 3rd day….
Hey guys. Today is my second day on this diet, I am only 17 years old but need to lose some weight around 10 lbs, since I weigh 135 I really hope this diet works because it is natural. I have a question, when I do start losing weight, does it happen to ever come back when I stop drinking the lemonade? Also when do you actually see the weight loss results, I didn’t eat anything yesterday and this morning I was really hungry but I managed to swipe it away with the lemonade, I drank 4 glasses yesterday today I am going to drink 5 or 6, but last night I did have tea with milk sorry…
Hello all,
I did the Master Cleanse about 2 months ago and loved it. I lost 12 pounds during the cleanse and another 2-3 pounds since. I’m doing it again now for 2 reasons. First, I am going to do this every 3 months (at the beginning of each season), and second, beacause my 16 year old daughter is doing now as well.
I learned a lot about the process and myself during my first cleanse and am using this forum to provide you with insights, tips, and other useful information that may help you on your own health journey.
I started last night with the laxative tea. I didn’t do the laxative tea during my first cleanse, only the salt water flush in the mornings. This time I am going with both. Laxative tea at night and the salt water in the morning. The point of this cleanse is to DETOXIFY. But if you don’t properly ELIMINATE those toxins they will be reabsorbed by the body. The more times you defecate, the better.
Back to my cleanse. I’m not going to write anything else right now. What I am going to do is post my daily observations at the end of each day as it better suits my schedule.
Good luck on your journey and I’ll be back tonight.
Richard
I CANT SEEM TO FIND LAXATIVE TEA ROUND MY AREA . THE BEST I CAN GET IS CELESTIAL SEASONING HERBAL TEA. WILL THIS DO ?
I have done this cleanse before with great results (increased energy and mental acquity, corrected digestive system, eliminated joint pain) but it has been several years since I have done the entire 10 days. I am on day 4 and very weak. I am experiencing bloating more than I remember before; and I am continueing to take a supplement which I find neccessary on a daily basis just to have enough energy to make it through. I noticed someone on this post is planning to do liver/gallbaldder/parasite cleanse immediately following The Master Cleanse so I’ve been researching that a little. It seems that the parasite cleanse is reccommended before the liver/gallbladder cleanse. Has anyone done this?
Have a great Father’s Day :)
Made it to day 7 and then had food. My schedule changed and I have to go to Beijing in two days so all my plans went to pot. I lost 10 pounds, and had no idea I had lost so much, but never felt really great, just quietly mellow. No extra energy. I don’t need to loose more than 6 or 7 pounds so I will do that slowly. I am going to do this cleanse every so often for 3 days. I think that is great if you do it every other month or so for a fast. 10 days is really hard when I have to fly all over and have 15 hour flights sometimes… great to have been a part of this. Good luck to all!!
Day 12. Friday, June 19, 2009: I made it! Total lost 15 POUNDS.. I met my goal! This has been an amazing journey. I feel great! I get up earlier in the morning now and I have increased energy. I absolutely recommend this regimen to anyone who wants to feel better overall. This takes a lot of will power and discipline but as long as you remember it is all in the mind, this will pay off! I look forward to doing this again in the future, the results are well worth the sacrifice. To those of you on the regimen or about to begin, best of luck! I would keep a journal or blog everyday, this definitely kept me on track. HAPPY CLEANSING !
DAY 6 Wow Rita, GOOD FOR YOU!!!! I got home from long flight from Kuwait this am and then had a 6 hour commute to JFK from DC because of weather. When I got home I was so hungry, I had 1 tbsp of peanut butter. I was shaking. But then I felt hugely better and drank my drink. Slept for almost 5 hours today and tonight I will pay the price of being up half of it but it is day 6 and I am glad. I drink mostly the lax tea since the salt water makes me gag and also doesn’t seem to go all the way through me. I haven’t weighed myself except for the night I started and really don’t care. I just want to feel clean and energetic like RITA!!! My body looks much better, less bloated and my skin has always been great but I am looking for the radiance and energy. So far I don’t really feel it. I will keep on keeping on!
Day 11. Thursday, June 18, 2009: Praise GOD ! I feel great! The day was good yesterday.. I decided to lay off the saltwater flush and go for the tea at night and tea in the morning option.. This worked for me.. I went for a walk at lunch and it kicked in after. I felt great knowing that there was only 1 day to go and here I am at day 11! I hit a spin class after work.. I did experience something that I had read on in Glickman’s book.. the “hot” BM. When it happened I knew exactly what it was from all that I had read on it. This is supposed to mean that a high level of toxins are exiting the body. I felt energetic through the night. Went home and watched a movie and had my tea. I did feel hunger pains for the first time last night but this wasn’t until I was already in bed so it was bearable. This morning I was 3 pounds lighter than yesterday! Total weight loss now is 13 pounds AWESOME!! My skin has cleared a bit also. I am looking forward to transitioning to liquids tomorrow. I plan on having a jamba juice for breakfast and some miso soup for lunch along with naked orange juice throughout the day. I will write again tomorrow with my final results. Once again CHEERS to CLEANSING!!!
Day 10. Wednesday, June 17, 2009: Had a good day yesterday. Had no cravings whatsoever. For the first time, the tea did not hit me right away in the morning.. it did hit me about 2 hours after the SWF. My tongue is clearing but not completely pink yet . Yesterday I ran errands with little gordts at lunch and kept busy. I hit the gym after work. Ran/walked for 1 hour on the treadmill.. I presently am recovering from a foot injury and felt that I could run last night, I had plenty of energy to do it but after 3 miles my foot was hurting.. Im paying the price now, I think I re-injured what had taken so long to start healing. I am sad to not be able to run .. and when I get on that treadmill I want to run, but I will need to walk it from now on until I feel no pain in my foot. I also did a killer abs workout and sat in sauna. So my energy level is great !! I am loving the way I feel and am kind of afraid of how I will feel once I transition back to food.. will this feeling go away ?? I hope not. I am also afraid of gaining the pounds back. A few people that I know are starting the cleanse on Monday, I am really excited for them.. I encourage them to read on it and also keep a journal. This has kept me on track and held me accountable to my commitment and I recommend it to anyone who is considering doing this. It has been an incredible experience ! I look forward to tomorrow, Day 11, my final day on the cleanse!! YAY !!!
Thanks Dan. Nice to have other people doing the cleanse w/u. I slept the entire day and am now flying back to DC. I woke up a bit groggy and swollen after the SWF which just produced a bit of watery slush. I am going to shower and prepare for the flight back. When I land it will be the bottom of the 6th day for me. I feel committed to 10 days plus the 3 out of it. This evening is the first time I missed my coffee!! I think if I do go back to drinking it, I willd drink only black coffee and forget the milk and splenda! yea! That’s what I like about a good cleanse, there seem to be permanent changes every time. Some very small, but good.
Lauren, I like your feelings about the cleanse and agree completely!
Jeff, re: cardio…
Just make sure that you drink enough of the lemonade, using the correct proportions, to get enough calories for your workout.
Each Tbsp of maple syrup is about 55 calories. See one of my earlier posts for a link to calculate your caloric needs while on the cleanse. Also, drink lemonade whenever you are hungry; you’ll have a better cleanse if you don’t suffer through hunger :)
Best of luck!
Thanks Lauren. That’s what I was thinking too… I’ll be back on it in a couple weeks. Thanks for the reply.
Hi Mike, I am no expert, but I think a day of OJ is good anyway, as a transition. What a simple and healing way of eating and cleansing this diet is. Good luck!
I have a question about stopping the cleanse early. I only made it 4 days and I have to stop due to an unexpected trip I need to make. Do you have to follow the offboarding process, 2 days of OJ, then soup etc if it’s only been 4 days? Or can I shorten the offboarding since it hasn’t been the full 10 days?
Any help is appreciated. Thanks
Hi Everyone, I am in Kuwait, starting day 5 – depending what time zone you are on!! Feeling that the idea of cleansing is what is keeping me going rather than what I am doing to drop a few pounds! Jeff, my recommendation about doing cardio, exercising and working out is that when you are on the fast, you have to be kind to your body that you are cleansing. If it likes cardio, than do it. Listen to your body. That’s my suggestion. Meanwhile, I just drank the salt water solution and am playing on my laptop, waiting. It is 4am in Kuwait and it was 110 degrees yesterday when I got here so it is easy to enjoy a hotel room and do the detox. Feeling in a nice relationship to my body, thinking that this cleanse is way deepr than just fasting if you let it be. Sounds weird, but I am journal too about letting go of thoughts, habits of mind and developing a kinder attitude towards myself and by body. Keep up the good work everyone!
Well hello everyone, the comments and suggestions have been great. Today is Day 1 of the master cleanse for me and so far it is going great. Did the herbal tea last night in preparation and this morning did the quart of salt water. Does anyone suggest I work out and do cardio while not having any food in my system? I know for me, if I don’t have any food in my stomach, I get very weak. Please let me have your comments and suggestions.
Day 9. Tuesday, June 16, 2009: Feeling good.. I pretty much feel like a normal person who eats 3 healthy meals a day. My energy level is great! Yesterday went by fast, kept busy at lunch by walking over to Sport Chalet to check out the sales. Met my cousin and friend for a spin class, then sat in the sauna for a little bit. Got home and did a couple of loads of laundry, picked up around the house and took a nice long hot shower.. felt relaxing. I started my period yesterday ugh !!! For the first time, the tea did not hit me at all… Im thinking due to my period..I am still at a 10 pound loss, I also think that my period is causing water retention, looks like the weight loss is at a standstill for today, I am hoping that I will drop 2-3 pounds tomorrow or the next day. I will not let it discourage me since I know the cause… Anyhow, 3 days to go !!! Wooo- Hoooo !!!! I am excited to be at day 9. This feels so easy ! Shout out to my MC buddy who has also dropped 10 pounds Good job Little Gordts !!!
AHHHH using your teeth. I can’t wait! I wish we could chew gum, that would be a gift from heaven.
DAY 8!!!!! my 8th and final day! today i was actually hungry but i think its the anticipation of actually being able to eat again. im so excited to be finished with this. so i fell short of my goal 11pounds down, i was going for 15 but oh well. i only did the swf once so that probably why. i feel good though! im looking forward to the taste of orange juice n the morning and soup on wednesday! but i promised myself i would not over eat, because we all know what will happen.but then again i dont think that will be possible because over the past eight days my body has gotten accustomed to being full off a glass of lemonade, so how much could i possible eat right?im definetly going to eat in moderation and since i fell short of my goal im going to implement 40 mins of cardio into my daily routine. then ill really being leading a healthy life style. by the way last night my boyfriend kissed me after eating pork chops and i almost threw up. the taste was just so strong, like when you drink water with most meals and then one day you have pop- its really harsh. anyway im super excited because i dont have to be isolated from my family at meal times anymore, i can go out and have a drink and most exciting of all i can use my teeth again!! orange juice here i come!
(Rina) I am so glad for you!!! You are pretty active and it seems to me that fighting off the temptation for food would be so difficult for me in the situations you’ve been in. (parties, movies). Good for you!!! I have to small kids (3 and 2 yrs old) and I still have to make them their snacks, breakfast, lunch and dinner. It’s soooooo hard Ahhhh what I would do for just 1
Cheese-nip. sooooo yummy. I think all and all I am doing okay, but just okay. I don’t know what the deal is but I don’t think that I have lost any weight. (i don’t have a scale, not b/c I am against them, just haven’t ever bought one). So I started this fast to drop 4 lbs that I gained but it wasn’t the weight that made me diet. I decided to diet b/c my clothes didn’t fit. I recently lost a lot of weight maybe 30-35 lbs. in the process of a year. I was a size 12 + and went down to a 2. I did not buy may clothes while loosing weight but I bought tons once I was happy with my size (it was my pre-baby size) anyways nothing fits anymore and I JUST bought it!!!!! Anywho, I tried on my shorts and they still don’t fit. They button but I have a muffin top. (HATE THAT!) If I only gained 4 lbs (the doc. weighed me and I went back a month later and gained 4 lbs) and people avg. a lb a day why do they not fit yet? Maybe I gained more that I thought. Hmmmm???? Hope some of this weight falls off.
Day 8. Monday, June 15, 2009: Happy Monday ! I never thought I would feel so relieved to be back at work.. I realized this weekend that this is a safe place from temptation. Yesterday was rather hard for some reason.. My mentality shifted toward thoughts of food… even though I did not feel hungry, the thought of food would not leave me. Went to the movies last night, 21 and over alcohol serving theatre.. my bf had a beer.. I could smell it !!! I thought to myself the beer will still exist (in moderation of course) after this cleanse.. that always gets me through.The book does state that Day 7 is just as hard as days 1-3 and that’s no joke.. Im glad that’s over with !! I survived the weekend YAY !!! Down 10 pounds and I feel great ! My clothes are feeling a bit looser and I even tried on a size smaller pants and they fit (snug, but they fit). Soon I will be at my goal ! I plan on hitting the gym hard the next 4 days. Cant wait to see results on that scale Friday! To those of you just starting out (ursula), it only gets easier.. don’t give in to your cravings, you will thank yourself in the morning when you see that number on the scale ! The average for me has been 1 to 1.5 pounds per day.. although yesterday I dropped 2 pounds and this morning I had dropped ounces, a little less than a pound. If you dont loose anything one day dont get discouraged, you will likely see a loss on the following morning, so keep going, dont look back!!! Will write more tomorrow, on my DAY 9 ~YESSS!!!!
Day 3!! Woke up a little sleepy but grateful I am doing this.
WillI am getting ready to go to the airport and this am I could only drink the lax tea since the thought of the salt just gagged me. I am bringing some salt with me for the hotel stay in Kuwait.. So, day three and I am psyched! I can’t weigh myself yet.. from all the years of being weighed at work (flight attendant regulations!!) I hate the scale. I weighed myself the night before I started and I think I will do it again around day 5.
I think Ursula it averages a pound a day. Did I mention I am cheating ever-so-slightly?>? I saw on another website that taking Hoodia for appetite control was ok. I tried to find droppers, but only found –very expensive— but highly recommended capsules. I have taken one a day and must say, I am grateful to know I can take one on the flight. I am thinking by day 5 I will not need one. Probably psychological!! Will write tomorrow.
Yay, another person just starting the fast (Lauren). I am so jelous of the people that are past day 6,7,8 (Rina lol). I am actually really happy for you Rina it is great that you stayed away from all that temptation!!! Good for you. Okay, I am super sleepy and starvin’. The mornings are better for me as far as the starving thing goes. Oh Yeah, would you say people average about a pound a day on this diet??? Just wondering the average.
Hi, I am doing this cleanse and I just finished my second day. I love reading the messages! They help me stay focused.
I just bought a box of 14 packets of organic lemonade so I can take them on my flight to Kuwait tomorrow. I am a flight attendant. The hardest part is walking in the galleys and grabbing a bite of this or that! Usually chocolate when I am tired. I want to to the full 10 days, I have juiced occasionally and always feel fabulous after, but this time I thought I would go for the gold and do the Master Cleanse, which, besides is a whole lot easier to make.
Will be in touch when I am in Kuwait!
Day 7. Sunday, June 14, 2009: Made it through the grad party last night.. I wasn’t really tempted although some people tried to offer me food.. I knew that my craving for it was not really hunger.. This morning I weighed in 2 pounds less so Im glad! Today I went to the Angel game and my aunt, uncle & friend shared these huge carnitas nachos.. they were gordtsing out on them like fat savage beasts .. I was like WOW really? The carnitas smelled good but it looked disgusting.. I am craving something good and healthy like a good salad. We also went to a bar after the game.. they all had drinks, I had water with lemon and was fine… doing good, Ive pretty much made it through the weekend.. Im looking forward to weighing in tomorrow morning, and to going back to work because this is easier to do at work. Am I obsessed with the scale ?? Perhaps but Im doing it for tracking purposes & motivation.. I am off to watch the laker game then to a movie later.. will write more tomorrow.
lee,
my husband and I are doing ours together also. Isn’t it great to have your husband’s support. (and to getting out of having to cook dinner for a whole 10 days : ) Are you trying to lose weight or “cleanse”? I reacted to the tea the same way your husband did and my husband reacted the way you did, it almost made me feel like I was doing something wrong. I think I am going to try a lemon wedge with my flush tomorrow morning. Thats the worst part for me too. I always feel like throwing up after…ugh! I am doing really well today. I am not really hungary at all but even when I am not fasting I get hungary for my first meal around 3 and eat a little snack, a huge dinner and a bunch of junk at night. So it’s still a bit early for me to be hungary. I am definately a mid-night snacker! (probably the reason I NEED to lose 10 lbs LOL) As I mentioned before last night was really, really HARD but I made it through. Hope I hear from you.
On our second day…yesterday was pure hell. No energy at all. The swf was one of the hardest things! Today we added a little fresh lemon slice. That helped. My husband and I are doing this together and we are both really committed. We are still starving on day 2 and still have very little energy. I was up at 12:30, 2:30 and 5:30am to do my “cleansing”. So I’m sure that doesn’t help. On the other hand my hubbie has had very little “cleansing” take place. Very strange how differently people react.
Day 2 … Where do I begin??? LAst nigh twas TERRIBLE!!! All I wanted was a cheeseburger(late at night of corse-that is my major snack time). I thought to myself, I’m only on the 1st day I’ll start agin tomorrow. But I stuck it out. I decided to turn in early. I drank my tea and fell asleep quite well. This morning I am not hungary did my flush and working on my 2nd glass of my beloved drink. Only 8 more days to go!!! I fell skinny already, is that possible? I don’t own a scale but I wonde if I can lose weight overnight…doubt it. Oh well I’ll loosing lbs soon enough.
i have come on here for awhile now its my 6th day now!!! wow so proud of me!!! my day 4 was terrible because of my period and so has the past few days, i havent had that burst of enery yet but it really doesnt matter because i only have 2 days left!!! i planned for 8 instead of 10. day 5 was a bit better than day 4. and its gross but the weirdest things have been coming out of me. today has been my best day yet. im not really hungry, and my cramps have finally stopped. my mom says I look like im dying cuz my face is a bit flushed but oh well because i’ve lost 10 pounds so far. i did this because in my first year of university i gained 10 pounds and i wanted to get back to normal and also to clear up my exema, which is going quite well. i’ve had major cravings for chocolate and been a bit emotional but i dont think thats due to the cleanse. hopefully i will loose 5 more pounds in the next two days or at least 4, that would be delightful! im looking forward to orange juice and vegetable soup but on a happier note my body looks amazing right now. check in tommorrow.
Day 6. Saturday, June 13, 2009: Feeling good except that I am coming down with a cold. It was inevitable since my daughter had the flu all week, I was bound to catch some sort of bug. Yesterday was good.. Went to Borders on my lunchbreak with a friend who is also on the Master Cleanse. We each picked up a different book on the MC and will exchange on Monday. My friend has been a great support embarking on this mission with me.. we are constantly checking on each other and it works great ! I recommend the buddy system ! The book that I am reading also mentioned on this site : Loose Weight, Have More Energy & Be Happier in 10 Days by Peter Glickman is VERY informative and I reommend it to anyone who is thnking of committing to the Master Cleanse. Last night I overcame the obsticle of the heavenly foody scents of Disneyland.. You all know what I mean, the smell of Waffle Cones, Churros and buttery popcorn in the air.. Ahhh, it was delicious, I found myself breathing it in over and over just to taste it ! LOL .. I have learned to distinguish my CRAVINGS form hunger. As long as I am not hungry I am good and friends, I have not felt hunger. When I awoke this morning I felt the cold symptoms worsening so I went back to bed after the SWF hit me.. Now almost noon and I am on my first serving of the mixture.. It is very quenching. Weigh in this morning total loss 8 POUNDS .. thats great for a 5 day period! I look forward to the next morning every night knowing that i will stand on that scale and see results.. I have tried so hard to loose weight , I had lost 17 pounds early in 2008 for my summer vacation in Cancun, and for the past year I have plateaued at the same weight, fluctuating 3 pounds up and down … Nothing seemed to budge, I trained for months and ran a half marathon about a month ago and with that my body did change as far as appearance and muscle tone but i did not loose any additional weight. So you see how frustrated I became … this to the point of deciding that the Master Cleanse would shock my body out of that plateau and thats exactly what is happening. I am thrilled for that!! Well folks, now I am off to run my errands and attending a Grad party tonight. Should be fun. Cheers to Cleansing!!!!
Day 1 of the cleanse. SUper excited. Will check in tomorrow to report on my progress. I need to lose 5 pounds so I think I will be able to accomplish my goal.
Day 5. Friday, June 12, 2009: TGIF, Feeling GREAT !!! Yesterday was the easiest day yet and wow the burst of energy was awesome ! Complete 360 from Day 3. Saltwater hit about an hour after taking, I was not hungry, did not think about food. I found myself drinking more water.. about 2 liters of water by lunchtime.. I did not crave the mixture, In fact I only had 2 servings of the mixture by 5 p.m. I went shopping at lunch and picked up a mint tea at starbucks, it was a real treat and held me over through the afternoon. I finally got to hit the gym. Did a 1 hour spin class, got on the treadmill for 15 minutes and sat in the sauna for 20 minutes.. I felt like I finally got a good workout in, felt GREAT ! got home and had 2 servings of the mixture before my nightly tea. I went on youtube and saw a documentary on this woman who documented herself for 40 days… she initially aimed for 10 days , at 10 days she lost 15 pounds, after that she felt so great she went for 20 then 30 then 40.. she just finished on Memorial day, lost 32 pounds looks totally different ! OMG amazing such an inspiration !! That really motivated me.. I know I am heading in the right direction! I was so full of energy last night it was hard to fall asleep but when I did it was a very restful sleep. I woke up this morning feeling very refreshed. Total weight loss now 7 POUNDS. Amazing ! I am loving this, I feel energetic and light. I know I will be strong this weekend, I have written out my schedule beginning today after work and through Sunday, I have a full weekend so it should not be an obstacle.. until tomorrow, HAPPY CLEANSING !!
For my 32+ oz bottle, I made 3.5 servings using:
28 oz. water
1/3 teaspoon of Cayenne
7 Tbsp Lemon juice
7 Tbsp B maple syrup
This is based on the ratios in Tom Woloshyn’s book. Over time, I could not really taste the cayenne anymore, so I added a little more, up to 1/2 teaspoon in a 32 oz bottle.
As a reference point, I drank 3-4 32 oz. bottles daily, which provided 1155 – 1540 calories daily (and a corresponding amount of cleansing ingredients).
Based on that caloric intake, my weekly weight loss should have been 3-4 lbs per week, but was actually a little over 7 lbs per week. I attribute the extra weight loss to cleansing. See http://www.hpathy.com/healthtools/calories-need.asp
You can determine your own caloric intake by using 55 cal. per Tbsp of maple syrup. If you find that it is below what you need, that means you are also getting fewer cleansing ingredients than is ideal.
Sounds like you are willing to go the distance, though :) Don’t starve and you will have a happy, satisfying cleanse. Good luck and please keep us posted!
Dan,
thanks so much for your feedback :) i am following the recipe religiously… and you’re right.. i probably am approaching the cleanse with the wrong frame of mind, hence my unhappiness.
i will try to change that. i was thinking perhaps i need to use more cayenne. how spicy should the drink be? i tend to have to water the lemonade down because it’s a bit too think and sweet for me.
we’ll see how the next 5 days go for me! thanks again!!
Nikki, re: cheating…
You describe that your goal is to lose weight and that you ate food, and quite a lot of it. My guess is that you are drinking too little lemonade, in order to help you reach your goal, or have a “ration” of lemonade that is too little for you. In order for the cleanse to work, you must drink the lemonade recipe… and in order to stay on the cleanse, you must drink enough of it to feel satisfied. The maple syrup is your food.
Also, the weight loss comes not only because of fewer calories, but because you’re getting rid of garbage from your body, so use the cayenne, fresh lemon, and laxative teas according to the instructions.
For me, weight loss on the cleanse did not come evenly but went in 4-5 day cycles. I would be at the same weight for several days, and then boom… down 4 pounds. I’m not sure exactly why it worked this way, but I think it is because the cleanse looses excess garbage in your body until it finally gets flushed out.
Also, on the days that my weight stayed the same, sometimes I actually felt a little more bloated & “soft” than the day before. Again, I don’t know exactly why, but I attributed this to things getting loosened up in my body before getting flushed out.
Eating a meal of solid food while on the cleanse would, I imagine, impede the flushing out of excess junk from your body and may reduce both the cleansing and weight loss effects. Eating solid food later in the cleanse would, I imagine, cause significant intestinal distress if you don’t come off the cleanse properly.
My biggest recommendation would be to approach the cleanse more for the cleansing benefits than the weight loss. Don’t get me wrong, I lost a lot of weight, feel awesome and look a lot better than when I started it; however, focusing on the cleansing will ensure that you drink enough lemonade and don’t starve yourself into quitting.
Good luck!
Day 4. Thursday, June 11, 2009: Wow, Thursday already! Music to my ears !! Again, kept busy yesterday.. the saltwater did not hit me until hours after taking and throughout the day thereafter.. nothing major again mostly water now. Still felt cold and vampirish … Did not feel hungry at all. Went to Costco at lunch.. the giant photos of Pizza and Chicken Bakes high on that wall didn’t phase me.. After lunch I began to feel sluggish, I found that I was consuming less of the mixture . by the time I left work I still had almost half the gallon left. My plan was to hit the gym but my daughter still not feeling well I picked her up from school and she had a slight fever with headache so home we went.. I cooked!! made spaghetti, smelled so good. At this point I had no desire to eat . Boyfriend and daughter both had seconds.. must’ve been good. I finished the mixture by 9 p.m. and had my tea right before bed.. felt really tired and weak last night.. This morning the tea hit again right when I woke up.. I feel more “normal” this morning no coldness.. Weighed in, total lost now 6 pounds, I am happy!!! Got to work and had saltwater at 9 a.m. and am still working on my first drink. Saltwater has not hit… I am planning ahead for the weekend because I know that I will be around food.. I am preparing myself mentally for this. Planning my days so that they are filled. Among other things I have a Graduation Party and an Angel game to go to.. I know I will be strong.. Thanks to all my peeps for supporting me !!! This blog is awesome, it has been a tremendous help! I now feel that the hardest part is over.. Once I get through the weekend I’m golden!! We can do this Little Gordts!!!! LOL
i love this blog!
lol, but anyway.. i have a question. i’m on starting my sixth day of no food…. only i cheated last night. i ate some rice and eggs and meant. either way i broke the “no food AT ALL” rule. i’m feeling kinda crappy and extremely guilty. after 5 good solid days of no food, i slacked and screwed up. i’ve got my mind set again to have a foodless next 5 days, but is there harm in slipping up the way i did?
i guess what’s discouraging for me is my lack of physical results. my pants fit the same… not much of me seems to have lost weight. of course i avoid weighing myself lol..
any comments, help or suggestions would be greatly appreciated!
Hello,
I just finished 18 days of the master cleanse (yay!) and am starting to come off it with the orange juice now. Thought I’d share a few tips for people that are thinking of trying it:
* Commit to some minimum amount of time at the outset. E.g. 10 or 14 days, because the early days are the hardest.
* Drink enough lemonade to not be hungry. Don’t worry, you will still lose weight if that is your goal. Don’t starve yourself.
* Days 3 & 4 were the hardest for me, in terms of toxic effects. But it does go away and you will feel awesome.
* To get rid of toxic effects, be sure to use the salt water flush in the morning. Once the initial toxins are out you can switch to the laxative in the morning for better colon cleansing.
* Around day 10, I started using a little psyllium & bentonite for deeper colon cleansing. I got a few more toxic effects for 1 day when I started this. Psyllium does slow down the passage through the colon, so I don’t think I’d recommend using it until you feel flushed out already.
* I read most of Tom Woloshyn’s book in advance of starting the cleanse, and that was a big help — it identifies the difficulties you’ll encounter and how to solve them.
Most of all: I started out as a curious skeptic, but am now a believer. In several ways, I feel like I am 15 years younger. No joke.
Best of luck to anyone who is going to try it!
Rina, good job you are being so strong. You’ve been such an inspiration, I wouldn’t have made it to Day 4 without you. Only 6 more days to go! We can do it!!
its the end of day 3 for me, supposedly tommorrow will be that day when you get a burst of energy… too bad its the first day of my period! on my first day i lost 2 pounds but nothing has happened since im hoping its because of my feminine issue. hopefully by the end of my period i will have lost A LOT more. did anyone else do this during that time of the month? and what happened?
dude, SO PROUD OF YOU RINA!! YOU GO GIRL!!
Day 3. Wednesday, June 10, 2009: Made it through Day 2.. Have felt no hunger or cravings… yesterday was a busy day.. I was really emotional and tired.. I don’t know if this was from lack of sleep from checking on my ill daughter throughout the night prior, or if it was from lack of nutrients.. The saltwater flush took longer to take its effect, I had it about 9 a.m. then took a brisk 15 min walk at 10:30 and it hit right afterward.. more liquidy at this point.. Pee brakes were frequent.. every 30 min. still felt cold !!! I went for a walk on my lunch hour but did not feel as energetic as I usually feel. My daughter chose pizza and breadsticks as her dinner yesterday, it smelled divine!! spent the evening in the doctors officewith her then did some notary work for a relative.. then had a friend and his kids over for a little bit.. My boyfriend did eat fast food in front of me (with my permission) but it smelled yuck to me.. I am finding that my sense of smell is different … Some things that normally smelled yummy now smell gross. Like the downstairs Café in my building … usually smells like yummy bacon and buttery pancakes in the morning, now smells like gross chicken fat.. I know weird !! Anyhow… I was able to finish the mixture by 9:00 last night and had my tea afterward.. felt really rested this morning and have a burst of energy !! down 4 pounds … nice ? (the tea did take its toll on me 4 times this morning before even leaving home) .. Have had one serving of the mixture and Just had the saltwater… good progress I must say. Stay tuned folks…
Rina…sounds like you’re handling it well….you’re down 3 and 12 more to go!
keep it up and I hope you’re baby gurl gets better!
Marg.
Day two! my head hurts, and i was quite dizzy in the shower this morning but i did loose 2 pounds!!! Last night i was freezing and feeling weak so i went to bed at like 7 pm. I didnt get a chance to drink my laxative tea, so i took both the tea and salt water this morning. I really dont think I have the right salt so im off to the super market to stock up on lemons ans salt.
Day 2. Tuesday, June 9, 2009: I survived Day 1.. Overall I was not hungry. The lemonade is delicious and kept me fulfilled throughout the day. Saltwater flush took effect immediately and then again an hour later.. I walked to Starbucks on my lunch break and got a Decaf Mint Tea. It helped throw my taste buds off for a little while and the warmth of it was comforting because I was feeling chilly… I had 3 more servings of the mixture after lunch and by 5:00. I was not able to hit the gym because my daughter has the flu so I picked her up and took her to the drive thru for some fast food.. (There is no way I would be cooking today).. The smell of the french fries was a tempting for a quick second and then I thought of the FAT.. I got over it really quickly. We got home and I picked up around the house and prepared for the next day. I was able to finish the gallon of mixture by 8:30 p.m. I sat and watched tv and had my hebal tea at about 10 p.m. again it was comforting, I was still feeling abnormally cold. I snuggled up on the couch with my huge blankie, my stomach was growling but I did not feel hungry. My boyfriend was nice enough to eat his dinner in the kitchen so as to not tempt me. That was nice. Woke up this morning day 2 with a headache… I am down 3 pounds .. I am on my first serving of the mixture and about to take the saltwater flush….So far So Good ! Easy Breezy Lemon Squeezy !! Will write more tomorrow! :)
okay so im back from new york and very sad to say that i failed :( !!! during the bus ride i was fine i drank my lemonade while everyone ate. but unfortunately once i actually arrived there was just too many parties and free alcohol. but as the saying goes if at first you dont succeed try try again! i started over as soon as i came home and today is day one for me again. im super determined this time and no matter what i will succeed! i already had a few of those good ‘ol bowel movements. which is encouraging enough, because i dont know about everyone else but too much alcohol = constipation. im feeling a hungry, but im too focused for distractions at this point. good luck everybody!
Rina…I m glad you had a great last meal before you started this dtox….. good luck to you I hope your day goes smooth I know you will accomplish your weight lost goal. I will check on you again.
Keep it up and good luck!
Marg.
Today is day 1 for me.. I prepared the concoction last night after munching on pizza and beer durring the laker game.. Mentally I am ready, weighed myself this morning .. got to work and had about 1/2 liter of the concoction before taking the quart of sea salt water.. I chugged the saltwater all at once…this took effect within 5 minutes, I was happy :) I plan on sticking to this for 11 days. Will write more tomorrow with how my day went and weight loss stats !
Truthseeker, 40 days? Is that safe? I thought I read on the website about this cleanse that you can lose muscle including the muscle around your heart and they recommended 14 days at the most. Anyone that can do that for 40 days I take my hat off to but I don’t think its safe.
I just finished my 10 days last week and feel great. I have read where alot of people do it again in 6 months but can you do it again earlier and be safe? I would think your system would need a little bit of time before doing this again right away. Has anyone done it again before six months? I’m just curious as this was my first time doing this.
Congratulations to everyone and keep the stories and encouragement coming!
eldewis11 – it is safe to go up to about 40 days, if you can handle it physically, mentally and spiritually.
I just did my first ever 10-day cleanse and it was pretty easy up to day 8 is when I started feeling hungry a bit – each day after that I got increasingly hungry – I just drank more lemonade and/or water.
I will definitely do another cleanse within the next couple of months even though I have transitioned to vegetarian before the cleanse, mostly to continue the weight loss…
Some peole recommend only once every 4 – 6 months… some recommend doing a 1-day a week fast, others recommend 1-week per month… I think it is somewhat up to the individual – how your body, mind and spirit can handle it…
All the Best to everyone
Linda
I’m starting tonight, I was skeptical at first, but I have the tea already, and will get the ingridients tomorrow. I’m kind of nervous about whether or not I’ll be able to stick to it, but I’m looking to loose about ten pounds to be at an ideal weight.
Today is the end of my 8 day. i cant believe i made it this far. The 4 day was the hardest for me, i wasnt hungry but my mind was telling me that i needed to taste something different. Day one i weighed 214 as of today i weigh 201. The difference is crazy. I still want to lose another 15 to 20 and was wondering, since this is my first cleanse, if i should go longer than 10 days possibly 14. I feel great and strong enough to do it but not sure if there is a health risk involved. i was also wondering when is the soonest i can start again after i start eating normally?
Hi all,
I am new to cleanse. I have never done this before and am very attracted to the idea of cleansing my body out of all the toxins. I found this website and was absolutely marvelled by all your feedbacks! It is so motivating. I am going to start my herbal tea laxative tonight and Day 1 starts tomorrow. I hope to have enough energy to go regularly to my gym classes!
Will keep you posted!
Niv
I am on my 5th day of the cleanse and I have been following stanley burrough’s instructions to the T, however I have been experiencing abdominal pains in my solarplexis. I have been drinking 9 glasses a day and thought maybe I need to up it 12 but it doesn’t seem to help. Does anyone know if this is normal or have any suggestions as to what I should do? Thanks in advance
Hello All
Well I made it through Day 10!!! I only lost 7 lbs. throughout this cleanse, but hopefully that will help jumpstart continued weight loss.
I have been increasingly hungry for the last couple of days, so I guess my body is telling me it’s time to transition back to food. I’m going to try a glass of orange juice this evening…
All the Best to everyone.
Linda
Ended day 10 last night. Total weight loss 5lbs; total inches lost 5 (all around my middle – perfect!). I got so fond of the juice that I’ll probably continue drinking it as a normal drink. I do like the zip the cayenne pepper gives the lemonade. Only real draw back to the regime was the coated tongue the full 10 days. Hated that!
Moving back to real food was no problem. I’m vegetarian anyway, so I just had a bit of fruit and plain yogurt…normal stuff for me. I know I can put those pounds and inches back on within the week if I don’t watch it, so I’m committed to eating well and healthy and LESS! I never want to feel FULL again.
All my best to all of you. What an experience. I’ll probably do this every ohter month for a week for life. Not nearly as hard as I thought it would be.
Hi all,
I am on day three of my post master cleanse. I started mine the day after Memorial Day. I had actually been drinking lemon water with turbinado suger everyday for a month prior to the cleanse. Of course, doing this for 10 days was hard. The hardest part was the weekends because I was at home so much. I cooked for my husband and kids pretty much the whole time. I was tempted, but I always resisted eating. One thing I did notice, I got really creative in the kitchen when I was cooking. By day 5, I felt like my colon was pretty much cleared out. I am one of those people that always had at least one bowel movement a day. I felt great, had lost 10 lbs and had tons of energy. Some of my coworkers couldn’t believe that I was doing it and one guy actually told me on day nine that if I had gone nine days without eating, I would be dead.LOL I actually started drinking my orange juice on day 10. I read on a fasting website that juice fasting for cleansing was good also. Today, my husband and I went out for lunch after church. I ate some cabbage, lima beans, potaoes, brussel sprouts, carrots, onions and peppers (a spoon of each). I went back to the bar to get a few more potatoes and decided to try a small piece of fish with some black and green olives. I ate until before I felt full. It was great going out and not eating so much that I could barely walk out of the place. Tonight I will have a salad for dinner and tomorrow I can began eating normally. I can tell you this much, food taste very different now. I believe some things that I used to eat will now be a thing of the past. My moment of clarity in the process was being able to sit down and clearly think out the lifestyle changes that I wanted to put in place so that I won’t gain back the close to 15 total pounds I lost. I will began eating a more mediterranean diet which consist of a lot of veggies and fruit, and moderate amounts of meat, eggs and dairy and olive oil. I have two small children (ages 5 and 2) and at the age of almost 41, I have to be able to keep up with them. I am also committed to doing a 5 day cleanse once a quarter or after major holidays if I happen to overdo it with food. If I can do the master cleanse, anyone can. Success to all who are doing it right now! Blessings.